Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 5929 CSU TRANSIT CENTER (4)Coover-Clark & Associates, P.C. Architects -+ Planners A Landscape 1 Interiors 455 Sherman, Suite 205 Denver, Colorado 80203 Phone:(303)783-0040 Fax:(303) 783-0060 E-Mail: webmail@coover-clark.com SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER JUKE 2005 SET NO. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01000 - GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. CM/GC Construction Manager / General Contractor CRA California Redwood Association CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) DFPA Douglas Fir Plywood Association EPA Environmental Protection Agency FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FIA Factory Insurance Association FM Factory Mutual Engineering Division FS Federal Specification MIA Marble Institute of America MIL Military Specification MILMA Metal Lath Manufacturer's Association NAAMM The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code (of NBFU) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health NMWIA National Mineral Wool Insulation Association NPVLMA National Paint, Varnish and Lacquer Manufacturer's Association NTMA The National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PS Product Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce SCPI Structural Clay Products Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association SPA Southern Pine Association SPI The Society of Plastic Industry Inc. SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation (U.S. Department of Commerce) SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SWI Steel Window Institute TCA Tile Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. WCLA West Coast Lumbermen's Association WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute WWPA Western Wood Products Association 1.04 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA The following Drawings, Project Manual, and Addenda from the Contract Documents. A. Set of Drawings dated March 2005 as listed below: Sheet No. Drawing Titled 01000-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02466 - DRILLED PIERS (CAISSONS) COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.03 WASTE REMOVAL A. Material removed during caisson drilling shall not be used for fill. General Contractor shall remove such material from the site unless directed otherwise by the Owner. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: See Section 03310 Cast -In -Place Structural Concrete for requirements. B. Additional Concrete Tests: Testing service may take core samples of in -place concrete when test results are such that there is reasonable doubt specified concrete strengths have not been attained. C. Complete continuous coring of caissons may be required, at Contractor's expense, where time for removal of temporary casings exceed specified limits, or where observations of placement operations indicate cause for suspicion of quality of concrete, presence of voids, segregation or other possible defects. D. Drilled Pier Foundations: The Soils Engineer will observe the drilling of all drilled piers, placing of casing, and condition of drilled pier bottoms, and the size, quantity, and placement of all reinforcing, and shall prepare a Daily Report of such observations as specified above. END OF SECTION 02466 024"-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this section. B. Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards, January 2, 2001, Section 22 (Urban Standards). 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Asphalt patching and parking lot pavement. 1.03 REFERENCES A. "Geotechnical Investigation Colorado State University Transit Center, Phase II, Lory Student Center, Fort Collins Colorado', by CTL Thompson, dated February 3, 2005. B. The latest issue of the publications listed below and referenced to thereafter by basic designation only, forms a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the reference thereto: C. "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Department of Highways, Division of Highways, State of Colorado, (CDOH). D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D 979 - Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 2. ASTM D 1188 - Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin -Coated Specimens. 3. ASTM D 1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 4. ASTM D 1559 - Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus. 5. ASTM D 2172 - Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures. 6. ASTM D 2726 - Bulk Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Saturated Surface -Dry Specimens. 7. ASTM D 2950 - Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods. 8. ASTM D 3203 - Percent Air Voids in Compacted, Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixture Specimens. 9. ASTM D 3405 - Joint Sealants, Hot -Poured, For Concrete and Asphalt Pavements. 02513-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 10. ASTM D 3549 - Thickness or Height of Compacted Bituminous Paving Mixture Specimens. E. The Asphalt Institute (TAI) 1. TAI MS - 2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types. 2. TAI MS - 19 Bask Asphalt Erosion Manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with CDOH Specifications. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to CDOH Specifications. C. Obtain materials from the same source throughout project construction. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT A. Do not place asphalt when subgrade surface temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit, or surface is wet or frozen. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed mix design for approval prior to commencement of work for all different mixes to be supplied in accordance with Section 4 or (CDOH). 1. Grading CX. 1. Flow - Between 8 and 18. 2. Stability - Minimum 1650. 3. Blow Marshall. 2. Grading C. 1. Flow - Between 8 and 18. 2. Stability - Minimum 1650. 3. Blow Marshall. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Cement: Comply with Subsection 702.01, CDOH Specifications, Viscosity Grade AC- 10. B. Aggregates: 1. Use locally available materials and gradations exhibiting satisfactory record of previous 02513-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. installations. 2. Bituminous Surface Coarse Aggregate: Crushed stone, crushed gravel, crushed slag, and sharp -edged natural sand, Subsection 703.04, Grade CX, CDOH Specifications. 3. Bituminous Base Course Aggregate: Crushed stone, crushed gravel, crushed slab, and sharp -edged natural sand, Subsection 703.04, Grade C, CDOH Specifications. 4. Asphalt Patching Aggregate: Crushed stone, crushed gravel, crushed slab, and sharp - edged natural sand, Subsection 703.04, Grade CX, CDOH Specifications. 5. Asphalt Overlay Aggregate: Same as bituminous surface coarse aggregate C. Mineral Filler: Finely ground particles of limestone, Portland Cement or other inert material complying with Subsection 703.06, CDOH Specifications. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt, Grade CSS-lh complying with Subsection 702.04, CDOH Specifications. B. Reclaimed asphalt will not be allowed. C. Equipment used for paving shall comply with Section 401, CDOH Specifications. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit proposed mix designs for approval prior to commencement of work for both Grading C and Grading CX. 2.04 CRITERIA FOR MIX DESIGN A. The following are project criteria for asphalt mix designs: Minimum Marshall stability 1650. 2. Flow between 8 and 18. 3. Use 50 blow Marshall. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that compacted subgrade is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of subgrade are correct. 02513-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Surface Preparation: Provide grade and location stakes under this Section as required for asphaltic concrete paving work. 2. Subgrade Approval a. Notification: Notify the City Engineer when excavations have reached require subgrade b. Inspection: See Inspection and Testing Procedures Section 23 of the Urban Standards. Fine Grading: For areas covered by this Section, finish fine grade to accurate levels so specified minimum thickness of paving can be maintained with accurate and uniform finish levels as indicated. a. Scarify subgrade to eight-(8) inches minimum, moisten subgrade and re -compact to requirements of Section 02200 - Earthwork. 4. Proof Rolling: Operate heavy, rubber tired front loader or dirt -filled tandem wheeled dump truck over subgrade of paved areas. Where soft spots occur, remove loose materials and replace with road base aggregate compacted to level of subgrade at Contractor's expense. a. Changes in weather such as freezing or precipitation occurring after subgrade is proof rolled and before asphalt paving operations begin will require re -proof rolling prior to paving. b. Asphalt paving operations will begin within 24 hours after proof rolling. 5. Coordination: a. Cooperate with other trades, arrange timing to avoid damage to the work including exterior concrete, grading, utilities, and seeding. b. Before the start of paving, ascertain utility lines, lighting, wiring, piping, curb work, general grading and heavy trucking are complete so such operations will not damage paving work. 3.02 PREPARATION - TACK COAT A. Apply tack coat on asphalt or concrete surface over subgrade surface at a uniform rate between 0.05 gallons per square yard to 0.15 gallons per square yard of surface. B. Apply to contact surfaces of curbs, gutters and previously constructed asphalt pavements. 02513-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Coat surfaces of manholes and inlets frames with oil to prevent bond with asphalt pavement. Do not tack coat these surfaces. D. Allow tack coat to dry until tacky to touch prior to paving. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Place asphalt within 24 hours of applying tack coat. B. Place to maximum of three-(3) inch compacted thickness lifts. C. Placing. 1. Deliver job mix with temperature above 235 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. 3. Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than ten (10) feet wide, unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. After first strip is placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. 4. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surface and apply tack coat. D. Rolling. 1. Begin rolling when mixture will bear weight without excessive displacement. 2. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 3. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required, with hot material. 4. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture thoroughly compacted. 5. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until all roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density allowed. E. Compaction Requirements Bituminous Surface Course: 95 percent maximum dry density according to ASTM D 2950 (50 Blow Marshall). 02513-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-STCEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02513 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Bituminous Base Course: 95 percent of maximum dry density according to ASTM 2950 (50 Blow Marshall). 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 0.1875 inches measured with ten -(I 0) foot straightedge. B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 0.125 inch. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 0.10 inch. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400 - Quality Control B. Asphalt Pavements: Check compaction and compliance with design mix by cutting test plugs where directed in accordance with ASTM D 979. Patch core holes. Test for compaction minimum of 95% of Marshall design density, aggregate gradation voids, and percent asphalt. One (1) test for density ASTM D 1188, ASTM D 2726, or D 2950 thickness, ASTM D 3549, and air voids ASTM D 3203 per 300 tons of asphaltic material placed. 2. One (1) test for asphalt content ASTM D 2172 and aggregate gradation per 1500 tons of asphaltic material placed. 3. All reports shall include densities to the nearest 0.1 lb. per ft and compaction to nearest 0.1%. If a nuclear device is used, the report shall contain the method used (back scatter or direct transmission geometry), results of the daily standardization checks and the adjusted manufacturers calibration curve. The manufacturers calibration curve shall be adjusted as required by ASTM D 2950 whenever a change in either the material to be tested or the testing equipment is made. C. Subgrade: Compaction tests shall be taken every 2000 square feet and/or as directed by the Owner. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury until cooled and hardened. END OF SECTION 02513 02513-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. SITE CONCRETE DESCRIPTION: A. All work under this section is subject to the contract documents. B. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, layout and supervision necessary to complete all concrete work. C. Refer to drawings, schedules and details for kind, type and location of concrete work required. D. Coordinate with other trades. E. Concrete work shall be governed by the following American concrete institute (ACI) standards: 1. ACI 301, "specifications for structural concrete" 2. ACI 117, "standard specifications for tolerances for concrete construction and materials" 3. ACI 305R, "hot weather concreting" 4. AACI306.1, "specifications for cold weather concreting" 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit a written description of the concrete mix design to be used for the work to Owner at least ten working days prior to first concrete placement. Indicate mixing method, air content, slump, admixtures to be used, 28-day compressive strength, and proportions of concrete, water and aggregate. Mix design should comply with requirement of section 3.03 of this specification. Do not begin concrete placement until Owner has reviewed mixes. The Owner may engage an independent testing agency to sample concrete according to ASTM c 172 and to perform tests according to the following ASTM and ACI standards. Compressive strength ASTM C 31 and C 39 Unit Weight ASTM C 138 Air Content ASTM C 173 and C 231 Slump ASTM C 143 Concrete Evaluation ACI 301 Chapter 17 Concrete rejection ACI 301 concrete rejection C. Notify Owner at least 24 hours before concrete pour. D. Contractor shall prepare one concrete cylinder from each truck for each continuous concrete pour in excess of 15 cubic yards volume. Cylinders shall be permanently labeled to indicate installation location and date, and shall be stored on site. Owner may choose to submit these cylinders to a testing laboratory. E. Provide to the Owner, upon request, copies of all concrete delivery tickets documenting the following information: 1. Date and time dispatched, time of arrival, and time of placement. 2. Amount of concrete. 3. Weight and type of concrete aggregate. 4. Water content and water added at job site (if any). 5. Type and amount of admixtures (if any). F. Cold weather requirements 1. Mix design, handling and placement of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 306r except as indicated in this specification. 2. If air temperature at the time of installation is below 40 degree F, concrete may be placed if the following conditions are met: a. The subbase is not frozen, and it has been protected using insulating blankets so that its temperature is not below 32 degrees F. b. Concrete temperature at time of delivery shall not be less than 55 degrees F. f in a moist condition for a minimum of seven days after placement following. c. Maintain concrete above 50 ° the recommendations of ACI 308-92. d. Use either: 1) ASTM CC150 Type III (high early strength) concrete. or 02619-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.01 2) ASTM C 150, Type I concrete with non -chloride accelerating admixture conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 494 Type C or E. e. Use of chloride containing mixtures will constitute grounds for removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to Owner. f. Concrete shall not be poured if air temperature at the time of placement is below 25 degrees F. G. Hot weather requirements 1. Mix design, handling and placement of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 305r except as indicated in this specification. 2. If air temperature at the time of installation is above 90 degrees F, concrete may be placed if the following conditions are met: a. Dampen forms and subgrade prior to placing concrete. b. Concrete delivery temperature must not exceed 90 degrees F. C. Cover freshly placed concrete with white plastic sheeting or damp burlap between t he placement and finishing steps. d. Use a set retarding admixture conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 494, Type B or D. e. Place concrete as soon as possible after mixing: avoid placing delays. Avoid placing concrete during hottest hours of the day. f. Apply curing/sealing compound immediately after finishing concrete surface. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: A. Portland cement 1. ASTM C 150, Type I except as noted in cold weather requirements above. 2. Type III high early strength cement at Contractor's option except in hot weather placement. B. Aggregate 1. Conform to ASTM c33. 2. Aggregates shall not contain deleterious materials or materials that cause popouts such as chert, flint, coal, lignite, clay or other friable materials in excess of those allowed in table 3 of ASTM c 33. 3. Coarse aggregates: provide coarse aggregates conforming to ASTM c 33 consisting of crushed stone or washed gravel having a clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated particles free from injurious amounts of soft or flaky pieces, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. Provide coarse aggregate with a maximum of 1-1/2 inches, five percent is to pass a No. 4 sieve. 4. Fine aggregates: provide fine aggregates conforming to ASTM c 33 consisting of natural sand having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains, free of injurious amounts of dust, lumps, soft or flaky particles, shale, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. Provide fine aggregates with a minimum of nine percent passing through a No. 100 sieve. In addition not more than 45 percent is to be retained between any two consecutive sieves. C. Water shall be clean, potable, free of oil, acids, salts, or other deleterious matter and complying with ASTM c94 D. Steel reinforcing 1. Free from flaking rust, scale and dirt. 2. ASTM A615, grade 60, deformed 3. Wire fabric: cold drawn ASTM A185 4. Wire fabric shall be in flat sheets and shall be designated as shown on drawings. 5. Synthetic fiber: fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 inch to 1 inch long. Not required in foundations if approved by Owner. E. Admixtures 02619-2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Admixtures containing more than 0.10% calcium chloride are not permitted. 2. All concrete subject to freeze/thaw cycles shall use an air entraining admixture conforming to ASTM c 260. Air entrained concrete is not required for subgrade foundations or for interior slabs. Air entrained concrete is required in pavement and sidewalks. 3. Other admixtures shall not be used except by prior approval and agreement with Owner. F. Curing/Sealing compound 1. Use a non -yellowing gasoline resistant curing/sealing compound, meeting ASTM c 309, Type I. 2. Do not apply sealer to concrete slabs that will eventually be covered by floor tile. 3. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE. 4. Approved products: a. Euclid Super Diamond Clear Vox b. Masterbuilders Cure & Seal 30 C. Sonneborn URE N Seal 30% H. Joint materials: 1. Expansion and isolation joint material shall comply with ASTM D 1751. 2. Install in pavement saw -cut or formed control joints, elastomeric joint sealant as follows: a. Comply with ASTM c 920, Type S (single component). b. Comply with ASTM c 920, Grade P (self leveling). C. Class 25, fuel resistant. 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORM WORK: A. Form work shall conform to ACI 347r. B. Set forms straight, plumb and true to lines and dimensions per ACI 301 and 347r. C. Provide adequate bracing for forms to withstand all loads. D. Exterior and interior concrete surfaces shall be equivalent to plywood form finish, with normal wood grain showing, unless otherwise noted. E. Clean forms and treat with releasing agent prior to installation. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT: A. Locate and tie all metal reinforcement and accessories in forms as indicated in drawings. Clean reinforcement of loose rust, earth, ice and other foreign materials. B. Install reinforcing steel in accordance with ACI 315. C. Lap splices as required by design and service requirements, 2'0" minimum. D. Locate and support reinforcement with bar support to maintain minimum concrete cover. E. Do not use lifting chairs for installation of welded wire fabric. Use lifting hook to raise wire fabric into position in sidewalk or slab immediately after concrete is poured in place. 3.03 CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONS: A. Water cement ratio: maximum of 0.45 B. Compressive strength: 4000 psi average 28-day compressive strength, for slabs, 3500 psi for foundations. C. Slump: 3"-5" at point of placement. D. Air Entrainment: 4% to 6%. in exterior exposed concrete. Cement: 5641bs/cy (6 bag mix). E. No water may be added at the site to improve concrete workability. Use water reducing admixture conforming to ATSM C494 at the mix plant. 3.04 MIXING: 02619-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01000 - GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. CS-1 Cover Sheet A-0.1 Lower Level/Site Demo Plan A-0.2 Plaza Level Demo Plan A-0.3 Alternate Upper Level Demo Plan L-0.0 General Landscape Notes L-1.0 Landscape Site Plan -Construction Staging Area L-2.0 Enlarged Landscape Plan/Details C-1 Topographic Survey C-1.1 Topographic Survey - Storm Water C-2 Demolition Plan C-3 Site Plan C-4 Grading Plan C-5 Utility Plan C-6 Utility Plan and Profile C-7 Construction Details C-8 Construction Details A-1.1 Lower Level Floor Plan A-1.2 Plaza Level Plan A-1.3 Upper Level Floor / Roof Plan A-1.4 Enlarged Lower Level Plan A-1.5 Flooring Plan A-2.1 Lower Level Reflected Ceiling Plan A-2.2 Plaza Level.Upper Level Reflected Ceiling Plan A-3.1 Exterior Elevations A-3.2 Exterior Elevations A-4.1 Building Section A-5.1 Wall Sections A-5.2 Wall Sections A-5.3 Wall Sections A-5.4 Miscellaneous Sections A-6.1 Window Details and Schedule A-6.2 Door Details and Schedule A-6.3 Room Finish Schedule A-7.1 Interior Elevations A-7.2 Interior Elevations A-8.1 Misc. Details S-1.1 General Notes S-2.1 Foundation Plan S-2.2 Plaza Level Framing Plan S-2.3 Upper Level Framing Plan S-3.1 Details/Schedules S-3.2 Details/Schedules S-3.3 Details M-0.1 Legend and General Information M-0.2 Mechanical Schedules M-0.3 Mechanical Schedules MD- 1.1 Lower Level HVAC Removal Plan MD-1.2 Lower Level Piping Removal Plan MD-1.3 Plaza Level Removal Plan MD-1.4 Upper Level Removal Plan 01000-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Use only ready mixed concrete. Mix and place concrete following ACI 318 "building code requirements for reinforced concrete". B. Concrete shall conform to ASTM c94. C. Plant is to provide delivery ticket for each truck stating mix proportions, air entrainment, intended slump, design compressive strength and brand name of any admixtures and time of mixing. D. Trucks not meeting the criteria in sections 3.3 and 3.4 above shall be rejected at no cost to the Owner. 3.05 PLACEMENT AND JOINTS: A. Place concrete within 90 minutes of mixing time shown on ticket. 1. Do not place any concrete if the subgrade has standing water or is muddy. 2. Deposit concrete into the final position at the specified slumps without segregation by rehandling or flowing. Deposit concrete at a rate that concrete remains plastic and flowable into the spaces between the reinforcing bars. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete or concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not re -temper concrete. 3. Schedule concreting that once started remains a continuous operation until the particular section or panel has been completed. Do not deposit fresh concrete on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness with the section or panel. Provide construction joints as indicated. B. Thoroughly compact concrete by means of mechanical vibrators supervised by experienced personnel. Provide sufficient vibration intensity to cause flow or settlement around reinforcement, embedded items, and comers of the forms; but not long enough to cause segregation of the mix. Supplement mechanical vibration by hand spading in corners and angles of the forms and along form surfaces while the concrete is plastic to ensure even dense surfaces free from aggregate pockets or honeycombs. C. Concrete and reinforcement shall be placed to the thickness, dimensions and extent shown on plans. D. Provide preformed joint filler at abutment of foundation and sidewalks, at 20'-0" o.c. in sidewalks, around steel island forms and bollards, and as indicated on the plans. E. Saw -cut control joints to a minimum depth of 3/4-inch to control cracking at spacing not to exceed 16 ft. and not less than 10 ft. control joints shall be installed no sooner than 4 hours and no later than 12 hours after placement. F. Install joint sealant in all control joints, isolation joints and expansion joints. Remove all debris and laitance in sawcut joints using compressed air prior to installing sealant. G. Use tooled control joints on all sidewalks, 5/8-inch minimum depth. Tooled joints with 3/4-inch minimum depth may be used in lieu of sawcut j oints in general paving areas provided that joint sealant is installed. H. Provide a smooth finish at all exposed surfaces. Construct comers with a one -inch chamfer. I. Provide construction joints at the end of each days concreting operations, or when concreting is interrupted for a period of 30 minutes or more. Construct joints with a keyway by use of a well-oiled wood strip with beveled edges, or a metal keyway strip. Locate so the strength and appearance of the structure is not impaired. 3.06 CURING A. Protect concrete from rapid drying and keep in a moist condition for at least 7 days after placing with a curing compound as specified above. B. Cure floor slabs with a non -residual curing compound. C. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE. D. Vehicular traffic shall be kept off of curing concrete for at least 7 days. E. Except for saw cutting of control joints, foot traffic should be kept off of concrete for at least 2 days. F. Cure concrete in accordance with hot and cold weather provisions given in Section 1.01 of this specification. 3.07 FINISHING A. Exterior sidewalks: transverse broom finish. 02619-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Pavement: broom finish. END OF SECTION 02619-5 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02665 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this section. B. City of Fort Collins, Colorado Water Utilities Department Standard Construction Specifications for Water Mains dated October 20, 1987. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water lines B. All appurtenances, valves and incidental patch back of city streets where required. C. Fire hydrants D. Tapping water mains. E. Adjust existing water lines 1.03 REFERENCES A. City of Fort Collins, Colorado Water Utilities Department Standard Construction Specifications for Water Mains dated October 20, 1987. (City Standards) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. ASTM B 88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C 104 - Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C 105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. 3. AWWA C 110 - Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3-in through 48-in for Water and Other Liquids. 4. AWWA C I I I - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey -Iron Pressure Pipe Fittings. 5. AWWA C 151 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. 02665-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02665 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 6. AWWA C 500 - Gate Valves, 3-in through 48-in NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. 7. AWWA C 502 - Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants. 8. AWWA C 509 - Resilient Seated Gate Valves 3-in through 12-in NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. 9. AWWA C 600 - Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances. 10. AWWA C 601 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. D. Building Construction Standards Manual, Colorado State University 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for pipe, valves, fire hydrants, water meter, and post indicator valves and identification marker. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the City of Fort Collins, Colorado Water Utilities Department Standard Construction Specifications for Water Mains dated October 20, 1987 for all work. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall be as specified in the City Standards. The Contractor shall obtain a copy of the City Standards. 2.02 WATER PIPE MATERIALS A. Water Main - Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe (Class 150, DR 18, PVC Pipe). 2.03 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Conform to AWWA C 151 B. Joints: AWWA C 111, Rubber Gasket With Ends. C. Fittings: Cast Iron, Standard Thickness, AWWA C 110. 2.04 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Conform to AWWA C 502 B. Approved by City of Fort Collins. C. The hydrant shall open by turning in the direction designated by the local fire department. 02665-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SrrEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02665 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. D. Finish: Primer and two coats of enamel in color required by the City of Fort Collins. 2.05 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Gate valves shall conform to City Standards. 2.06 BEDDING A. See Section 02200 - Earthwork 2.07 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Soil material generated from trench excavation shall be deemed suitable for use as backfill material. B. Utility trenches under paved areas shall be backfilled with Flow Fill, see Section 02200 Earthwork. 2.08 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. All fittings and rodding shall be encased in polyethylene. B. All ductile iron pipe shall be encased in polyethylene. C. Reference Section 16400 for the Corrosion Control System. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrants shall be constructed as shown on plans and per standard detail of the City of Fort Collins. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Where trenching occurs through pavement, the existing asphalt pavement, curb and sidewalk shall be sawcut and then removed. B. Asphalt edges shall be kept straight. C. Correct areas that are over -excavated by filling with additional bedding material. D. Any excess excavated material or unsuitable excavated material shall be removed by Contractor to an undesignated location. 3.03 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Install pipe, fitting, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Lay pipe to gradients noted on Drawings. Joints may be deflected up to a maximum of 2-1/2 02665-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02665 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. degrees for 16" pipe. C. Install bedding material at sides and over top of pipe per City of Fort Collins Standard for Class B compacted granular beddings, Detail 101. D. Place bedding material in maximum eight (8) inch lifts, consolidating each lift. E. Install 14 guage (minimum) stranded tracer wire along pipes and up at valves and fire hydrants. F. Place back fill on top of bedding material and compact as specified in Section 02200. 3.04 PROTECTION OF UTILITIES A. It is solely the Contractor's responsibility to protect existing utilities during both pot -holing and construction. 3.05 CHLORINATION A. All water mains shall be disinfected in accordance with the City Standards. 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. All water mains shall be tested for leakage in accordance with the City Standards. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and analysis of backfill material will be performed in accordance with Section 02200 — Earthwork. B. Frequency of Tests: In accordance with City Standards. C. Analysis of fill materiel will be performed in accordance with Section 02200 — Earthwork. D. All trench backfill shall be compacted per Section 02200 — Earthwork. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect finished water main until final acceptance. 3.09 COMPACTION A. Analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with Section 02200 - Earthwork. B. All trench backfill shall be compacted per Section 02200 - Earthwork. END OF SECTION 02665 02665-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEM PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this section. B. City of Fort Collins, Colorado Water Utilities Department Standard Construction Specifications for Water Mains dated October 20, 1987. C. City of Fort Collins Stormwater Utility, Storm Drainage Criteria and Construction Standards. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Inlets. C. Manholes. D. Locking manhole covers. E. Ceeanouts F. Roof drain connections. G. Headwall and orifice plate. H. Water quality structure. I. Cast -in -place concrete. J. Adjust existing manholes and cleanouts. K. Sidewalk chase drains. L. Trench Drains 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 02200 - Earthwork. 02720-I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.04 REFERENCES A. The latest issue of the publications listed below and referenced to thereafter by basic designation only, forms a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the reference thereto: B. Standards and Specifications of the local authority. C. American Concrete Institute (ACI). 1. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). ASTM C 76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe. 2. ASTM C 150 Portland Cement. 3. ASTM C 443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 4. ASTM C 478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 5. ASTM C 857 Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 6. ASTM C 891 Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 7. ASTM D 2321 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications. 8. ASTM D 2564 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 9. ASTM D 2855 Making Solvent -Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 10. ASTM D 3034 Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 11. ASTM F 402 Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. 12. ASTM F 477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 13. ASTM F 656 Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 14. ASTM F 679 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. E. American Concrete Pipe Association Standards (ACPA). F. Building Construction Standards Manual, Colorado State University 02720-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable local code for materials and installation of the work of this Section. 1.06 SUBMITTALS 1.07 A. Submit product data for the following: 1. Inlets. 2. Manholes. 3. Cleanouts. 4. All different kinds of pipe to be used. 5. Pipe jointing devices. 6. Locking. 7. Flexible coupling. 8. Frames and grates. 9. Identification tape. 10. Trench drain cover. B. Shop drawings for cast -in -place concrete or field -erected masonry manholes and other structures. Include frames, covers, and grates. C. Reports and calculations for design mixes for each class of cast -in -place concrete. D. Inspection and test reports specified in the "Field Quality Control" article. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Environmental Agency Compliance• Comply with regulations ertainin to storm dra' • p g mage systems. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to storm drainage systems. Include standards of other utilities where appropriate. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, connections, and dimensional requirements of system components and are based on specific manufacturer types indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division I Section "Product Substitutions." 02720-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01000 - GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. MD-1.5 Enlarged Mechanical Room Removal Plan M-1.1 Lower Level HVAC Plan M-1.2 Plaza Level HVAC Plan M-1.3 Upper Level HVAC Plan M-1.4 Roof HVAC Plan M-2.1 Partial Lower Level Piping West M-2.2 Partial Lower Level Piping East M-2.3 Partial Plaza Level Piping West M-2.4 Partial Plaza Level Piping East M-3.0 Enlarged Plans M-3.1 Enlarged Plans M4.0 Mechanical Details M4.1 Mechanical Details M-5.0 Mechanical Flow Diagrams M-5.1 Mechanical Flow & Control Diagrams M-5.2 Mechanical Control Diagrams P-0.1 Legend & General Information P-0.2 Plumbing Schedules PD-1.0 Underfloor Removal Plan PD-1.1 Lower Level Removal Plan P-1.0 Underfloor Plumbing Plan P-1.1 Lower Level Plumbing Plan P-1.2 Plaza Level Plumbing Plan P-1.3 Upper Level Roof Plumbing Plan P-2.0 Plumbing Isometrics P-3.0 Plumbing Details FP-0.1 Legend & General Information FP-2.1 Lower Level Fire Protection Plan FP-2.2 Plaza Level Fire Protection Plan FP-2.3 Upper Level Fire Protection Plan E-0.1 Electrical Legend, Dwg. List and Details E-1.0 Details ED-1.1 Electrical Site Plan ED-1.2 Lower Level Removal Plan ED-1.3 Plaza Level Removal Plan E-1.1 Upper Level Removal Plan E-1.2 Lower Level Lighting Plan E-1.3 Plaza Level Lighting Plan E-2.1 Upper Level Lighting Plan E-2.2 Lower Level Power/Systems Plan E-2.3 Plaza Level Power/Systems Plan E-3.0 Upper Level Power -Systems Plan E-4.0 Electrical One -Line Diagram Fire Alarm, Teledata & Security E-5.0 Diagrams Electrical Panel Schedules B. Project Manual titled: Specifications dated May 2005. C. Addenda: All Addenda issued prior to bidding. 1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE 01000-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures in direct sunlight. B. Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight. C. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. D. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's rigging instructions. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Obtain a site survey and verify existing utility locations. B. Locate existing structures and piping to be closed and abandoned prior to the start of construction. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide acceptable temporary utility services. Notify Architect not less than 48 hours in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without receiving Architect's written permission. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate storm drainage system connections to new on -site storm sewer. B. Coordinate with interior building.drainage systems. C. Coordinate with other utility work. 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record location of pipe runs, connections, inlets, manholes, and invert elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from storm drain piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. All materials shall conform to the standard specifications of the local authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall obtain a copy. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C 76, Class III. 02720-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C 443, rubber compression gasket joint. D. Proper connection between dissimilar materials shall be used. E. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 3034, Type PSM, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material; bell and spigot style; SDR - 35 for solvent -cemented or gasketed joints. 1. Primer: ASTM F 656. 2. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 3. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal.' F. Type of pipe is shown on the plans. G. Special pipe couplings and fittings. Gasket -Type Pipe Couplings: Rubber or elastomeric compression gasket, made to match outside diameter of smaller pipe and inside diameter or hub of adjoining larger pipe, for nonpressure joints. 2. Gaskets for Concrete Pipe: ASTM C 443, rubber. 3. Gaskets for Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. 4. Gaskets for Dissimilar Pipes: Compatible with pipe materials being joined. H. Internal, Expansion -Type Pipe Couplings: Stainless -steel expansion band with ethylene-propylene- diene-monomer (EPDM), rubber -compound sealing sleeve, made to match inside diameter of pipes for nonpressure joints. Use nitrile rubber -compound sealing sleeve for fluids containing oil or gasoline. 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Same material as pipe, molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required "T", bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations required. 2.03 BEDDING A. See Section 02200 - Earthwork. 2.04 MANHOLES A. Use standard manhole of local authority having jurisdiction. B. Precast bases are not allowed for concrete pipe. C. Precast manholes shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C 478 with provision for rubber gasket joints. 02720-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SrrEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. The base slabs shall be poured monolithic with the bottom riser section. 2. Precast manhole bases shall fit the conditions and locations for which they are intended without any field modifications. Any manhole base which requires field cutting or modification in order to fit the locations intended will be rejected. 3. Precast manhole base shall be bedded on approved granular bedding or approved subgrade. 4. All pipe openings have an approved flexible coupling. D. Locking manhole covers. 1. Shall be Model 1258-B by Foundry or approved equal. 2. Cover shall have four (4) holes with hex bolts and washers. 2.05 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Perform all cast -in -place concrete in accordance with Section 02530 - Site Concrete. 2.06 CLEANOUTS A. Round cast iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, cast iron cover. Include cast iron ferrule with inside caulk or spigot connection and countersink tapered thread, brass closure plug. B. Cleanouts shall be Josam 58860, or approved equal. C. Sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout shall be plastic pipe, ASTM D 3034. 2.07 SIDEWALK CHASE DRAIN A. Locations and dimensions are shown on the plans. B. Construct per the detail shown on the plans. C. Cover shall consist of a non -slip raised pattern steel plate. 2.08 INLETS A. Inlets may be precast or cast -in -place. B. Precast inlets shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C 857. 2.09 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification device shall be 14 guage (minimum) stranded tracer wire. 02720-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 210 FLEXIBLE COUPLING A. All pipe openings shall be constructed with an approved flexible wedge -type gasket conforming to ASTM D 443 capable of providing water tight joint with zero leakage around the installed pipe. B. An approved flexible butt type sleeve shall be used for precast installations. 2.11 WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE A. Washed Gravel 1. 12 inch to 3 inch washed rocks. B. Riser Pipe 1. Four inch diameter ductile iron pipe 2. Cap shall be ductile iron and be threaded to fit pipe. C. Perforated Underdrain 1. See Section 02712 - Foundation Drainage System for Perforated Underdrain. 2.12 TRENCH DRAIN GRATE A. Neenah model No. R-4990-BX (type P) or approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 3.02 3.03 A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimension, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with bedding material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Install pipe and rubber gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Seal joints watertight. Lay pipe from downstream end to upstream end with pipe bell or upstream end. 02720-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on Drawings, with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8 inch in 10 'feet. C. Install bedding material at bottom, sides and over top of pipe as shown on the Drawings. D. Place bedding material in maximum six (6) inch lifts, consolidating each lift. E. Place backfill on top of bedding material and compact as specified in Section 02200 - Earthwork. F. Plastic Pipe as follows: 1. Joint solvent -cement -joint pipe and fittings with solvent cement according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM F 402. 2. Join pipe and gasketed fittings with elastomeric seals according to ASTM D 2321. G. Concrete Pipe: In accordance with ACPA "Concrete Pipe Field Manual", use the following seals: Round Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 443, rubber gaskets. H. System Piping Joints: Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, except where otherwise specified. I. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and fit both systems' materials and dimensions. 3.04 INSTALLATION - IDENTIFICATION WIRE A. Tracer wire shall be laid along pipe and up to the outside edge of all manhole rings. 3.05 INSTALLATION - INLETS AND MANHOLES A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Form and place cast -in -place concrete base pad, with provision for storm sewer pipe end sections. C. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. D. Mount lid/grate and frame level in grout, secured to top of cone section or inlet box elevation indicated. E. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface where manholes occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finished surface elsewhere, except where otherwise indicated. F. Place precast concrete manhole sections as indicated, and install according to ASTM C 891. Provide rubber joint gasket complying with ASTM C 443, at joints of sections. 2 Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints of sections. 02720-8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. G. Construct cast -in -place manhole bases for all pipe other than PVC. 3.06 INSTALLATION - CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanout and riser extensions from storm sewer piping to cleanouts at grade. Use ASTM D 3034 PVC pipe and fittings for branch fittings and riser extensions to cleanouts. B. Install fittings so cleanouts open in direction of flow in piping. C. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in a cast -in -place concrete pad. Set with top 2-3 inches above the surrounding earth grade. D. Set cleanout frames an covers in concrete paving with tops flush with paving surface. E. Concrete encase fittings. 3.06 INSTALLATION — TRENCH DRAIN A. Place forms for concrete according to the detail and grades shown on the construction drawings. B. Place concrete with reinforcement as shown on the detail in the construction drawings. C. Attach trench grate per manufacturers recommendations. 3.07 ADJUST EXISTING MANHOLES AND CLEANOUTS A. The Contractor shall adjust all existing storm sewer manholes and cleanouts, shown on the plans to remain in place, to final grade. B. Standards of the local authority shall apply when adjusting the manholes, even if the system is private. C. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of any manholes, cleanouts or other underground appurtenances not shown on the plans. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and analysis ofbackfill material will be performed in accordance with Section 02200 - Earthwork. B. Frequency of Tests: Compaction tests shall be taken every 100 feet along the trench and around manholes, and inlets. A minimum of one test shall be taken between manholes and/or inlets and/or as directed by Owner. 3.09 CLEANING THE SYSTEM A. Remove foreign matter from interior and ends of pipe and accessories before lowering into trench. Cover ends of pipe with tightly woven canvas of suitable size until connections are made. Do not allow debris, tools, fabrics or other foreign materials to enter the pipe. 02720-9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSITCENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CIARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.10 B. Clear the interior of conduit of dirt and other superfluous materials as the work progresses. Maintain a swab or drag in the line, and pull past each joint as it is completed. (In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may her used for cleaning). C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of each day or whenever work stops. D. Flush and vacuum lines between manholes and other structures to remove collected debris. Do not allow debris to travel downstream of project limits. E. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of the Project. F. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. G. Defects requiring correction include the following: 1 Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visual between structures. 2 Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of a ball or cylinder of a size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. 3 Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. 4 Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. 5 Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 6 Replace defective piping using new materials and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. 7 Test new piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired for leaks and defects. H. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. I. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. Schedule tests, and their inspections by authorities having jurisdiction, with at least 24 hours advance notice. K. Submit separate reports for each test. L. Testing of storm sewer piping system shall be in accordance with the criteria of the local authority having jurisdiction INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION TESTING A. Flush and clean sewer line prior to testing, wetting pipe and cleaning out debris. Plug all pipes outlets to resist test pressure. Give special attention to stoppers and laterals. 02720-10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02720 - STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Conduct infiltration or exfiltration test for each section between manholes. Test first section prior to further work, to demonstrate remaining work will conform to specifications. C. Testing may be required during course of work where infiltration appears to be greater than maximum allowable, or quality of work is questionable. D. Provide all infiltration and exfiltration equipment, materials and testing required to perform tests. E. No sewer line will be accepted where water tightness tests show leakage exceeding one gallon per inch diameter per 260 feet per day. Tests indicating infiltration or exfiltration in excess of requirements, or other unacceptable conditions will require remedial measures and retesting until system or sections test satisfactorily. 3.11 INLET CONNECTION TO STORM SEWER MAIN A. This direct connection from a roof drain or inlet storm sewer main shall only be made if the inside diameter of the connecting pipe is less than 3/4 the diameter of the main. B. The center of pipes shall match each other. 3.12 CONNECTION TO MUNICIPAL STORM SEWER A. Work shall be coordinated with street construction and in accordance with the local authority having jurisdiction. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500 - Material and Equipment. END OF SECTION 02720 02720-11 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P C GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Integrally colored concrete paving. B. Related Sections: 1. Site Concrete: Section 02619 2. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Section 03300 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. 3. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 316 - Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Bases. B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM C979 - Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions for: 1. Color additives. 2. Curing compounds. 3. Patterning tools. B. Samples: 1. Samples for Color Selection: Submit color additive manufacturer's sample chip set; indicate color additive numbers and required dosage rates. Samples indicate general color and may vary from concrete finished in field according to Specifications. 2. Samples for Color Verification: a. Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating color additive numbers and required dosage rates. Samples indicate general color and may vary from concrete finished in field according to Specifications. C. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: Data from the product manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 02750 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01000 - GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. Failure to visit the site will in no way relieve any Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or performing work that may be required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents without additional cost to Owner. 1.06 LAYING OUT WORK The Contractor will famish reference bench mark and maintain bench mark and all other grades, lines, and levels and dimensions as indicated in the Contract Documents. Report any errors or inconsistencies in above to Owner before commencing work. Except as delegated by subcontract or normal trade practice, the Contractor will be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements of work indicated. END OF SECTION 01000 01000-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 316. B. Conform to ACI 305 during hot weather. C. Conform to ACI 306 during cold weather. D. Obtain each material from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in workmanship throughout Project. E. Installer Qualifications: Concrete work shall be performed byfirm with five years experience with work of similar scope and quality. F. Colored Concrete Field Samples: 1. Provide under provisions of Section 01000. 2. At location on Project selected by Architect, place and finish 4 x 4 feet (1.2 x 1.2 m) area. Demonstrate methods of obtaining consistent visual appearance, including materials, workmanship, and curing method to be used throughout Project. 3. Retain samples of cements, sands, aggregates and color additives used in mock-up for comparison with materials used in remaining Work. 4. Accepted field sample provides visual standard for work of Section. 5. Accepted field sample may remain as part of Work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Color Additives: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver color additives in original, unopened packaging. Store in dry conditions. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Colored Concrete Environmental Requirements: 1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are applied. 2. Avoid placing concrete if rain, snow, or frost is forecast within 24 hours. Protect fresh concrete from moisture and freezing. B. Schedule delivery of concrete to provide consistent mix times from hatching until discharge. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Color Additives for Integrally Colored Concrete: 1. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. Solomon Colors manufactured by Solomon. b. Davis Colors -color: "Sunset Rose" C. Or equal approved by architect in writing WITH approved color sample. Sample to match "Sunset Rose" OR existing and aligned concrete in place which adjoins/intersects new material. 2. Materials: a. Color additives shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments specially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. 3. Packaging: If color additives are to be added to mix at Site, famish color additives as required to minimize job site waste. B. Select Aggregate: Pea gravel as required by Manufacturer for pattern stamping. C. Admixtures: Do not use calcium chloride admixtures. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound for Colored Concrete: Curing compound shall comply with ASTM C309 and be approved by color additive manufacturer for use with colored concrete. Provide W-1000 Clear Cure & Seal or Color Seal II tinted to match colored concrete as recommended and manufactured by Davis Colors. B. Pattem-Stamping Tools and Materials: 1. Tools: Cookie cutter -type stamping tools; running bond pattern. 02750 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Release: a. Plastic Film: polyethylene sheet, as recommended by Manufacturer. C. Sealants: Joint sealers shall be type specified in Section 07900. Provide in color to match colored concrete. 2.03 MIXES A. Color Additives: Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Mix until color additives are uniformly dispersed throughout mixture and disintegrating bags, if used, have disintegrated. B. Do not retemper mix by adding water in field. 2.05 CONCRETE COLORS A. Concrete Color: Provide cement, sand, aggregate and color additive as required for color as selected by Architect. B. Dosage rate of color additive shall not exceed 10 percent of weight of cementitious materials in mix. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Grade Control: The lines and grades shown for concrete items shall be established and maintained by means of line and grade stakes. B. Subgrade Preparation: The sand cushions shall not be disturbed by traffic or other operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition. Subgrade shall be uniformly damp and free from standing water. C. Impounded water and debris shall be removed from the forms and excavations before any concrete is deposited. Wood forms and sand cushions shall be wetted in advance of placing concrete. 4. Protect adjacent finished surfaces from splatters. 3.02 INSPECTION: Refer and fulfill requirements of Section 02619, Site Concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Formwork: Forms shall be built to the shapes and dimensions of the concrete, set to lines and grades, braced and secured to withstand the placing of the concrete and maintain their shapes and positions. B. Expansion Joints: Expansion joint filler strips shall be spaced as shown or not over 40 feet o.c. and around all fixed objects within or abutting concrete. Concrete edges at expansion joints shall be neatly tooled. Hold expansion material down 1/2", fill with joint sealer. Expansion joint filler strips shall be 1/2" thick unless otherwise detailed on the drawings. C. Control Joints: Formed, sawed, or tooled groove in the concrete to create a weakened plane and regulate the location of cracking shall be placed as shown on the drawings and/or at a maximum spacing at 10 feet o.c. D. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be installed in locations shown on the drawings. E. Concrete: Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. The placing of concrete shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into the spaces between the reinforcement, inserts, forms, etc. F. Do not add water to concrete at job site, fog or spray surface with water, or put into pumps or onto tools or brooms. G. Do not apply Davis Colors or color additives meant for integral coloring to surface of concrete. 3.04 FIELD TESTING: A. Concrete shall be field tested by an independent testing agency as called for in Section 02619, Site Concrete. 02750 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.05 FINISHING OF COLORED CONCRETE 1. Patterned Stamped: Apply pattern in accordance with tool manufacturer's instructions. Touch-up pattern and finish edges with hand tools as necessary. 2. Cookie Cutter -Type Tools: Use release film. 3.06 CURING A. Colored Concrete: Apply curing compound for colored concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply curing compound at consistent time for each pour to maintain close color consistency. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Minor variations in appearance of colored concrete, which are similar to natural variations in color and appearance of uncolored concrete, are acceptable. 3.08 FORM REMOVAL: Forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed and then may be removed without injuring the concrete. Bars or heavy tools shall not be used against the concrete in removing forms. Any concrete found defective after form removal shall be satisfactorily repaired promptly by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 02750 02750-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are: A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before you Dig"). C. Maintenance period. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Installation of irrigation controller. 1.03 IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN A. The Landscape Contractor shall provide, as part of the bid, a preliminary landscape sprinkler design. 1. No contract shall be awarded until a preliminary irrigation design has been submitted, reviewed, and approved by CSU Landscape Architect and CSU Grounds Department personnel. 2. Final irrigation design shall be in substantial compliance with the preliminary irrigation design submitted as part of the bid response. B. The new irrigation layout must be designed by an irrigation professional with at least 3-5 years experience with comparable systems. 1. The irrigation designer must be familiar with the CSU irrigation system including: controllers, valves, heads, piping, operating standards, and all other materials. C. The new sprinkler system shall include, but not be limited to: valves, wiring, piping, pop-up spray and geared rotor heads. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Deliver four (4) copies of all submittals to the Owner's Representative within 15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components, control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included. C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating instructions for equipment shown on the materials list. D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Show products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail. 1.05 RULES AND REGULATIONS A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities. B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the quality and size required by the contract documents. C. If quantities are provided either in these specifications or on the drawings, these quantities are provided for information only. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to complete an independent estimate of quantities and wastage. 02810 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.06 TESTING A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days in advance of testing. B. Pipelines jointed with threaded connections may be subjected to a pressure test at any time after partial completion of backfill. Pipelines jointed with solvent -welded PVC joints shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing. C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the Owner's Representative. D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, tabor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct tests or retests. E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: 1. Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the anticipated operating pressure of 75 PSI for two hours. Test with mainline components installed. 2. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings. 3. Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test. 4. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. F. Operational Test: 1. Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owner's Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and leakage. 2. Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to correct operational deficiencies. 3. Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or coverage deficiencies. 4. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. 5. Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests. Repeat tests, replace components, and correct deficiencies at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Control System Grounding: 1. Test for proper grounding of control system per manufacturer's recommendations. Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owner's Representative is to periodically observe the work in progress, the Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents, and to address questions with regard to the installation. A. Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing must be scheduled with the B. Owner's Representative as required by these specifications. C. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project. D. A review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and Project Record (As - Built) Drawing submittal. 1.08 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner. A. For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period, guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Owner's Representative. B. Contract documents govem replacements identically as with new work. Make replacements at no additional cost to the contract price. 02810 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 -LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period. MATERIALS 2.01 QUALITY Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of any type, and which are the best of their class and kind. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Acceptable equipment manufacturers are as indicated on the drawings. Alternative equipment must be approved by the Engineer prior to bidding. The Contractor is responsible for making any hanges to the design to accommodate alternative equipment. B. Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be increased at the option of the Contractor. 2.03 SLEEVING A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring bundle. B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. D. Sleeving Diameter: Equal to twice that of the pipe or wiring bundle unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2.04 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end. 2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not manufactured in Class 200. 3. Use gasketted fittings for mainline pipe of 3" diameter or larger. B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings 1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding. 2. Use Class 160, SDR-26, rated at 160 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. 3. Use solvent weld pipe for lateral pipe. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for PVC pipe. Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer. C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1. Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80 nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings. 2. Joint Sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape or Teflon based paste pipe joint sealant on plastic threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for use on water -carrying pipes on metal threaded connections. 02810 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.05 MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Double swing joint arrangement as presented in the installation details. 2.06 SPRINKLER AND BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS A. Sprinkler Heads are to be sole source - Hunter. No substitutions are permitted without written approval by the University Representative. B. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler and Bubbler Laterals: As presented in the installation details. Use wive connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control wires to solenoid valves. Use standard Christy I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly. C. Sprinkler Assembly: As presented in the drawings and installation details. 2.07 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Control Wire: i. Use American Wire Gauge (AWG) No. 14 solid copper, Type OF or PE cable, UL approved for direct underground burial from the controller unit to each remote control valve. 2. Color: Use white for common ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors for other control wires. Spare control wives shall be of a color different from that of the active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length. 3. Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant. Wire connector to be of plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector. 4. Warning Tape: Inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. Three inches wide, colored yellow, and imprinted with "CAUTION": BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." B. Existing Control Wire: 1. It is assumed that existing 24 VAC control wire between existing controller and solenoid valves is in workable condition. Any concerns are to be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative prior to installation of the replacement controller. 2.08 OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, spare parts and other items indicated in the General Notes of the drawings. B. Other Materials: Provide other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details which are part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS A. Site Inspections: 1. Verify construction site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report irregularities to the Owner's Representative prior to beginning work. 2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"): 1. Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all underground utilities. 02810 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Repair any underground utilities damaged during construction. Make repairs at no additional cost to the contract price. C. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the staking has been completed. Notify the Owner's Representative one week in advance of review. Modifications will be identified by the Owner's Representative at this review. 3.02 LAYOUT OF WORK A. Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked included: sprinklers, pipe, control valves, quick coupling valves and isolation valves. B. Install all mainline pipe and mainline components inside of project property lines. 3.03 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work space for installing connections and fittings. B. Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade): 1. 18-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit. 2. 20-inch over control wire. 3. 12-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers and bubblers. C. Maintain at least 15-feet clearance from the centerline of any tree. D. PVC lateral pipes may be pulled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device specifically manufactured for pipe pulling. Minimum burial depths equals minimum cover listed above. E. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested. F. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe. G. Backfill unsleeved pipe in either of the following manners: 1. Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding soil. 2. Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil. H. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, and other hardscape surfaces within sleeves. Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water for compaction around sleeves, "puddling" will not be permitted. I. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site grades. J. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owner's Representative for trench depth adjustments. 3.04 SLEEVING AND BORING A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. B. Extend sleeve ends twelve inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe ends and mark with stakes. C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring. 3.05 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean pipe ends. 2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue assembly. 02810 - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8, COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSITCENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3. Trenches may be curved to change direction or avoid obstructions within the limits of the curvature of the pipe. Minimum radius of curvature and offset per 20 foot length of pipe by pipe size are shown in the following table. All curvature results from the bending of the pipe lengths. No deflection will be allowed at a pipe joint. C. lQ SIZE RADIUS OFFSET PER 20' LENGTH 1 1/2" 25' 7'-8' 2" 25' 7'-8' 21/2" 100, 1'-11" 3" 100, 1'-11" Mainline Pipe and Fittings: 1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in pipe. C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 3. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. Lateral Pipe and Fittings: 1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe. 2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe: a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices. b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water in the pipe. C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench. 3. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted. Specialized Pipe and Fittings: 1. PVC Threaded Connections: a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted. b. Use only Teflon -type tape or Teflon based paste. C. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have male threads and the metal component shall have female threads. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS A. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER AND BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS: A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler and Bubbler Laterals: 1. Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly. 2. Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Install connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Install only one RCV within a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies together where practical. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. 4. Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure. 5. Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring. B. Sprinkler Assembly: 1. Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly. 2. Install per the installation details at locations shown on the drawings. 3. Locate rotary sprinklers 6-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved areas. 02810 - 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 4. Locate spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or paved areas. 5. Install sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grader. - 6. Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best performance, and to avoid overspray. 7. Adjust the radium of throw of each sprinkler for best performance, and to avoid overspray. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Control Wire: 1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. Do not tape wires together where contained within sleeving or conduit. 2. Control wiring may be chiseled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device specifically manufactured for pipe pulling and wire installation. Appropriate chisel must be used so that wire is fed into a chute on the chisel, and wire is not subject to pulling tension. Minimum burial depth must equal minimum cover previously listed. 3. Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90 degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals along runs of wiring. Do not tie wiring loop. Coil 24-inch length of wire within each remote control valve box. 4. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve. Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted. 5. If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 10-inch round valve box. 6. Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices. 7. Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and below PVC mainline pipe. 8. Protect wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe with a continuous run of warning tape placed in the backfill six inches above the wiring. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS A. Tools and Spare Parts: 1. Prior to the Review at completion of construction, supply to the Owner operating keys, servicing tools, spare parts, and any other items indicated in the General Notes on the drawings. B. Other Materials: 1. Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details which are part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have been referenced in these specifications. 3.10 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS A. The Contractor is responsible for documenting changes to the design. Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded. B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve, each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future pipe or wiring connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box. C. Prior to construction completion, obtain from the Owner's Representative a reproducible mylar copy of the drawings. Mylars or CAD data files compatible with AutoCAD software, can be purchased from the Engineer. Cost of mylar reproducible drawings is $25 per sheet and the cost 02810 - 7 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. of AutoCAD data files on diskette is $25 per file. Using technical drafting pen or CAD, duplicate information contained on the project drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing" D. Turn over the "Record Drawings" to the Owner's Representative. Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Review at the completion of the irrigation system installation. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Winterize the irrigation system in the fall following completion and star -up the irrigation system the following spring. Repair any damage caused in improper winterization at no additional cost to the Owner. Coordinate the winterization and start-up with the landscape maintenance personnel. B. Upon completion of construction and review by the Owner's Representative, maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve the most desirable application of water. C. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage after the landscape maintenance operation. 3.12 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish. 02810 - 8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. IRRIGATION SYSTEMS (CSU BUILDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS MANUAL) APPENDIX A A. Sole Source Products: 1. Central Control Units — Motorola MIR 5000 Irrigation Central. 2. Satellite Control Unit — Motorola MIR 5000 wall mount field unit. 3. Sprinkler Heads - Hunter. 4. Remote Control Solenoid Valves — Rainbird PESB "Scrubber". B. Central Control Units: 1. Shall include IBM-PC personal computer, printer, computer operating system, diskettes, base station, base station antenna, transmission line, base station antenna support, repeater antenna and other appurtenance required to communicate with the satellite control units or stations. C. Satellite Control Units: 1. Shall be wall mount field units complete with radio interface, radio, DB hard hat antenna, or other appurtenance required to communicate with the central control unit or monitoring equipment. Satellite control unit shall be sized as shown on the drawings. D. Remote Solenoid Control Valves: i. Remote control valves (RCV) shall be installed according to Detail L-5 Remote Solenoid Control Valve in Appendix A. 2. All existing and new RCVS shall have valve boxes installed according to Appendix A - Detail L-5. Boxes shall have a minimum of 2 inches between bottom of box lid and highest part of valve. Boxes shall also have a minimum of 2 inches between bottom of box and piping. Valve boxes shall be set with lids within one half inch of compacted and settled finish grade. Boxes shall have a minimum of 4 to 6 bricks to support bottom side of box. Ground shall be hand tamped underneath valve boxes. 3. All RCVS shall be of same brand as sole sourced above. 4. Whenever possible, existing galvanized fittings shall be removed and replaced with PVC. 5. Each RCV zone shall be flushed with sprinkler heads removed. E. Sprinkler Heads: 1. Shall include models with 12 different size nozzles per head, gear driven and sealed in oil, two year replacement warranty with up to 5 years on some parts, strip proof gears, vandalism resistant, dirty water screen, small surface area, and fully interchangeable. 2. Sprinkler heads shall be a minimum of 3 inches from any walk, building, or surface. Top of heads shall be placed exactly at finished grade except sprinkler heads next to walks shall be placed flush with top of sidewalk or curb. 3. Sprinklers shall be firmly tamped under and around so as to be exactly straight up and down. 4. Sprinklers shall have 8 to 12 inches of swing pipe, but not to exceed 24 inches. 5. Refer to Appendix A - Detail L-1 - Sprinkler Head Piping in Appendix A for further information. F. General Design Information: 1. Irrigation systems shall be installed according to latest standards of the Association of Landscape Contractors of Colorado (ALCC). 2. Lawn irrigation is considered a utility. The system is fed from College Lake located gainst the foothills in West Campus. Irrigation water is untreated water and people should be warned not to drink from sprinklers. In extreme circumstances, where the 02810 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSITCENTER SECTION 02810 -LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. system does not reach a specific area of campus, a variance may be requested from Facilities Management to use domestic water. 3. During the growing season turf is watered 14 hours per day, depending on weekly schedule. In the future this utility may be tied to the energy management system computer located at Facilities Management. Until that time, system clocks must be installed in various locations around campus. The overall system is fed from College Lake with untreated water and it's design and materials will be coordinated with Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative. 4. The specific design of the sprinkler system will be done by the A/E and reviewed by Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative. 5. The construction will include provisions for pressure checks and inspection of open trenches by Facilities Management -Grounds Services personnel 6. Irrigation piping may contain asbestos. Contractors shall be notified prior to construction if asbestos piping exists. 7. All underground utility piping shall also conform to the requirements of Section 02600 B - Nonmetallic Utility Lines. G. Execution: 1. Irrigation control system layout will be reviewed by Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative after the layout is completed. Notify the University Representative three days in advance of review. Modifications may be identified at this review. 2. The contractor should be informed that bending or kinking of poly pipe weakens the pipe, eventually causing leaks. Therefore, all kinked pipe must be replaced. 3. Verify locations of underground utilities including the existing irrigation system components. 4. Backfilling of new trenches shall be puddled in landscaped areas. Backfilling under pavement shall be with non -shrinkable backfill. H. Salvage: 1. Existing irrigation controllers, sprinklers and valves shall be turned over to Owner unless otherwise instructed. I. System Damage: 1. The University Representative must contact Facilities Management -Grounds Services immediately if there is any damage to main line or wiring. 2. In the event of main line damage, the Contractor and Facilities Management -Grounds Services must ensure immediate repair. 3. In the event of damage to poly lines or sprinklers, Facilities Management -Grounds Services asbestos irrigation pipe is damaged, Contractor shall stop work and notify University Representative. Immediately upon cutting through the irrigation line, the contractor shall cut and tape both ends such that dirt and debris cannot get into the lines. Backfill and tamp, or puddle up to the level of irrigation line that is to be repaired and notify Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative. After repair has been completed by Facilities Management -Grounds Services, backfill to grade but do not tamp directly on top of irrigation line. J. Electrical Control System: 1. Control system requires electrical power supply. Coordinate work with the electrica engineer. The electrical control wire design shall be in accordance with the NEC. 2. Provide location in the grounds closet (if provided), the mechanical room, or other services area space for the lawn sprinkler control cabinet. Provide electrical service (110V) at this location with conduit large enough to contain the valve control wires to the outside. 02810 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 -LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3. Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative will determine whether replacement of the control wire from a satellite controller and to a solenoid valve shall be replaced when an existing irrigation system is to be extended. 4. Test for leaks to ground per manufacturer's recommendations. Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance. 5. Defective wires, underground splices or appurtenance will be replaced. Tests will be repeated after replacement and approved by the University Representative. 6. Electrical conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM Standard D1785. Fittings shall be Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings, ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. 7. Control wires shall be prenumbered or labeled with indelible nonfading ink, made of permanent, nonfading material. a. Wire from satellite controller unit to each remote control valve for new construction shall be AWG No. 14 solid copper, Type OF cable, UL approved for direct underground burial or multi -strand type OF irrigation cable no smaller than 18 gauge. b. All wiring sizing must conform to the manufacturers recommendations on voltage losses of solenoid valves being used and must not exceed these specifications. C. Wires shall have same color over its entire length. Use white for common ground wire. d. Crimper solder splices and seal with waterproof sealant. Wire connectors shall be made of plastic construction consisting of two pieces: one piece which snap locks into the other. A copper crimp sleeve should also be provided with a connector. All wiring splices that are direct buried must be done with "3M" D by wire splice kits. 8. Warning tape shall be buried six inches deep on top of control wiring. The tape shall be inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. The tape shall be three inches wide, colored yellow and imprinted with "CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." 9. The locations of the control units on the drawings will be approximate. The Facilities Management -Grounds Department will determine the exact site locations at the system layout review. The manufacturer's representative will test for positive radio communication prior to the installation of the satellite controllers. 10. Lightning protection shall be provided with a copper -clad grounding rod driven into the soil 8 feet deep. A single rod may be used for grouped control units. Connect controller to grounding rod with AWG No. 10 solid conductor copper wire. Secure wire to grounding rod with brass or bronze clamp. If rod is buried adjacent to the controller enclosure, locate the connection in a separate valve box. II. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with an identification number which consists of the name and station number of the existing controller to which the control wire had been previously connected. 12. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench at a minimum of 10 foot intervals. 13. Control wiring may be pulled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device specifically manufactured for pipe pulling. Minimum burial depth equals 12 inches. 14. Provide a 24 inch excess length of wire in an 8 inch diameter loop at each 90 degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves and at 100 foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Do not tie wiring loop. Coil 24 inch length of wire within each remote control valve box. 15. Install only one control valve on each control wire. 02810 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. K. Sleeving: 1. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation wiring bundle. 2. All sleeves under pavement must be bedded in sand with a minimum of 6 inches above and below the sleeve. 3. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent weldedjoints. 4. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints. 5. Sleeving diameter shall be a minimum of twice that of the pipe and wiring bundle which ever is greater. Sleeves for wiring shall have a minimum diameter of 2 inches. 6. Only one irrigation pipe shall be installed per sleeve. 7. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased wiring to remain at the specified burial depth. 8. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. During construction, cover sleeve ends and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled "X" at sleeve end locations. 9. Bore through obstructions which cannot be removed rather than alter the route. Employ equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring. 10. Cut and patch roadways which must be crossed. Replacement asphalt and subgrade shall match existing conditions. All sleeves under pavement shall be embedded in sand with a 6 inch cover under and above sleeve. L. Piping: 1. Lateral branch lines can be either PVC Class 200 or polypipe rated at 100 psig NSF for 3/4 and 1 inch sizes. Larger branch lines and main trunk lines shall be PVC pipe class 200 or greater. All poly pipe of 1-1/4 inches and larger must be 80 psig NSF grade. 2. All poly pipe fittings must be plastic barbed, designed specifically for underground irrigation practices. PVC fittings shall be schedule 40, with solvent weld on all sizes 3 inches and smaller and tight fittings on all sizes 3 inches and larger. Ring tight fittings shall have appropriate thrust blocking. 3. All 2 inch insert fittings must be double clamped; smaller poly pipe must be single clamped with screw or pinch clamps. 4. All pressurized pipe shall be located between 14 inches and 18 inches deep. 5. All non -pressurized poly or PVC pipe shall be located between 8 to 12 inches deep. 6. Pressurized and non -pressurized pipe underneath roads shall be a minimum of 18 inches deep. 7. Any changes to new or existing piping shall be mapped and documented indicating size, type and location of pipe. 8. Thrust blocks shall be provided on all pressurized pipe 2 inches and larger using "sacrete" remixed concrete. Consult Uniform Plumbing Code for size and location of thrust blocks. Base selection on 60 psig static system pressure. M. Tools and Spare Parts: 1. Contractor shall provide proprietary tools, test equipment and other parts necessary to service system. Spare parts should be provided for critical components. N. Record Drawings: 1. Record all alterations with accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points, for each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future wiring connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box. O. Warranty: I . The system shall have a one year warranty. The warranty shall include but not be limited to fill and repair depressions, restoration of landscape or structural features damaged by the settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repairs shall be made within seven days of notification from the University Representative. 02810 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8, COLORADO UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02810 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. The sprinkler system will have a one year warranty including blow out and turn on. This work will be done by Facilities Management -Grounds Services with the contractor present for observation and instruction. END OF SECTION 02810 - 5 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 B SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02870 - LEED SITE FURNISHINGS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This Section covers furnishing and installation of plaza furniture and related accessories: 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Site Concrete: Section 02619. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The ARCHITECT and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The ARCHITECT shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1, and 5.2 B. For all items 1. Manufacturer's literature 2. Color samples 3. Samples 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Items: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Contractor shall furnish and install all products as herein specified or approved equal: Custom Bollards as specified on the drawings. Trash receptacles: Victor Stanley, Inc., S45, 45-gallon capacity, with S-1 Steel Dome Lid/Ash and 10-inch diameter Stainless Steel Ashtray as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., color by Architect. Bicycle Racks: relocate existing. Benches —Landscape Forms Balustrade, backless, 72" length, polysite recycled slats, silver powdercoat, bolted in place Tables: "Landscape Forms" — Carousel —(2) tables total — (1) 4 seats, (1) 6 seats, surface mounted seats, table top 42" diameter, 29" high, steelhead perforated, without umbrella hole, powdercoat for metal (color to be selected by Architect) Benches — Type 2 — "Landscape Forms" Arcata, backless, 72" length w/ polysite recycled slats, silver powdercoat, bolted in place. 2.02 COLORS - Architect to select finish colors. 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Install per details on drawings or as per manufacturer's instructions. Placement should be verified by Landscape Architect, prior to installation. END OF SECTION 02870 02870-1 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DMSION 2 SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes provisions for the following items: 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. 3. Plants. 4. Ground cover. 5. Lawns. 6. Soil amendments. 7. Initial maintenance of landscape materials. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Excavation, filling, and rough grading required to establish elevations shown on drawings is specified in Division 2 Section, "Earthwork." 2. Underground sprinkler system is specified in Division 2 Section, "Landscape Irrigation". 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Subcontract landscape work to a single firm specializing in landscape work. B. Source Quality Control: 1. General: Ship landscape materials with certificates of inspection required by governing authorities. Comply with regulations applicable to landscape materials. 2. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not obtainable, submit proof of non -availability to Landscape Architect, together with proposal for use of equivalent material. 3. Analysis and Standards: Package standard products with manufacturer's certified analysis. For other materials, provide analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of Official Agriculture Chemists, wherever applicable. 4. Topsoil: Before delivery of topsoil, furnish Landscape Architect with written statement giving location of properties from which topsoil is to be obtained, names and addresses of owners, depth to be stripped, and crops grown during past 2 years. 5. Trees, Shrubs and Plants: Provide trees, shrubs, and plants of quantity, size, genus, species, and variety shown and scheduled for landscape work and complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "American Standard for Nursery Stock". Provide healthy, vigorous stock, grown in recognized nursery in accordance with good horticultural practice and free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun -scald, injuries, abrasions, or disfigurement. 6. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. 7. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. a. Where formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs are shown, select stock for uniform height and spread, and label with number to assure symmetry in planting. 8. Inspection: The Landscape Architect may inspect trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting, for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality. Architect retains right to further inspect trees and shrubs for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects, and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from project site. 02900-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIV 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. The Work specified in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidentals for the construction of a new Transit Center at the Lory Student Center on the Colorado State University campus. B. The Work includes site excavation and demolition, new building construction, renovation to existing Lory Student Center, utilities, grading, landscaping and irrigation system all in a LEED silver project 1.02 WORK BY OTHERS: A. The Contractor is hereby notified that there may be other construction activities within the Project and adjacent to the Work sites scheduled throughout the duration of this contract. It is the Contractor's responsibility to keep apprised of such projects and how they may affect the Work. The Contractor shall maintain contact with the Owner and with other contractors and schedule work so as to minimize the effect of such construction activities on other site activities. B. Separate contracts may be issued by the Owner to others to perform certain construction operations at the site. Those operations may precede construction operations performed under this Contract, or may proceed concurrently with Work of this Contract. Refer to remaining Section of Division 1 for Owner -furnished items and work. C. Contractor's use of premises: During the construction period, the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform construction operations with its own forces or to employ separate contractors on portions of the project. 1. Confine operations to areas within limits indicated, or agreed upon with Owner. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. Confirm any site access restrictions or limitations with the Owner prior to beginning work. 2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises and adjacent premises clear and available to the Owner, students and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Right-of-way access roadways through the site to adjacent properties shall be maintained for public access at all times, unless alternate means are agreed to with the Owner, and are acceptable to all concerned parties. 3. Burial of Waste Materials: Do not dispose of organic or hazardous materials on site, either by burial or by burning. 1.03 FUTURE WORK: The Contractor is hereby notified that there are other future construction activities within the Project and adjacent to the Work sites scheduled after completion of this Contract. It is the Contractor's responsibility to keep apprised of such projects and how they may affect the Work. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY: A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the site, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. I. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy for local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 3. Prior to partial Owner occupancy, systems shall be fully operational. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy, the Owner will provide operation and maintenance of systems in occupied portions of the site. 01010.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The ARCHITECT and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Labor costs b. Equipment costs C. Material costs d. Total construction cost (labor plus equipment cost plus material costs). The ARCHITECT shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Stormwater management, rate and flow, LEED SS 6.1. b. Stormwater management, treatment, LEED SS 6.2. c. Landscape and exterior design to reduce heat island, nonroof, LEED SS 7.1. d. Resource reuse, LEED MR 3.1 and MR 3.2. e. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. f. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. B. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C. Plant and Material Certifications: 1. Certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. 2. Manufacturer's or vendor's certified analysis for soil amendments and fertilizer materials. 3. Label data substantiating that plants, tree, shrubs and planting materials comply with specified requirements. D. Planting Schedule: Proposed planting schedule, indicating dates for each type of landscape work during normal seasons for such work in area of site. Correlate with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial completion. Once accepted, revise dates only as approved in writing, after documentation of reasons for delays. E. Maintenance Instructions: Typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by OWNER for maintenance of landscape work for 1 full year. Submit prior to expiration of required maintenance period(s). 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at site. B. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within 24 hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking of rolled strips. C. Trees and Shrubs: Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. Do not drop balled and burlapped stock during delivery. D. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist by covering with mulch, 02900-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02"0 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. burlap or other acceptable means of retaining moisture. E. Do not remove container -grown stock from containers until planting time. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. B. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Landscape Architect before planting. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Planting Time: Proceed with, and complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required 1. Plant or install materials during normal planting seasons for each type of plant material required. 2. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial completion. B. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to Landscape Architect. If planting of trees and shrubs occurs after lawnwork, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from planting operations. 1.07 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Warranty lawns one year from final acceptance. B. Warranty trees and shrubs, for a period of one year after date of substantial completion, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse or damage by others, or unusual phenomena or incidents which are beyond Landscape Installer's control. C. Remove and replace trees, shrubs, or other plants found to be dead or in unhealthy condition during warranty period. Make replacements during growth season following end of warranty period. Replace trees and shrubs which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period; unless, in opinion of Landscape Architect, it is advisable to extend warranty period for a full growing season. 1. Another warranty inspection will be conducted at end of extended warranty period, if any, to determine acceptance or rejection. Only one replacement (per tree, shrub or plant) will be required at end of warranty period, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with specified requirements. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil for landscape work is available at site. B. Provide on site topsoil that is fertile, friable, natural loam, surface soil, reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, brush, weeds and other litter, and free of roots, stumps, stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension, and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. 2.02 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat Humus: Finely divided peat, so completely decomposed and free of fibers that its biological identity is lost. Provide in granular form, free of hard lumps and with pH range suitable for intended use. B. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw, finely ground; 4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent phosphoric acid. C. Superphosphate: Soluble mixture of treated minerals; 20 percent available phosphoric acid. D. Manure: Well rotted, unleached stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by 02"0-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITEWORK , TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials and containing no chemicals or ingredients harmful to plants. E. Mulch: 1. Fractured granite, 1 1/2 " — 2" diameter, gray, red, brown in color, free from debris and soil. 2. Recycled, shredded coarse wood mulch from Hageman Earth Cycle. Phone 970-221- 7173. F. Commercial Fertilizer: Complete fertilizer of neutral character, with some elements derived from organic sources and containing following percentages of available plant nutrients: 1. For trees and shrubs, provide fertilizer with not less than 5 percent total nitrogen, 10 percent available phosphoric acid and 5 percent soluble potash. 2. For lawns, provide fertilizer with percentage of nitrogen required to provide not less than 1 pound of actual nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft. of lawn area and not less than 4 percent phosphoric acid and 2 percent potassium. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to lawn during initial period of growth; at least 50 percent of nitrogen to be organic form. G. Root stimulator shall be "Superthrive" as manufactured by the vitamin institute, or approved equal. 2.03 PLANT MATERIALS A. Quality: Provide trees, shrubs, and other plants of size, genus, species, and variety shown and scheduled for landscape work and complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "American Standard for Nursery Stock". B. Deciduous Trees: Provide trees of height and caliper scheduled or shown and with branching configuration recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species required. Provide single stem trees except where special forms are shown or listed. C. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) deciduous trees. 1. Container grown deciduous trees will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped deciduous trees subject to specified limitations of ANSI Z60.1 for container stock. 2. Caliper measurement shall be taken twelve (12) inches above ground line. D. Deciduous Shrubs: Provide shrubs of the height shown or listed and with not less than minimum number of canes required by ANSI Z60.1 for type and height of shrub required. 1. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) deciduous shrubs. 2. Container grown deciduous shrubs will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped deciduous shrubs subject to specified limitations for container grown stock. 3. Shrubs shall be matched specimens from a single block source. 2.04 GRASS MATERIALS A. Sod: Provide strongly rooted sod, not less than 2 years old, free of weeds and undesirable native grasses, and machine cut to pad thickness of 3/4 inch (plus or minus 1/4 inch), excluding top growth and thatch. Provide only sod capable of vigorous growth and development when planted (viable, not dormant). 1. Provide sod of uniform pad sizes with maximum 5 percent deviation in either length or width. Broken pads or pads with uneven ends will not be acceptable. Sod pads incapable of supporting their own weight when suspended vertically with a firm grasp on upper 10 percent of pad will be rejected. 2. Provide sod composed principally of following: a. Kentucky Bluegrass (Poa pratensis) or Bluegrasses selected for drought tolerance and adapability 2.05 GROUND COVER A. Provide plants established and well rooted in removable containers or integral peat pots and with not less than minimum number and length of runners required by ANSI Z60.1 for the pot size shown or listed. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS 02900-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSrrY DIVISION 2 SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02"0 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Mulch: Fractured granite, 1 %2" — 2" diameter, red, brown, gray in color, free of debris, silts and soil. B. Wrapping: Tree -wrap tape not less than 4 inches wide, designed to prevent borer damage and winter freezing. C. Stakes and Guys: Provide steel "tee" length posts to lowest free limb after stake is driven in the ground stakes and deadmen of sound new hardwood, treated softwood, or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects. Provide wire ties and guys of 5-strand, twisted, pliable galvanized iron wire, not lighter than 12 inch diameter black rubber or plastic hose, cut to required lengths and of uniform color, material, and size to protect tree trunks from damage by wires. 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION - GENERAL A. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations and outline areas and secure Landscape Architect's acceptance before start of planting work. Make minor adjustments as may be required. B. Do not plant material when any frost is present in the soil, or daily high temperature exceeds 90 degrees. 3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL FOR BACKFILL A. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. B. Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates specified. Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. C. For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling, and stockpile at site. D. For planting beds and backfill in planting holes thoroughly mix 1/3 peat moss with 2/3 fine graded top soil to a homogenous blend. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR PLANTING LAWNS A. Loosen subgrade of lawn areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones measuring over 1-1/2 inches in any dimension. Remove sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. 1. Spread top soil to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades, and elevations shown, after light rolling and,natural settlement. 2. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of top soil required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil. Add specified soil amendments and mix thoroughly into upper 6 inches of topsoil. 3. Spread an even layer of peat, manure or other Landscape Architect approved organics at the rate of 4 cubic yards per 1000 square feet of area. Rototill organics into a minimum depth of six inches. Mix organics thoroughly into soil and smooth grade. B. Preparation of unchanged Grades: Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: Till to a depth of not less than 6 inches. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers as specified. Remove high areas and fill in depressions. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture, free of lumps, clods, stones, roots and other extraneous matter. 1. Prior to preparation of unchanged areas, remove existing grass, vegetation and turf. Dispose of such material outside of Owner's property. Do not turn existing vegetation over into soil being prepared for lawns. 2. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded. 3. Apply specified commercial fertilizer at rates specified and thoroughly mix into upper 2 ins. of topsoil. Delay application of fertilizer if lawn planting will not follow within a few days. a. "Schedule of Planting Soil Mixture Requirements" indicating required rate of fertilizer application, is attached at end of this section. 02900-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SICEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. C. Fine grade lawn areas to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll, rake, and drag lawn areas, remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted immediately after grading. D. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow excess surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. E. Restore lawn areas to specified condition, if eroded or otherwise disturbed, after fine grading and prior to planting. 3.04 PREPARATION OF PLANTING BEDS A. Loosen subgrade of planting bed areas to minimum depth of 6 inches using a culti-mulcher or similar equipment. Remove stones measuring over 1 1/2 inches in any dimension. Remove sticks, stones, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. B. Spread planting soil mixture to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades, and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of planting soil required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer, then place remainder of the planting soil. C. Dig beds not less than 8 inches deep and mix with specified soil amendments and fertilizers. D. Remove 8 inches to 10 inches of soil and replace with prepared planting soil mixture. 3.05 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Excavate pits, beds, and trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. 1. For bare root trees and shrubs, make excavations at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to allow for setting of roots on a layer of compacted backfill and with collar set at same grade level as in nursery, but 1 inch below finished grade at site. 2. Allow for 9 inch setting layer of planting soil mixture. 3. For balled and burlapped (B&B trees and shrubs), make excavations at least half again as wide as the ball diameter and equal to the ball depth, plus following allowance for setting of ball on a layer of compacted backfill: 4. Allow for 3 inch thick setting layer of planting soil mixture. 5. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for balled and burlapped stock, adjusted to size of container width and depth. B. Dispose of subsoil removed from planting excavations. Do not mix with planting soil or use as backfill. C. Fill excavations for trees and shrubs with water and allow water to percolate out prior to planting. 3.06 PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Set balled and burlapped (B&B) stock on layer of compacted planting soil mixture, plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball at same elevation as adjacent finished landscape grades. Remove burlap from sides of balls; retain on bottoms. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill, Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. B. Set bare root stock on cushion of planting soil mixture. Spread roots and carefully work backfill around roots by hand and puddle with water until backfill layers are completely saturated. Plumb before backfilling and maintain plumb while working backfill around roots and placing layers of soil mixture above roots. Set collar 1 inch below adjacent finish landscape grades. Spread out roots without tangling or turning up to surface. Cut injured roots clean; do not break. C. Set container grown stock, as specified, for balled burlapped stock, except cut cans on 2 sides with an approved can cutter; remove bottoms of wooden boxes after partial backfilling so as not to damage root balls. D. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. E. Mulch pits, trenches, and planted areas. Provide not less than following thickness of mulch, and work into top of backfill and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 02900-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SrPEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3.07 M11:3 3.09 3.10 3.11 F. Provide 4 inches thickness of mulch. G. Apply anti -desiccant, using power spray, to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, twigs and foliage. 1. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved when in full -leaf, spray with anti -desiccant at nursery before moving and spray again 2 weeks after planting. H. Prune, thin out, and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees, if any. Prune shrubs to retain natural character. I. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. J. Wrap tree trunks of 2 inches caliper and larger. Start at ground and cover trunk to height of fast branches and securely attach. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures before wrapping. K. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting, as indicated. SODDING NEW LAWNS A. Lay sod within 24 hours from time of stripping. Do not plant dormant sod or if ground is frozen. B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with rightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips; do not overlap. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Work from boards to avoid damage to subgrade or sod. Tamp or roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade. Work sifted soil into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering of adjacent grass. C. Anchor sod on slopes with wood pegs to prevent slippage. D. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after planting. PLANTING GROUND COVER A. Space ground cover plants as indicated or scheduled. B. Space ground cover plants not more than 12 inches o.c. C. Dig holes large enough to allow for spreading of roots and backfill with planting soil. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover crowns of plants with wet soils. D. Mulch areas between ground cover plants; place 3 — 4" thick layer of coarse shredded wood mulch. Do not use weed barrier in ground cover beds. MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE WORK A. Place mulch beds where indicated. Compact soil subgrades before placing mulch. MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting. B. Maintain trees, shrubs, and other plants until final acceptance, but in no case, less than following period: C. 30 days after substantial completion of planting. D. Maintain trees, shrubs, and other plants by pruning, cultivating, and weeding as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. E. Maintain lawns for not less than the period stated below, and longer as required to establish an acceptable lawn. F. Sodded lawns, not less than 30 days after substantial completion. G. Maintain lawns by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, and other operations such as rolling, regrading and replanting as required to establish a smooth, acceptable lawn, free of eroded or bare areas. CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 02900-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITEWORK TRANSrr CENTER SECTION 02900 - LEED LANDSCAPE WORK COOVER-CI.ARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as directed. 3.12 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. When landscape work is completed, including maintenance, Landscape Architect will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability. 1. Landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in portions as agreeable to Landscape Architect, provided each portion of work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance. B. When inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by Landscape Architect and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected plants and materials promptly from project site. END OF SECTION 02900 02900-8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02950 - LANDSCAPE PROTECTION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL SITE PROTECTION A. Protect all existing development on site and on adjacent properties including existing trees and shrubs, turf, soil, buildings, equipment, underground utilities, walls, fences, sidewalks, paving, curbs, etc. that are not noted for removal. Trees are easily rendered hazardous by uncontrolled construction work around them. Any existing site development damaged by willful or negligent acts of the Contractor or any of his employees shall be replaced or repaired at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative before project acceptance is given. 1.2 SITE PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Fencing: Four foot orange plastic construction fencing. B. Stakes: Metal T-posts, 5 to 7 foot long. C. Plywood: 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheets. 1.3 SITE PROTECTION EXECUTION A. Tree protection: Prior to construction/excavation, all existing trees shall have a fence erected that protects the area within the dripline of the tree. The dripline is defined as the area on the ground covered by the spread of branches. All existing shrubs shall have a fence erected along the outside perimeter of the shrub beds to protect the plants within. B. Construction staging should take place in paved areas. If staging takes place within green space a fence shall be erected around the boundary of the staging area, outside the dripline of all trees and shrub bed areas. Contact CSU Grounds Department irrigation personnel to arrange for any necessary sprinkler zone shutoff at least 48 hours prior to construction work. C. No vehicles, equipment or materials shall be parked or stored within the dripline of any tree or shrub bed areas that are to be protected in place. D. No stock piling of excavated soil may take place within the dripline of existing trees or shrub bed areas that are to be protected in place. E. Do not attach any signs to trees. F. If there is limited space on the site, and passage beside a tree is necessary, a bridge is to be constructed over the root zone. Protect hunks of trees with 2"x4" boards tied vertically around trunk. G. When raising or lowering the grade around an existing tree, a dry well or retaining wall is required. 02950- t TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02950 - LANDSCAPE PROTECTION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. H. Trenching should not be done within the dripline of a tree. See Table 1 below for guidelines. If a trench cannot be routed around a tree, tunnel under it. Facilities Management Grounds Department prior to construction must approve any trenching and tunneling. Trenching of more than 50% of the supporting roots will render the tree unstable. I. When trenching occurs in an area containing tree roots, any severed roots must be cut smoothly with flush cuts and backfilled as soon as possible. W:\:311 tl TREE SIZE MINIMUM UNDISTURBED MINIMUM DEPTH OF (Diameter in inches) RADIUS (from trunk face) TUNNEL/BORE less than 3" 3 feet 3 feet 3" through 8" 6 feet 3 feet 8.1" through 14" 8 feet 4 feet 14.1" through 20" 10 feet 4 feet 20.1" through 30" 15 feet 5 feet 30.1" through 40" 20 feet 5 feet END OF SECTION 02950-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSITCENTER SECTION 03067 VAPOR BARRIER MEMBRANES COOVER CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. Ce3o wo-Z 11 1.01 SCOPE: Furnish all plant, labor, materials, appliances, and equipment necessary to fabricate and install the applicable moisture dissipation membrane system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Section 03310 — Concrete C. Section 03365 — Concrete Finish (Concrete Stain, Sequence, ITEM# 1.03 — "G") D. Section 03920 — Concrete Patching and Resurfacing E. Section 03925 — Decorative Concrete Resurfacing 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submit shop drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000. Any alternates must be submitted in writing and approved by the architect. Warranty information required to be equal to specified product. L05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Delivery and storage to be in scheduled period for proper installation, and per manufacturers recommendations. PRODUCTS 2.01 Bomanite Vapor Guard System — Negative Side Moisture Dissipation Membrane System: As supplied by BOMANITE CORPORATION: (any substitutions must be submitted in writing and approved by the architect.) 1/16" to 3/32" thick: MVT up to 6 pounds MVT between 6-12 pounds MVT between 12-18 pounds For MVT over 20 pound EXECUTION VG-1 VG -II VG -III Consult Bomanite Corporation Technical Services Consult Bomanite Corporation for specification assistance and detailing. This consultation is required prior to installation. Submittal of installation specification and manufacturer recommendations is required prior to final approval and installation of this and all realties sub -surfaces. Sequence must be provided prior to installation. (See Section 03365) CONTACT if REQD: Trevor A. Foster Colorado Hardscapes 303.750.8200 Architectural Grade Concrete Consultant END OF SECTION 03067 03067-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIV 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK 3 ASSOCIATES P.C. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. SITE INVESTIGATION 1. The Contractor acknowledges satisfaction as to the nature and location of the Work, all of the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, access to the site, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work, and all other matters that can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this contract. 2. The Contractor further acknowledges, by submission of a bid, satisfaction as to the character, quality, and quantity of all surface and subsurface materials, and all features on top of the surface, such as, but not limited to abandoned work sites or utilities to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing available records of exploratory work famished by the City. Failure by the Contractor to become acquainted with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of performing the work. 3. The Contractor warrants that as a result of examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data and the site, that the Contractor can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this contract unless: a. such representation are expressly stated in the Contract, and/or b. the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the Owner. 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES: A. Except as otherwise specified, furnish the following to the full extent required by the Contract. I . Labor, superintendence, and products. 2. Construction equipment, tools, machinery, and materials. 3. Utilities required for construction and related activities. 4. Other facilities and services necessary to properly execute and complete the work, including security for Worksite, testing and storage and protection of all materials awaiting incorporation into the Work. B. Prosecute the Work as specified and in a timely manner. Submit schedule of Work which will be performed at times other than during the eight -hour working day of Monday through Friday, daylight hours, and five-day working week to the Owner for review and acceptance not less than forty-eight (48) hours in advance of those times. Construction operations will normally be confined to the hours between dawn and dusk. Approval to work at night may be obtained after Contractor presents a written program outlining special precautions to be taken to control the extraordinary hazards presented by night work. That program shall include, but not be limited to, supplementary lighting of work areas, availability of medical facilities, security precautions, and noise limitations. 3.02 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate prosecution of Work with those public utilities, governmental bodies, private utilities, and other contractors, performing work on, and adjacent to, the Worksite. Eliminate or minimize delays in the Work and conflicts with those utilities, bodies, and contractors. Schedule governmental, private utility, and public utility work which relies upon survey points, lines, and grades established by the at of 0-2 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: Furnish all plant, labor, materials, appliances, and equipment necessary to fabricate and install the applicable concrete formwork as required by the drawings and/or specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Earthwork: Refer to Section 02200. B. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619. C. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. D. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Refer to Section 03300. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Concrete Institute: ACI-347, Recommended Practices for Concrete Formwork. 1.04 INSPECTION: Materials and workmanship not in conformity with the drawings or provisions of this specification maybe rejected to anytime when faults are found prior to or during the progress ofthe job. Faulty items shall be repaired or removed at the Contractor's expense prior to continuation of work. PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS: A. Forms: Wood, fiber or metal forms subject to Architect's approval. Wood forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be constructed of 3/4" plywood conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS-1 B-B Concrete Form,Class 1, exterior grade. Forms for footings and foundations not exposed to view may be of undressed lumber or via stabilized earth forms. B. Shores: Shores temporarily supporting concrete during construction may be patented shores of approved design and manufacture, or maybe built upon the job. Shores shall be of adequate strength and properly braced to safely support imposed loads. C. Form Oil: Non -staining, paraffin -base oil having a specific gravity of between 0.8 and 0.9. D. Form Ties: Bolts, rods, or patented devices having a minimum tensil strength of 3,000 pounds, adjustable in length, free of lugs which would leave a hole larger than 7/8" in diameter, or depressions back of exposed surface. Ties shall be constructed so that when forms are removed, there will be no metal remaining within one inch of finished concrete surface. E. Expansion Joint Fillers: Premolded mastic strips of fibrous cellular nature, asphalt impregnated, conforming to ASTM D1751. F. Carton Forms: Fiberboard "void boxes" as made by Savway Carton Forms, Inc. Forms shall support a minimum load of 350 lbs./sq.ft. thickness as detailed. (Carton forms shall be used if shown on the drawings.) EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK INSTALLATION: A. Constructions and Erection: I. Forms shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity so that when properly supported, they will not deflect under weight or pressure of wet concrete or other incidental loads. 2. Build forms to conform to shapes, lines, and dimensions of detailed members of concrete construction. Set forms to line and grade, and brace and secure so as to withstand placing of concrete and maintain shape and position. Forms shall be sufficiently tight, and substantially assembled so as to facilitate their removal without damage to concrete. 03100-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3. Construct forms with care to produce concrete surfaces without unsightly or objectionable form marks in exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Thoroughly clean surfaces of form lumber and remove nails before reuse. Do not reuse damaged or worn form liners for exposed Architectural finished. Coat contact surfaces of forms prior to placing metal reinforcement with non -staining form oil. 5. Immediately before placing concrete, clean forms of debris. Leave forms in place until concrete has sufficient strength to safely carry its own load and such additional loads as may be placed on it during construction. Immediately after removal of forms, remove form ties, wires and other defects, and immediately patch. 6. An experienced workman shall be available during concrete placing to inspect formwork and support of same and to strengthen or rebuild any portions that show signs of distress. (Note: This part of the specification applies equally to stabilized earth forms, i.e., no form work required.) 7. The Contractor shall notify the Architect 48 hours in advance before placing concrete for examination as specified in paragraph 1.04 of this section. B. Inserts and Accessories: Make provisions for required installation of accessories, bolts, hangers, sleeves and inserts cast in concrete, as required by Drawings and other trades. Place expansion joints where detailed and required. 3.02 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING: A. Do not disturb forms until concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit removal with safety. Do not remove shoring until members have acquired sufficient strength to support their own weight and load. B. Members subject to additional loads during construction shall be adequately shored to support both member and construction loads in a manner that will protect member from damage. Forms and shores for beam bottoms and slabs may be removed whenever cylinder tests indicate concrete has attained 75% of its required compressive strength. Side forms may be removed after 36 hours. C. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for any damage to the structure due to premature removal of forms. END OF SECTION 03100 03100-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DMSION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 1 GENERAL .1.01 SCOPE: Furnish all plant, labor, materials, appliances, and equipment necessary to fabricate and install the applicable concrete reinforcement as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619. *` ` B. Concrete Formwork: Refer to Section 03100. C. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Refer to Section 03300. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000. Drawing shall indicate complete reinforcing for each concrete member including, but not limited to, materials, sizes, bends, dimensions, and placing details. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: Data from the product manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. American Society or Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM A-185, Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A-615, Deformed Billet -Steel Bar for Concrete Reinforcement. B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 315, Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 2. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Stack reinforcing steel in tiers and mark so that each length, size, shape and locations can be readily determined. Exercise care to maintain reinforcement free of dirt, mud, paint or rust. B. Store from materials and accessories on dunnage and undercover with protective sheeting. PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS: A. Metal Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall meet requirements of ASTM A615 for new billet steel, domestic Manufacture, Grade 60, except as otherwise noted. B. Wire Mesh: ASTM A185. Yield strength Qy) equal to 60,000 psi unless measured at 0.35 per cent strain. 03200-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide spacers, chairs ties and other devices necessary for properly placing, spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, as specified in ACI 315 for reinforcement of cast -in -place structural members. EXECUTION 3.01 REINFORCING INSTALLATION: A. Place reinforcing steel of sizes, shapes, lengths, spacing and other dimensions shown in accordance with approved shop drawings. Before placing, thoroughly clean reinforcement of any coatings which might reduce bonding. Heating of reinforcement shall not be permitted. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on approved drawings shall not be used. Reinforcement shall not be spliced at points of maximum stress. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered, and splices shall provide a minimum overlap of 30-bar diameters unless specifically noted otherwise on Drawings. B. Accurately place reinforcement and securely saddle tie at intersections with No. 16 gauge black annealed wire, or suitable clips. Rigidly secure reinforcement in place during concrete placing by means of spacers, chairs or other suitable supports of adequate strength. Concrete coverage for reinforcing steel shall be as specified in ACI 318-77 Section 7.7, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. The lapping of wire fabric shall be as specified in ACI 318-77 Section 12.8, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. END OF SECTION 03200 03200-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSTfY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03300 -LEED CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. Any and all conditions which occur and are not covered by the drawing and/or specifications, such as: openings, joints, connections, details of reinforcement, etc., or problems encountered during forming and/or placing shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Architect. No further work shall be done in these areas until approved by the Architect. Should corrective measures be necessitated, a written proposal shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. No corrective measures, with the exception of temporary emergency measures, shall be employed without the prior written approval of the Architect. B. Work included generally consists of fiunishing all necessary labor, materials, equipment and appliances to install and finish all cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with this section of the specifications and applicable drawings. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Reinforced concrete; including foundation structure, slabs on grade and other concrete work indicated on the drawings. 2. Placing of all anchor bolts, anchors, inserts, sleeves, and ties supplied by other trades and/or specified under this section. Cooperate with and coordinate with other trades, as necessary to assure proper placement and location of all such items. Give ample notification to all responsible trades for such items, prior to time of installation. 3. Place all reinforcing steel and anchorages as indicated or required. 4. Place all expansion joints and control joints as indicated or required. 5. Shop drawings of reinforcing steel in accordance with ACI-315. 6. Material samples for testing. 7. Certified mill reports of cement and reinforcing steel shall be submitted, upon Architects request. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Concrete Formwork: Refer to Section 03100 B. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. C. Concrete Sealing: Refer to Section 03375. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Concrete Design: The concrete materials supplier shall submit design mixes for each of the types of concrete based on specified strengths and materials. Design methods shall be in accordance with "Building Code Requirements of Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318-77). B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000. Indicate complete reinforcing for each concrete member including materials, sizes, bends, dimensions, and placing details. C. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 03300-1 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03300 -LEED CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package 5. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, of the American Concrete Institute (ACI). B. 'Recommended Practices for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete", ACI 304. C. "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315. D. 'Building Code Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318.77. E. "Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete", ASTM C 94-74A, of the American Society of Testing and Materials, (ASTM). F. "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement", ASTM C 150. G. "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates", ASTM C 33. H. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars", CRSI 63, of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI). I. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature", CRSI 65. J. Preparation of test specimens and testing: 1. ASTM C-31, Making and Curing Concrete -Test Specimens in the Field. 2. ASTM C-39, Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 3. ASTM C42, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 4. ASTM C-173, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Pressure Method. 5. ASTM C-231, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Volumetric. 6. ASTM C-192, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 7. ASTM C-143, Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement. 1.05 QUALITY AND CONTROL OF CONCRETE: A. Concrete shall be the product of a Ready -Mix plant and shall be composed of cement, aggregate and water with a dispersion and air -entraining additive in proportions to develop the designated strengths and to satisfy the requirements of durability and other specified qualities. The Ready -Mix Concrete shall conform to specifications set forth in ASTM C 94-74A. B. At least 15 days before commencing any concrete operations, the Contractor shall submit to the testing laboratory the proportions of the concrete ingredients he proposes to use as a design mix. The testing Laboratory, in turn, shall submit to the Architect the following data: Concrete Classes; mix designs, including cement brand, proportions of aggregates by weight, slump, water -cement ratio and percentage of air. 1.06 TESTING: A. The Contractor shall engage and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory approved by the Architect. B. Test reports shall include reports of concrete compressive yield, air content and slump test. Duplicate copies of the test reports are to be sent directly to the Architect. C. If test fail, the Contractor shall pay for the cost of corrective measures required to satisfy the Architect and the Owner. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: All materials shall be carefully selected of uniform quality meeting the requirements of the specifications and subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS: 03300-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03300 -LEED CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150-76a, Type 1 or 111. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, hard, durable, uncoated natural sand free from silt, loam, clay and iron particles, meeting requirements of ASTM C-33. C. Coarse Aggregate: Hard durable uncoated crushed stone or natural gravel meeting requirements of ASTM C-33. Maximum size aggregate and graduation shall be in accordance with Size No. 467 in Table I I of ASTM C-33 or Size No. 67 in Table 11 or ASTM C-33. D. Water shall be clean, potable, fresh and free from oil, acid, salt, alkali, sewage, organic matter and other deleterious substance. E. Expansion Joint filler, exterior and interior,as governed by ASTM D 994, "Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete." 2.03 CURING: A. Curing Compound: Clear Bond as made by GUARDIAN CHEMICAL CO., Acri-Seal as made by TOCH BROS., Dress and Seal made by L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, or approved equal. Curing Compound shall be in conformance with ASTM C-309, "Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete." B. Compound Type: Curing compound shall be the type over which vinyl floor tile may be laid. (NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.) EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE: A. Do not place concrete until foundations, forms, reinforcing steel, pipes, conduits, sleeves, hangers, anchors, inserts, dampproofing, and other work required to be built into concrete has been inspected and approved by the Architect. Notify Architect at least 2 working days prior to completion of all work required to be built into concrete and ready for inspection. B. Complete preparatory work by noon of the day previous to scheduled pours to allow time for adequate inspections and correction of any unsatisfactory work prior to placing concrete. C. Remove rubbish from formwork immediately prior to placing concrete. 3.02 PLACING CONCRETE: A. Convey and place concrete in such a manner that there will be no separation of ingredients. No concrete shall be used which has attained its initial set. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers with each layer thoroughly incorporated with previous layers. Do not place concrete on previously deposited concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or cold joints. B. Do not permit concrete to drop freely greater than 3 foot distances. Where longer drops are necessary, use a chute, tremie, or other approved conveyance to assist concrete placement without separation. Do not pour concrete directly into piers or other excavations where water is standing. Thoroughly compact concrete by mechanical vibration during placing and work around reinforcing, embedded items, and into corners of forms. Concrete shall be mixed and placed only when temperature is at least 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising, unless suitable means are provided for maintaining a temperature of at least 50 degrees for a period of seven (7) days after placing. Methods of heating and protecting concrete shall be subject to Architect's approval. Do not place concrete, under any circumstances, except in the presence of the Architect. C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, each footing pier, column, beam, wall and slab shall be considered as a single unit of operation and concrete shall be placed continuously in order that such unit shall be monolithic in construction. If construction joints are absolutely unavoidable, locate joints at or near midpoints of spans. Additional construction joints shall not be made under any circumstances without written approval of Architect. Construction joints shall be plumb and level. Provide appropriate keys in construction joints, whether horizontal or vertical. Construction joints in exposed concrete work shall occur at planned joints or rustication as approved by Architect. 03300-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03300 -LEED CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. D. Expansion Joint Fillers: Place premolded expansion joint fillers at locations as detailed. Refer to Drawings for required joint dimensions and locations. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Field Control: The Architect or his representative shall control addition ofwater to concrete at project site and length of time concrete is allowed to remain in mixer. B. Slump: At beginning of each concrete "pour", or from each mixer truck (at discretion of Architect), test for slump shall be performed in accordance with "Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement" (ASTM C-143) unless waived by Architect. If slump is greater than that specified, concrete shall be rejected. Slump shall not exceed 4" for cast -in -place concrete or 5" for concrete slabs on grade. C. Test Cylinders: During progress of work, test cylinders shall be made and tested for each different mix placed in any one day. For 10 cubic yards, 3 compression test cylinders will be made by Testing Laboratory of samples taken during pour. Make test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C-31-66 and test in accordance with ASTM C-39-66: one at 7 days, and two at 28 days. Make additional sets of 3 cylinders for concrete placements from 50 yards to 100 yards, and a third set for placements exceeding 100 yards. D. Test for determination of air content shall be made for approximately every third set of cylinders in compliance with ASTM C-231 and ASTM C-173. 3.04 BUILDING SURFACE FINISHES: A. Preparation: As soon as forms are removed, remove undesired fins and other projections, level offsets, and repair voids or damaged places with mortar of same composition as used in mix. Apply rubbed finish as specified below to exposed cast -in -place concrete surfaces. B. Rubbed Finish: Rubbed finish shall consist of rubbing surfaces with a carbonmdum stone, clean water, and neat portland cement to a uniformly smooth surface, entirely free of pits, holes, or form marks. 3.05 FLOOR FINISHES: A. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, floor finishes shall be monolithic; that is, finished at time of pouring of slab. B. Smooth Trowel Finish: Concrete slabs which are to receive tile and carpet, as well as exposed concrete floors, shall be smooth trowel finished. Surfaces shall be screeded to proper elevation, jitterbugged or tamped, then floated with metal or wood floats. After concrete has sufficiently set to support weight, mechanical floats shall be used for finish leveling. After water sheen has disappeared from surfaces, trowel with steel trowel to smooth surface free from blemishes and trowel marks. Final troweling shall be done after concrete is so hard that no mortar accumulates on trowel and a ringing sound is produced as trowels are drawn over surfaces. Finish floors shall be level with 1/8" when tested with a 10 ft. straight edge. C. Sub -Floor Maintenance: Prior to installation of finish floor coverings, remove dirt, oil, grease, paint, and other foreign matter from surfaces. Inspect for holes, cracks and other abrasions and fill such defects with latex floor leveling compound. Disc -sand high spots and abrasions. 3.09 CURING: A. Preparation: Slab surfaces to be sealed shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter, and shall be dry. B. Curing: Protect concrete surfaces against frost and rapid drying and keep moist for at least 6 days after placing. During this period, maintain concrete above 70 degrees for a least 3 days or above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 5 days. (NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.) C. Curing Compound Application: Concrete slabs shall be cured with curing compound. Begin curing concrete as soon as concrete surfaces begin to take initial set after finishing. Spray compound on 03300-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03300 -LEED CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. surfaces using two coats, applying second at right angle to first, at rate of 400 s.fper gallon. Restrict traffic on surfaces during cure to prevent "tracking off' of protective film. END OF SECTION 03300 03300-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DN 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. Contractor, to occur immediately after those points, lines, and grades have been established. Confirm coordination measures for each individual case with the Owner in writing. B. In the coordination effort with Work by others, the Contractor shall obtain and refer to equipment locations and other layouts, as available, to avoid interface problems. C. The Owner reserves the right to permit access to the site of the Work for the performance of Work by other contractors and persons at such times that the Owner deems proper. The exercise of such reserved right shall in no way, or to any extent relieve the Contractor from liability for loss and damage to the work due to, or resulting from its operations or from responsibility for complete execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors and persons in all matters requiring common effort. 3.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF WORKSITE: A. Confine worksite operations to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits, and the Contract. B. Consider the safety of the Work and that of the people and property on and adjacent to the Worksite when determining amount, location, movement, and use of materials and equipment on Worksite. C. Do not load Worksite with equipment and products which would interfere with the Work. Only equipment, tools or materials required for this Work may be stored at the Worksite. D. Protect products, equipment and materials stored on Worksite. E. Relocate stored products, equipment and materials which interfere with operations of Owner, government bodies, public and private utilities, and other contractors. 4 MEASUREMENT 4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: A. No separate measurement shall be made for work under this Section. 5 PAYMENT 5.01 METHOD OF PAYMENT: A. No separate payment will be made for work under this section including any and all necessary relocations requested by the Owner. The cost of the work described in this section shall be included in the applicable bid items or lump sum contract price. END OF SECTION No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Extent of concrete work is shown on the Drawings. B. Concrete paving and walks are in Division 2. C. General field quality control is in Section 01400. D. Other Division 3 Sections include: Grout, 03600 E. Related Work: Caisson Excavation: Caisson 02466 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Perform all cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with "Standard Specification for Structural Concrete," ACI 301-02, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this section or Notes on the Structural Drawings. A copy of ACI 301 will be available for review at Structural Engineer's office during bidding period. Keep a copy ofACI 301 in Contractor's field office for duration of project. B. Design Criteria 1. Concrete: See General Notes on Structural Drawings and ACI 301, Section 4. 2. Formwork Design: The General Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the safety of the formwork and shall provide all necessary design, construction, materials and maintenance to produce the required concrete work safely. Design all formwork to have sufficient camber to maintain the tolerances specified. Strength shall be sufficient to compensate for the weight of the fresh concrete plus a construction live load of 50 psf minimum. 3. Testing Agency: All testing shall be done by an approved testing laboratory selected and paid by the Owner. Contractor shall furnish testing agency access to work, facilities, and incidental labor required for testing and inspection. Retention by the Owner of an independent testing agency shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing all work in accordance with the contract requirements. 4. Source Quality Control: The Architect, Structural Engineer and Testing Agency shall be offered uninterrupted access to the ready -mix batching plant at all times that the work is in progress. 5. Record of Work: A record shall be kept by the General Contractor listing the time and date of placement of all concrete for the structure. Such record shall be kept until the completion of the project and shall be available to the Architect and Structural Engineer for examination at any time. 6. Approval: All formwork surfaces that will provide the finish surface of exposed concrete must be approved by the Architect before depositing concrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to the Architect and Structural Engineer not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Data for each mix shall, as a minimum, include the following: 1. Mix identification designation (unique for each mix submitted). 2. Statement of intended use for mix. 3. Mix proportions, including all admixtures used. 4. Manufacturer's data and / or certifications verifying conformance of all mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. 5. Wet and dry unit weight. 6. Entrained air content. 7. Design slump. 03310 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 8. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301 4.2.3.2 and 4.2.3.3. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to the project. 9. Average strength qualification data (trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 4.2.3.4). When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to the project. 10. Field test data submitted under paragraphs above shall include copies of the Concrete Testing Agency's reports from which the data was compiled. 11. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and class of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures, each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. B. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from the pump to the point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to the Structural Engineer is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, that the proposed mix will meet all requirements of these specifications, when sampled at the point of discharge, over the full range of distances required. C. Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings as specified under Section 01300. Indicate bar sizes, spacing, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. Indicate exact locations of all openings, framing or special conditions affecting the work. Provide 1/4 inch scale elevations of all walls and grade beams with reinforcing shown. D. Product Data: Submit data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others as requested by Architect. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Reinforcing: 1. Unload and store reinforcing bars so they will be kept free of mud. Store on timber skids while awaiting use. B. Concrete 1. Hauling Time: Discharge all concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator, or other transportation device not later than 1-1/2 hours, or 300 revolutions of the drum after the mixing water has been added, whichever is earliest. 2. Extra Water: Deliver concrete to the job in exact quantities required by the design mix. Should extra water be required before depositing the concrete, the Contractor's Superintendent shall have sole authority to authorize the addition of water. Any additional water added to the mix after leaving the batch plant shall be indicated on the truck ticket and signed by the person responsible. Where extra water is added to the concrete, it shall be mixed thoroughly for 30 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed. Water maybe added at the site only once to each batch. Do NOT add water to concrete containing high range water reducers after the admixture has been introduced into the mix. 1.06 PROTECTION A. Protect newly finished slabs from rain damage. Protect finished slabs from mortar leakage from pouring of concrete above. Cover masonry walls, glazing, and other finish materials with polyethylene or otherwise protect from damage due to pouring of concrete. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials in accordance with ACI 301-02, paragraphs as listed, unless amended or superseded by requirements of following articles or General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Name brands listed below are intended to establish the level of quality and performance expected. 03310 - 2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -flamed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Textured Finish Concrete: Units of face design, size, arrangement, and configuration to match Architect's control sample. Provide solid backing and form supports to ensure stability of textured form liners. D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, fiberglass reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes. Construct paper or fiber tubes of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax - impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. E. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. F. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties, designed to prevent from deflection and to prevent spailing concrete upon removal. Provide units which will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 1. Provide ties which, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 " diameter in concrete surface. 2.03 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS (ACI 3014.2.1.1) A. General: Unless otherwise specified, use one brand and type of cement throughout the project. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type 1/II; Min. Tricalcium Aluminate = 6.5%. For concrete in contact with on -site soils use Type V Cement. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618 Class F or C; Max. loss on ignition = 0.7%. D. Definitions: 1. Portland Cement a. Type I: Min. Tricalcium Aluminate = 8.2% b. Type 11: Min. Tricalcium Aluminate = 5.2% C. Type 1/II: Min. Tricalcium Aluminate = 6.5% d. Type V: Min. Tricalcium Aluminate = 3.6% 2. Fly Ash a. Class C; Max. Silicon Dioxide plus Aluminum Oxide plus Iron Oxide = 69% 2.04 ADMIXTURES (ACI 301 4.2.1.4) A. General: Unless specified, no admixtures may be used without specific written approval of the Structural Engineer. B. Air Entraining Agent: Conform to ASTM C260: Master Builders "MB-VR' or "MB-AE" or approved equal. Add air entraining agent as required herein. C. Water Reducing Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A: Master Builders Pozzolith 322N or Polyheed 997 or approved equal. The admixture shall not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. D. High -range, water reducing (HRWR) admixture (Super -plasticizer): Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G: Master Builders Rheobuild 1000 or approved equal. The admixture shall not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. E. Non -Corrosive, Non -Chloride Accelerator: Conform to ASTM C494, Type E: Master Builders Pozzutec 20 or approved equal. The admixture shall not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. The admixture manufacturer shall have long term test data from an independent testing laboratory proving non -corrosive effects on reinforcing steel using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method. 03310 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. F. Retarding Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Type D: Master Builders Pozzolith Retarder or approved equal. The admixture shall not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. G. Calcium Chloride: Calcium Chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.50 percent chloride ions or 0.30 percent thiocyanates are not permitted. H. Cgrtification: Written Conformance to above mentioned requirements and the chloride ion content of the admixture will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by the Structural Engineer. 2.05 AGGREGATES (ACI 301 4.2.1.2) A. Continuously obtain each type aggregate from same source throughout the project. 1. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing spalling- causing deleterious substances. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33 but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to Architect. 2. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C330. 2.06 SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE MIXES Values in table are for information on1v. revise to .suit nrniert MINIMUM MINIMUM RECOM. 28 DAY MAXIMUM CEMENT COARSE SLUMP AIR ADMIXT. MIX STRENGTH W/C CEMENT MAT'LS AGGREG. aAGGREG. RANGE CONTENT TYPE DESCRIPTION PSI RATIO TYPE LBS IN.1 Drilled Piers 4,000 0.48 II 610 N.W. 5-7 3 %: -6 2 Foundations, 4,000 0.48 II 560 N.W. 1" 4-6 3 %: - 6 %: Grade Beams, Footings 3 Interior Slah- 3,500 0.54 II Note 3 N.W. 1" 2-4 3-6 AEA MR On -Grade WR 4 Normal Weight 3,500 - 1 540 N.W. 3.4" 2 %:" - 4 2-5 Topping On y, Metal Deck 5 All Other 4,500 0.45 II 560 N.W. 1" 2-4 3 %: - 6 12 Concrete A. Notes to Schedule of Concrete Mixes: 1. W/C is the ratio of weight of water to weight ofcementitious materials. The weight of water shall include all free water in the aggregate at the time of batching. 2. Minimum cementitious materials are the minimum weight of Portland Cement plus fly ash. 3. Provide the minimum amount of cement content necessary to satisfy strength requirements and reduce total water required with MRWR admixture, to minimize drying shrinkage. 4. Nomenclature: N.W. = Normal Weight, L.W. = Light Weight. AEA = Air Entraining Admixture, LRWR = Low Range Water Reducing Admixture, MRWR = Medium Range Water Reducing Admixture. 5. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics ofmaterials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to Owner and as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work. 2.07 WATER: Drinkable 2.08 LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE 03310 - 4 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Proportion mix as herein specified. Design mix to produce strength and modulus of elasticity as noted on drawings, with a split -cylinder strength factor (Fct) of not less than 5.5 for 3000 psi concrete and a dry weight of not less than 95 lbs./cf or more than 115 lbs./cf after 28 days. Limit shrinkage to 0.03 percent at 28 days. 2.09 STRENGTH (ACI 301 4.2.2.8) A. See General Notes on Structural Drawings and Schedule above. 2.10 SLUMP (ACI 301 4.2.2.2) A. See Schedule Above. B. Concrete with High -Range Water -Reducer (HRWR) Admixture (Superplasticizer): 8" maximum for Rheobuild 1000 and 7" maximum for other HRWR admixtures unless otherwise directed by Structural Engineer. Minimum slump shall be 6". 2.11 ADMIXTURES (ACI 301 4.2.2.5) A. All concrete required to be air entrained shall contain an approved air entraining admixture. All concrete shall contain the specified water reducing admixture and/or high range water reducing admixture (Superplasticizer). Use specified accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F (10 deg Q. 2.12 SELECTION OF PROPORTIONS (ACI 301 4.2.3): A. Mix Design: Cost of Concrete mix designs by Contractor. B. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 3014.2.3.4. C. All mixes shall be proportioned on the basis of trial mixtures and shall meet the provisions ofACI 301 4.2.3.4.b. Mixes shall contain identical materials and proportions intended for use in the project. D. Fly ash, in proportions not greater than 20% by weight of the total amount of cementitious materials, may be used when accepted by the Structural Engineer. Cement content and/or water -cement ratio for mixes containing fly ash shall be based on the total weight of cementitious materials (Portland Cement plus fly ash). E. Minimum Cement Content: See schedule above. 2.13 REINFORCING STEEL (ACI 3013.2) A. All reinforcing shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi, except embedded plate anchors which shall have a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi (or 60,000 psi if ASTM A706 reinforcing is used) unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. B. All reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A615, Deformed Billet Steel Bars or ASTM A706, Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars. Finish: Plain. C. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 767, Class II (2.0 oz. zinc psf) hot -dip galvanized, after fabrication and bending. D. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775. E. All welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185, plain in flat sheets. Finish: Plain. F. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2). 2.14 CONSTRUCTION JOINT BONDING (ACI 301 5.3.2.6) A. Bonding Compound: Acrylic or Styrene Butadiene Base: Hornweld, A.C. Hom, Inc.; SBR Latex, Euclid Chemical Co.; or approved equal. 03310 - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.15 EXPANSION JOINTS (ACI 301 2.2.1.4) A. Fiber Expansion Joint: Conform to ASTM D 1751; 1/4" thickness unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2.16 ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Form Tape: Bear #536 vinyl foam or equivalent. B. Cone Ties: 1-1/4" diameter, 1-1/2" depth, plastic cone with suitable snap tie. C. Slab Joint Forms: Burke Keyed Kold galvanized steel continuous tongue and groove or equivalent. Provide removable cap. D. Control Joint Slab Forms: Greenstreak "Zip Cap" or equivalent. E. Chamfer Strips: 3/4", 45 degree PVC. 2.17 EPDXY ADHESIVES A. With prior approval of the Architect and Structural Engineer as to methods and procedures, make structural repairs with Euclid Chemical Company, Euco Epoxy 452W or 620, or Sika Chemical Corporation Cuhna Dur Mortar, Sikadur Hi -Mod L.V., or Sikadur Hi -Mod. Where epoxy injection procedures are used, an approved low viscosity epoxy, made by the previously specified manufacturers, shall be used. B. Epoxy Paste Adhesive for Embedment of Anchors: Shall be a solvent -free, two-part, moisture - insensitive epoxy which conforms to ASTM C-881, Type IV, Grade 3, Class B and C. 1. Acceptable Products: "SIKADUR 31 HI -MOD Gel", SIKA Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ, or approved equal. 2.18 BONDING COMPOUND FOR RESURFACING OR REPAIR A. Bonding Compound: Euclid Chemical Company, Euco Weld; Larsen Products Weldcrete; Sika Chemical Corp. Sikabond, or equivalent. 2.19 CURING COMPOUND (ACI 301 5.3.6.4.e) A. The compound shall conform to ASTM C 309, Type I-D, Class B, 18% solids content minimum, and have test data from an independent laboratory indicating a maximum moisture loss of 0.030 grams per sq. cm. when applied at a coverage rate of 300 sq. ft. per gallon (2 coats minimum). Manufacturer's certification required. Product shall be compatible with products applied directly to concrete surfaces. B. Curing Compound for Colored or stained Concrete: Curing compound shall comply with ASTM C 309 and shall be approved by color additive manufacturer for use with colored concrete. 1. Acceptable Product: Davis Colors W-1000 Clear Concrete Cure and Seal. 2.20 ABSORPTIVE COVER A. Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 ounces per square yard, complying with AASHTO M182, Class 2. 2.21 MOISTURE - RETAINING COVER A. One of the following, complying with ASTM C171: 1. Polyethylene film, (4 mils (0.004") thick minimum). 2. Waterproof paper. 3. Polyethylene - coated burlap. 2.22 EVAPORATION RETARDER A. "Confiln" by Master Builders, Inc. or approved equal. 2.23 EXPANSION ANCHORS A. Kwik bolts by Hilti Corporation or approved equal. Epoxy bonded inserts by Hilti Corporation or approved equal. 03310 - 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.24 NON -SHRINK GROUT OR DRYPACK A. See Specification Section 03600. 2.25 EPDXY JOINT FILLER (For Exposed Slab -On -Grade Joints) A. 100% solids, flexible (semi -rigid) epoxy filler / sealer, "MM-80" by Metzger / McGuire or approved equal. 2.26 FLOOR SEALER A. "Seal Hard" by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. or approved equal. Product shall be compatible with previous product used for curing. 2.27 WATERSTOPS A. 6" Virgin PVC, Dumbell Type. 2.33 REGLETS A. Where resilient or elastomeric sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 26 gage galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.34 GRANULAR BASE A. ASTM D 448, unwashed size No. 10. Thickness as shown on Drawings. 2.35 CHEMICAL HARDENER A. Metallic Hardener: Hardener shall be applied at the rate of 1.51bs. per sq. ft. in areas shown on the drawings. This hardener shall be a mixture of specially processed and graded iron aggregate, Type I Portland Cement and necessary plasticizing agents. The hardener shall be "Euco Metallic Hardener" by the Euclid Chemical Company, or "Masterplate" by Master Builders, or approved equal. B. Mineral Aggregate Hardener: Provide hardener at 1.0 lb. per sq. ft. Hardener shall be a factory blended mixture of specially processed and graded mineral aggregate, Type I cement and necessary plasticizers. Product shall be "Surflex" by the Euclid Chemical Company, or "Mastercron" by Master Builders, or approved equal. 2.36 NON -SLIP AGGREGATE FINISH A. Provide fused aluminum oxide grits, or crushed emery, as abrasive aggregate for non -slip finish with emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use material that is factory -graded, packaged, rust -proof, and non -glazing, and is unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. 2.37 COLORED WEAR - RESISTANT FINISH A. Packaged, dry, combination of materials, consisting of portland cement, graded quartz aggregate, coloring pigments, and plasticizing admixture: Colorcron by Master Builders or approved equal. Use coloring pigments that are finely ground, non -fading mineral oxides, interground with cement. Color as selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated. 2.38 UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND A. Freeflowing self -leveling, pumpable cementitious base compound. Acceptable Products: Thoro System Products "Thoro Underlayment Self -Leveling". EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301-96, paragraphs as listed, unless amended or superseded by following articles or General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 03310 - 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Use ready mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94; no job mixed concrete allowed. 3.02 INSPECTION A. All formwork surfaces that will provide the finish surface of exposed concrete must be approved by the Architect before depositing concrete. Completed installation of concrete reinforcement must be approved by the Testing Agency before depositing concrete. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Underslab surfaces shall be fine graded to smooth, level surface prior to installation of slab -on -grade edge and construction joint forms. B. Tamp and level subbase material to the following tolerances: +0 in., -3/4 in. C. Install vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643-98: 1. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour. 2. Lap vapor barrier over foundation elements and seal to foundation walls. 3. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape. 4. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) with manufacturer's pipe boot. 5. No penetration of the vapor barrier is allowed except for reinforcing steel and permanent utilities. 6. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches ofvapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape. 3.04 FORMWORK (ACI 301, SECTION 2) A. Earth Cuts (ACI 301 2.2.2.3): Earth cuts may not be used as forms. B. Chamfer Strips (ACI 301 2.2.3.2): Install 45 degree chamfer strips at exposed outside comers. C. Anchors, Inserts, Blockouts, and Built -In Items: Anchor bolts, inserts, form blockouts, and other items built into the concrete shall be securely fastened to formwork or held in place with templates. Insertion into concrete after pouring will not be allowed. D. Slabs on Metal Deck: Locate construction joints where acceptable to the Architect and Structural Engineer. E. Dovetail Slots: Install in formwork whenever masonry abuts concrete such as at brick ledges, or surfaces to receive masonry veneer, intersections of masonry walls with concrete walls or columns. At wall intersections, install one vertical slot for each 8" of masonry wall width. At brick ledges, or concrete backup, install vertical slots at 16" o.c. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES (ACI 301 2.3.1) 3.06 FORM REMOVAL (ACI 301 2.3.2) A. Form Removal: Remove formwork supporting weight of concrete only after notifying Architect and Structural Engineer and in a manner to insure safety of the structure. Under normal conditions, formwork may be removed when concrete is at least 14 days old or has reached 75 percent of specified strength. When structure is exposed to temperatures below 45 degrees F., leave formwork in place an additional period of time equaling the time structure was exposed to lower temperature. No live load permitted on new construction after form removal until concrete is at least 28 days old or has reached full specified strength. B. Form Facing Material Removal: Form facing material which is removable without disturbing shores may be removed when concrete is at least seven (7) days old. Facing may be removed earlier if specifically permitted by the Architect and Structural Engineer and acceptable curing compound is applied to all formed surfaces immediately after form removal. 3.07 FORM REUSE A. Clean all form material suitable for reuse before erection. No form material will be acceptable for reuse if, in the opinion of the Architect, it will not produce a finished surface required by these Specifications or called for on the Drawings. 03310 - 8 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.08 PLACING REINFORCEMENT (ACI 301 3.3.2) A. Install reinforcing in accordance with ACI 301-96, Section 3, unless amended or superseded by the general notes on the structural drawings. 3.09 WELDING REINFORCEMENT (ACI 301 3.2.2.2) A. Welding Reinforcing bars not permitted except where specifically indicated. Protect exposed bars intended for bonding with future construction from corrosion by providing adequate covering. Use reinforcing conforming to ASTM 706 where welding of reinforcing is required unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. 3.10 FIELD BENDING OF REINFORCEMENT (ACI 301 3.3.2.8) A. Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent except as shown on the Drawings or specifically permitted by the Structural Engineer. 3.11 CONCRETE PLACEMENT (ACI 301 SECTION 5) A. Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit installation oftheir work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are not used. 1. Apply temporary protective covering to lower T of finished walls adjacent to poured floor slabs and similar conditions, and guard against spattering during placement. B. Free fall shall not exceed eight (8) feet in walls and columns, nor five (5) feet in other elements. C. Guide the flow of concrete in walls and columns for vertical drop between the reinforcing with a spout, down pipe, elephant hunk, or other appropriate method. D. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306. E. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305. 3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (ACI 301 5.3.2.6) A. Construction joints of Structural Members: Use specified Bonding Compound, applied as recommended. B. Doweled Connections: In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solidly with specified non -shrink grout or epoxy mortar as directed by the Structural Engineer. 3.13 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS (ACI 301 5.3.7) A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Patch, repair, or replace exposed concrete as directed by the Architect. C. Patching of tie holes is required. D. Repair defects in structural concrete elements as follows: 1. Deep Defects Exposing Reinforcing: Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove all loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified non-metallic, non -shrink grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 2. Defects Greater Than 1/2" Depth, Not Exposing Reinforcing: Chip, clean and apply specified epoxy adhesive. Dry pack using specified non-metallic, non -shrink grout prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Provide specified finish and cure per Subparagraph (1) above. E. Defects Less Than 1/2" Depth and Tie Holes: 03310 - 9 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. For concrete having a specified compressive strength of 5,000 psi or less: Chip and clean per Subparagraph (1). Dry pack, finish, and cure per Subparagraph (1). 2. For concrete having a specified compressive strength greater than 5,000 psi: Chip and clean per Subparagraph (1). At Contractor's option, dampen surface and apply Sikatop Non -Sag mortar, or equivalent, followed by specified finish (no curing required); or apply thin coat of the specified bonding compound followed by dry pack, finish and cure per Subparagraph (1). F. Other equivalent repair procedures may be used subject to review and acceptance by the Architect and Structural Engineer. 3.14 FORMED SURFACE FINISHES (ACI 301, 5.3.3) A. Formed surface finishes per ACI 301 5.3.3.5 and as follows: 1. Rough Form Finish: Provide concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form facing material used, with tie holes filled and defective areas repaired and patched and all fins and other projections exceeding 0.25" in height rubbed down or chipped off. Provide for formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view. 2. Smooth Form Finish: Produce smooth form finish by selecting form material to impart a smooth, hard, uniform texture and arranging form panels in an orderly and symmetrical pattern with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with all fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. Provide for formed concrete surfaces exposed to normal view or that are to be covered with a coating material directly applied to concrete in the finished building. This includes waterproofing, painting or similar systems. Fill tie holes and finish flush with and to match adjacent surfaces. 3.15 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS (ACI 301 2.3.1.10) A. Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto. B. Concrete poured on metal deck: See Division 5, structural steel specification section for specific requirements. 3.16 SCREEDS (ACI 301 2.3.1.5) A. Continuous intermediate screed strips set prior to concrete placement are required. Set screeds and adjust as necessary to achieve proper slab elevation and thickness. For slabs poured over metal deck, place screeds along beam lines. Set screeds and adjust as necessary to achieve uniform slab thickness over the beams, allowing for beam camber and deflection. Additional slab thickness between beams due to metal deck deflection is acceptable. B. Concrete poured on metal deck: See division 5 structural steel specification section for specific requirements. 3.17 JOINTING SLABS -ON -GRADE A. Construction Joints: Field form construction and pour joints with keyway and depressed slab as shown on the drawings. B. Control Joints: Construct joints by sawcutting. Make saw cut as soon as possible after placing concrete without dislodging aggregate. Saw cut to a depth of 1/4 of slab thickness. C. Slip Joints: Separate slabs -on -grade from vertical surfaces with the specified expansion joint material unless otherwise shown on the drawings. D. Slab Construction: Place slabs -on -grade in as large a placement as practical. Locate construction joints on column center lines or under partitions unless shown otherwise. Provide slab -on -grade control joints at intervals not to exceed 15-feet in perpendicular directions. E. Slab Joints: All joints in slabs covered by finish floor materials such as VCT, carpet, ceramic tile, etc., will be filled with leveling compound by the flooring contractor. Fill all joints in exposed slabs -on - grade with the specified epoxy joint filler. 3.18 SLAB FINISHES (ACI 301 5.3.4) 03310 - 10 TECMOCAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Floor finishes per ACI 301 5.3.4.2 j and as follows: 1. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tiles, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and as otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified, and slab surfaces which are to be covered with membrane or elastic roofing, and as otherwise shown on drawings or in schedules. a. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for floating. Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared or when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation of a power -driven float, or both. b. Consolidate the surface with power -driven float, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. C. Cut down high spots and fill all low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat the surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with carpet, resilient flooring, paint, or other thin-film finish coating system. a. After floating, begin the first trowel finish operation using a power driven trowel. Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface. b. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system. 4. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic tile is to be installed with thin -set mortar, apply trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifying surface with fine brooming. 5. Non -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and rams, and elsewhere as indicated. a. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 6. Chemical -Hardener Finish: Apply chemical -hardener finish to interior concrete floors where indicated. Apply liquid chemical -hardener after complete curing and drying of the concrete surface. Dilute liquid hardener with water (parts of hardener/water as follows), and apply in 3 coats; first coat, 1/3-strength; second coat, 1/2-strength; third coat, 2/3-strength. Evenly apply each coat, and allow 24 hours for drying between coats. a. Apply proprietary chemical hardeners, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. b. After final coat of chemical -hardener solution is applied and dried, remove surplus hardener by scrubbing and mopping with water. 7. Non -slip Aggregate Finish: Apply non -slip aggregate finish to concrete stair treads, platforms, ramps, sloped walks, and elsewhere as indicated. a. After completion of float finishing, and before starting trowel, uniformly spread 25 lbs. of dampened non -slip aggregate per 100 sq. ft. of surface. Tamp aggregate flush with surface using a steel trowel, but do not force below surface. After broadcasting and tamping, apply trowel finish as herein specified. b. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush, or an abrasive stone, and water to expose non -slip aggregate. 8. Colored Wear -Resistant Finish: Provide colored wear -resistant finish to monolithic slab surface indicated. a. Apply dry shake materials for colored wear -resistant finish at rate of not less than 60 lbs. per 100 sq, ft., unless greater amount is recommended by material 03310 -11 TECffiVICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. manufacturer. b. Immediately following first floating operation, uniformly distribute approximately 2/3 of required weight of dry shake material over concrete surface, and embed by means of power floating. Follow floating operation with second shake application, uniformly distributing remainder of dry shake material at right angles to first application, and embed by power floating. C. After completion of broadcasting and floating, apply trowel finish as herein specified. Cure slab surface with curing compound recommended by dry shake hardener manufacturer. Apply curing compound immediately after final finishing. 3.19 SLAB FINISHING TOLERANCES (ACI 117 4.5.6) 1. Floors under concrete topping (bonded and unbonded), ceramic tile, sand bed terrazzo. a. Minimum flatness number (Ff) : 15 b. Minimum levelness number (170 : 13 2. Floors under V.A.T., epoxy toppings, paint or carpeting. a. Minimum flatness number (Ff) : 20 b. Minimum levelness number (170 : 17 3. All floors unless noted otherwise on drawings or otherwise herein. a. Minimum flatness number (Ff) : 20 b. Minimum levelness number (171) : 17 4. Office Floor Areas. a. Minimum flatness number (Ff) : 30 b. Minimum levelness number (Fi) : 25 3.20 CURING (ACI 301 5.3.6) A. General 1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Maintain concrete with minimum moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature for the period necessary for hydration of the cement and hardening of concrete. 2. Curing shall commence as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. The curing period shall be ten days for all concrete. 3. Curing shall be in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the curing period. During hot and cold weather, cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306. B. Curing Concrete Floors, Roofs, and Slabs -on -Grade 1. Perform curing of concrete by moisture curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, or by liquid membrane curing. 2. Provide moisture curing by one of the following methods: a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet, covering with water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. C. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping it continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers. (1) Leave coverings in place a minimum of ten (10) days. 3. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows: a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practical width with sides and ends lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. Provide weights for hold down as required. b. Leave coverings in place a minimum of ten (10) days. 4. Provide liquid membrane curing as follows: a. Spray concrete surface with specified liquid membrane -forming curing compound as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 30 minutes). Apply two 03310 -12 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. coats uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller. Apply each coat in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to rainfall within three hours after initial application. b. Curing compound shall be compatible with adhesives used for installation of flooring materials and floor sealers. C. Curing other Concrete 1. Provide curing and sealing compound to walls, grade beams, stair pan fill, exterior slabs, walks, and curb and gutter concrete as follows: a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 30 minutes). Apply two coats uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller. Apply each coat in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to rainfall within three hours after initial application. b. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. C. Obtain Architect's and Engineer's acceptance for use of membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with coating material applied directly to concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring (such as ceramic or quarry tile, glue -down carpet), painting, and other coatings and finish materials. D. Curing Formed Surfaces 1. Where forms are used, cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. When forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above for specified curing time. E. Curing Unformed Surfaces 1. Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing method. 3.21 FLOOR SEALER A. Apply Specified Sealing compound to all slabs -on -grade not scheduled to receive further finish (Re: Room Finish Schedule), following completion of ten day moisture cure, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply specified sealing compound to other areas as indicated on the drawings. 3.22 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL (ACI 301, 1.6) A. See Section 01400 for general procedures and requirements. B. Concrete inspection and testing will be made in accordance with building code requirements, and Contract Documents, and will include the following: 1. Testing concrete for strength, slump, air content, temperature, and unit weight. 2. Making and testing concrete cylinders, including famishing cylinder containers for specimens. 3. Inspection at the batching plant. 4. Transporting and storing of all specimens involved in testing and inspection. Test cylinders are to be transported to laboratory not later than 24 hours after casting, nor earlier than 16 hours after casting. 5. Inspection of mixing and placing of concrete at the site, including recording of. amount and location of concrete placement, truck number and amount of water added to each load of concrete tested, time of transit, time mixed on j ob, time placement was completed, method of placing concrete, and any other pertinent information. C. Test Specimens 1. The Testing Laboratory will take specimens of each class of concrete from different locations on the job as follows: At least one set of four cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of caisson concrete, but not less than one set for each caisson requiring one or more truck loads of concrete or one set for each truck load when more than one caisson is cast from 03310 -13 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. the same load. At least one set of four cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of all other concrete, but not less than one set for any one day's operations. Once the tests results for 30 consecutive sets for a mix type indicate compliance with the specifications, the interval between sets can be increased to one set for each 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof but not less than one set per mix per day. 2. When more than 50 cy of each type or category concrete is placed in any one day, the interval between test samples shall be at least 30 cy in order to be representative of the entire day's operation. 3. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and class of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures, each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 4. Yield: Test at intervals of 50 cy or major fraction thereof for each concrete mix type or category placed in one day. Test concrete for yield from same truck as compressive strength cylinders are taken. 5. Temperature: Test and record temperature of each truckload of concrete at time of placement. 6. Architect may require the making of additional cylinders should there be reasonable causes to suspect that concrete being placed does not comply with specified concrete quality. 7. For concrete placed by pumping, test specimens and concrete used for determination of slump, air content, and weight are to be taken at the point of placement of the concrete. Additionally, the slump and air content of the first truck load of concrete for each day's operation shall be determined prior to being placed into the pump. 8. Samples will be obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172. 9. Making, curing and subsequent handling of test cylinders, except as modified herein, shall be in accordance with ASTM C31. Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C39. 10. The cylinders shall be placed in laboratory storage under moist curing conditions at approximately 70 degrees F. within 24 hours after molding, and maintained therein until tested. Tests will be as follows: a. One cylinder shall be tested at seven days for information. b. Two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance. The acceptance test results shall be the average strength of these two cylinders. C. One cylinder shall be tested at 56 days for information. 11. Test Reports: Reports of cylinder tests shall be submitted as specified above within five days of laboratory testing. Test reports shall, as a minimum, include: a. Project data including project name and address, concrete supplier, supplier's delivery ticket number and mix identification number, Testing Agency's test or cylinder identification number, and location of pour. b. Results of field testing at time of sampling including date and time of sampling, amount of water added at site prior to sampling, ambient air temperature and concrete temperature, concrete slump and air content, and concrete wet unit weight. C. Results of laboratory testing including date test specimens were transported to laboratory, date and age of concrete at time of testing, compressive strength of each cylinder tested, average compressive strength of tested cylinders, and specified design strength of concrete represented by the test. 12. Additional Testing: Contractor shall bear the cost of testing and inspection resulting as a consequence of the following: a. Work not in compliance with the Contract Documents. b. Testing requested by the Contractor or Subcontractor such as additional cylinders for early breaks, etc. C. Testing to verify the adequacy of work done without prior notice, without proper supervision, or contrary to standard construction practice. 13. Reinforcing Steel Inspection: Concrete reinforcing shall be inspected by the Testing Agency prior to closing of concrete form work or placing of concrete. Inspect all reinforcing for 03310 -14 TECRNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. conformance with Contract requirements. Submit written reports for conformance with Contract requirements. Submit written reports of all inspections in accordance with above requirements on a daily basis. Such reports shall include a description of each area inspected, deficiencies noted, and corrective action undertaken to resolve such deficiencies. Deficiencies observed shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Contractor's Field Superintendent and Reinforcing Placer's Foreman. In the event deficiencies are not corrected, or if an interpretation of the Contract documents is required, the Structural Engineer shall be immediately notified. 14. Batch Plant Inspection: Concrete hatching plant shall be inspected by the Testing Agency for conformance with Contract requirements at the start of concrete work and thereafter as directed by the Structural Engineer. Such inspections shall include: a. Number of Quality Control personnel and assigned responsibilities. b. Condition of equipment C. Method of measurement of material quantities. d. Adequacy of methods for protection of stored materials. e. Verification of proper design mix proportions. f. Batching time. g. Type of materials used. h. Written reports of such inspections shall be submitted within one week. 15. Monitoring of Batch Plant Quality Control: The Testing Agency will maintain a continuous record for each class of concrete showing the results of each 28-day acceptance test, the moving average strength of the last three (3) acceptance tests. A current copy of each such record will be maintained at the job site and will be submitted to the Structural Engineer on a bi-weekly basis and within three (3) working days of the close of the reporting period. Coefficient of variation shall be computed in accordance with ACI equation (4.1). 16. Drilled -In Inserts a. Self -Expanding Inserts: The Testing Agency shall inspect self -expanding, drilled -in inserts shown on the structural drawings as follows: Prior to installation, the Testing Agency shall determine that the installing contractor has the proper materials and equipment for drilling holes in the receiving surface of required diameter and length. All inserts shall be visually inspected after installation to ensure that they have been installed perpendicular to the receiving surface and to proper depth. b. Epoxy -Bonded Inserts: The Testing Agency shall inspect epoxy -bonded, drilled -in inserts as follows: The Testing Agency shall be present at the site to observe the installation ofthe fast 50 inserts placed. Such observation shall be to ensure that drilled holes are of required diameter and depth, holes are properly cleaned prior to installation of the insert, and that holes are completely filled with properly mixed epoxy after installation. All inserts shall be visually inspected after installation to ensure that the insert has been installed perpendicular to the receiving surface and to proper depth. 3.23 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (ACI 301 1.6.6, 1.6.7, and 1.7) A. Basis of evaluation and acceptance of work under this section shall be in accordance with the provisions of these chapters. 3.24 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS A. All other concrete work indicated on the Drawings shall be provided and installed, even though not specifically mentioned herein, to complete the work, including the following: 1. Anchors: Install anchors furnished under Section 05500 in accordance with Shop Drawings for structural or miscellaneous steel. 2. Equipment Bases: Install concrete bases for all pumps, boilers, tanks, fans, transformers, 03310 -15 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. floor mounted electrical equipment, etc., including anchor bolts and inserts in accordance with setting diagrams furnished by the Contractor responsible for installing the equipment. Finish all bases in a workmanlike manner with a troweled finish. The bases shall be located and sizes determined by the Contractor furnishing the equipment. 3. Splash Blocks: Install precast concrete splash blocks under all downspouts or roof drain leaders emptying onto unpaved areas - END OF SECTION 03310 03310 -16 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03365 — LEED CONCRETE FINISH COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Concrete floor stain. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Section 03310 — Concrete Work C. Section 03920 — Concrete Patching and Resurfacing D. Section 03067 — Vapor Retarder Membranes E. Section 03925 — Decorative Concrete Resurfacing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer top complete LEED letter template verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Low VOC adhesives and sealants, LEED EQ 4.1, follow Green Seal b. Low VOC paints, LEED EQ 4.1, GS-11 requirements 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification selection. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. B. Comply with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including surface preparation and application instructions. D. Color Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color chart and provide a minimum of 4-square- foot sample of each color for preliminary color choice and 12ft X 12ft mock-up with 5 color pattern under "future" carpeted area for review and approval by architects. Full color spectrum and range to be supplied and available to architect for selection of mock-up PRIOR to approval and installation on actual surface. E. Installer's Project References: Submit list of successfully completed projects, including project name and location, name of architect, and type of quantity of concrete floor stain applied. F. Maintenance Instructions: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and cleaning instructions. G. Provide "Clarification of Construction Sequence" in writing for all surfaces requiring concrete stain . Sequence should be as follows for appropriate installation. Installer to notify architect in writing of deviation if it signifurtly vanes from "product" or manner of installation as follows: Sequence provided by: Trevor A. Foster Colorado Hardscapes 303.750.8200 Architectural Grade Concrete Consultant 1. Place concrete 2. MVT testing 03365-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSrrY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03365 - LEED CONCRETE FINISH COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. a. Abrade concrete surface and place Calcium Chloride test 1 per every 1,000 square feet. The test measures Quantitative results. The temperature of the area shall be 75 degrees plus/minus five degrees. Relative Humidity shall be 50% within the area being tested. b. MVT tests must remain un-disturbed for twenty-four hours. Test results sent to the manufacture for measurements. Written conclusions submitted to the Contractor and Engineer. 3. Shotblast concrete floor with a minimum CSP of 3 according to the International Concrete Repair Institute's guidelines. 4. After test results have been confirmed, and there is a moisture reading above 3 lbs. refer to the following a. Bomanite Vapor Guard I MVT 3-6 pounds b. Bomanite Vapor Guard II MVT 7-12 pounds C. Bomanite Vapor Guard III MVT 13-18 pounds 5. Seventy-two hours after installation of Vapor Guard (if applicable) Bomanite Microtopping system can be applied. a. Scratch coat of Microtopping grey base b. Microtopping finish coat grey base C. Microtopping finish coat grey base 6. All saw -cuts shall be chalked prior to cutting for approval from Architect. a. Saw -cuts will be''/d' wide by %d' deep. 7. Depending on curing conditions of Microtopping, typically 8 hours at 70 degrees, Bomanite Patene Archtectura Re -Active stain should be applied. a. Dilution at 50% of 2 base colors to be applied. b. Two coats of Re -Active antique stain to be at a 100% concentration. C. Each individual color shall be applied one at a time d. Topical stains for patterns per manufacturers written recommendations. Manufacturer to submit written recommendations and sequence schedule for application of all stain material and sealers in writing for final approval. It is assumed that a meeting may be required with all parties present for final approval of materials, colors, sequence, schedule, and all applications of associated products required for concrete finish in this area. 8. Neutralize Re -Active stain with one part baking soda per one hundred parts water. a. Rinse Microtopping with fresh, clean water (no baking soda) b. White rag test: Rub a white cloth on the Microtopping if no residue/color transfers to the rag the floor is clean of residue. If you still get transfer of color repeat steps (a) and (b) again. 9. Once Microtopping is dry, apply Bomanite Con -Color with a HVLP gun for additional color antiquing. 10. Seal entire Microtopping floor with Bomanite XP Primer 11. Eight hours after application of XP Primer apply Bomanite Bomathane sealer. 12. The next day application of three coats Pioneer eclipse DayStar Sacrificial coating. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Concrete floor materials shall be products of a single manufacturer. B. Installer's Qualifications: Successful experience in application of similar concrete floor surface installations. Employ persons trained for application of concrete floor stains. C. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting before start of application of concrete floor stain. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including Contractor, Architect, and applicator. Review surface preparation, application, protection, and coordination with other work. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSITCENTER SECTION 03365 - LEED CONCRETE FINISH COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying manufacturer, product name and concrete floor stain color. B. Storage: Store materials in a clean, dry area indoors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Keep containers sealed until ready for use. [Concrete Floor Wax] [Concrete Floor Sealer]: Keep away from ignition sources. Do not allow to freeze. Handling: Protect materials during handling and application to prevent damage or contamination. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply concrete floor stain when air or surface temperature is below 40 degrees F. Concrete Floor Wax: Do not apply when air or surface temperature is below 55 degrees F. Concrete Floor Sealer: Do not apply when air or surface temperature is below 45 degrees F. Exterior Surfaces: Do not apply materials in wet weather. 1.07 SEQUENCING A. Prepare surface and apply concrete floor stain after other interior finish work is completed and before baseboards are installed. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. QC Construction Products B. Mapei C. Laticrete D. Sika E. Solomon Grind -Chem Service, Inc. F. Approved alternate 2.2 DESCRIPTION A. Patina stain is a penetrating acid used to color properly cured & scored concrete surfaces. Tints are water -based agents used to achieve vibrant color in association with stained concrete work. The finished color should be a translucent marbled tone of color, and shall follow the coloring patterns depicted on interior drawings. B. Graphics are created by a variety of methods, including sandblasted logo work, metal inlay strips, and liquid metal filling. The finished design graphics shall follow the patterns, logos, and markings depicted on interior drawings. 2.3 CONCRETE FLOOR STAIN AND TINT A. Cleaning and Preparation Material: Cleaner and Degreaser B. Coloring Material: Patina stain and Cemtint colors referenced on construction document drawings. Full color spectrum and range to be supplied and available to architect for selection of mock-up PRIOR to approval and installation on actual surface. C. Neutralizing and Cleaning with concrete degreaser. D. Concrete Floor Sealer: QC Surpro SB or approved equal. E. Maintenance Material: QC Natural Beauty Matte (Satin Finish, or QC Interior Floor Finish (High Gloss Finish) or approved equals. F. Slip -Resistant Sealer Additive: Excel Traffic Grip. 1. Micronized polypropylene additive added to solvent -based clear sealers to create slip -resistant textured surface. 2.4 GROUT A. Commercial grade, epoxy based, modified grout. 03365-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01020-ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SURVEYS, LAYOUTS, AND LEVELS A. General: Working from lines and levels established, and as shown in relation to the work, establish and maintain bench marks and other dependable markers to set the lines and levels for the work of construction as needed to properly locate every element of the work of the entire project. Calculate and measure required dimensions as shown (within recognized tolerances if not otherwise indicated); do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions. Continuously advise tradesmen performing the work of the marked lines and levels provided for use in the layout of work. 1.03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Furnish Project Schedule, as required by the General Conditions, within four weeks of the Notice of Award. Provide not less than four copies in the form of a Critical Path Method as outlined in Section 01300, showing start and completion of each activity or unit of work. Provide such details as required by the Consultant. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at job site, one copy of 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings 5. Change Orders 6. Other Modifications to Contract 7. Field Test Records 8. As -Built Drawings B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition and do not use record documents for construction purposes. Make documents available at all times for inspection by the Consultant and Owner. C. Label each document "Project Record" in V or larger printed letters. D. Record drawing information in colored pencil with different colors for the various systems and defined by color legend. E. Record drawings and specifications shall include the following: 1. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. Location of concealed valves, dampers, controls, balancing devices, junction boxes, clean -outs, and other items requiring access or maintenance. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail, changes made by Change Order or Field Order and details not on original contract drawings. F. Submit all record drawings to the Consultant at the completion of the project. 1.05 CLEANING A. Cleaning and Protection Work: At the time each unit of work or element of the construction is completed in each area of the Project, clean the unit or element to a condition suitable for occupancy and use (as intended), and restore minor or superficial damage. Replace units and elements which are damaged beyond successful restoration. Clean and restore adjoining surfaces and other work which was soiled or damaged (superficially) during the installation; replace other work damaged beyond successful restoration. Where the performance of subsequent work could possibly result in damage to the complete unit or element, provide protective covering or other provisions to minimize possible damage. Repeat cleaning and protection operations during remainder of construction period, wherever work might otherwise be damaged by sustained soiling or exposure. B. During Construction: Oversee cleaning and ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are 01020-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03365 - LEED CONCRETE FINISH COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.5 SEALANT A. As recommended by manufacturer and approved by architect. 2.6 SPECIALTY FINISHING A. Sand blasting 1. Logos furnished by owner, re: construction document drawings for design parameters and locations. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive concrete floor stain. Notify Interior Designer if surfaces are not acceptable. Do not begin surface preparation or application until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Protect walls and surrounding surfaces not to receive concrete floor stain. 2. Do not allow stain to come in contact with wood or metal surfaces. B. The areas to receive stain Surface shall be free of any coatings or films that will resist the penetration of stain. C. If grease or oil residue is evident additionally use concrete degreaser to remove any oily residue that will resist stain from penetrating. D. Surface shall be free of residue from cleaning materials for 6 hours prior to stain application is done. E. Scoring shall be created with a saw and shall follow construction document drawing layouts. Saw cuts shall be ''/I' wide by 3/8" deep. F. Cleanser shall be applied to prepare surface prior to staining. Dilute cleanser as follows: 1. One part cleanser 20 parts clean cool water. Apply stain directly over cleanser. Refer to Manufacturer's Product Information Bulletin for further details on application. G. Mock Up shall involve all finish materials and colors in a location on the final medium to be chosen by the owner. H. Stain shall be applied at a rate of 200 — 300 square feet per gallon on smooth toweled surfaces using an airless sprayer, or pump up sprayer for best coverage rate and results. I. Faux affects can be achieved by incorporating other compounds on the staining surface, diluting the stains, or using special application techniques. Any special application technique shall be represented on the sample, and have prior approval. J. Two consecutive applications shall be done. The second application no sooner than three hours after the first. K. Once Stain applications are complete, allow 6 — 8 hours of dry time. L. Remove any and all residue by wet scrubbing the surface with Concrete Degreaser solution. Concrete Degreaser Solution shall consist of 1 part Concrete Degreaser to 10 parts clean cool water. Rinse all surfaces with water until it runs clean. M. Wait a minimum of 8 hours before applying Sealer. N. Two coats of Sealer shall be applied following manufacturers recommendations, at a rate of 500 square feet per gallon on smooth troweled surfaces. O. Two coats of finish material shall be applied following manufactures recommendations. Allow any sealer prior to finish material to dry completely. When applying finish, make sure each coat is completely dry before applying subsequent coats or opening to traffic. Finish material shall be applied at a rate of 1200 to 1400 square feet per gallon. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSITCENTER SECTION 03365 - LEED CONCRETE FE41SH COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete surfaces from foot traffic for a minimum of 24 hours. B. Avoid washing concrete surfaces for a minimum of 48 hours. END OF SECTION 03365 03365-5 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DMSION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03375 - CONCRETE SEALING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the sealing of all concrete surfaces, unless otherwise called for on the Drawings, for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Use of adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and protect the work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALER: Furnish "Ashford Formula" manufactured by Curecrete Chemical Company, Orem, Utah 84057. (NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON FLOOR SLABS THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.) 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS: Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. On freshly finished concrete surfaces, no additional surface preparation will be required. 2. On areas where forms are recently removed, remove all form oil and breaking compound residue to assure penetration of the product into surface, 3. On existing concrete, vertical surfaces, and masonry surfaces: a. Sweep all areas to be treated, using a fine bristle broom, or hose off with water and let dry to remove all surface dust and dirt. b. Free the surface from all contaminants which inhibit penetration of the product into the pores of the material to be treated. C. Remove all curing, sealing, and coating agents by use of chemical or mechanical means as required. d. If acid is used to remove surface coatings, flush the surface with water sufficiently to remove all acid and acid residues. 4. When applying near windows, mask the glass. 5. Avoid contact with plant life, glass, aluminum, and other finished surfaces. Where contact occurs, immediately wipe with a damp cloth or flush with water. 6. Avoid contact with asphaltic concrete. B. APPLICATION: 1. On freshly finished surfaces, spray the product with a low pressure sprayer immediately following the finishing operation. 03375 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03375 - CONCRETE SEALING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. a. To assure proper curing, apply the product to the entire surface as soon as the surface is firm enough to walk on, and before checking and temperature cracking begins. b. Keep the entire surface wet for 30 minutes by spraying the dry spots immediately. C. As the product begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery underfoot, lightly sprinkle the surface with water to aid penetration and to bring alkali to the surface. d. As the product again begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery underfoot, flush the surface with water and squeegee the surface totally dry, removing all excess product and alkali or other impurities brought to the surface. 2. On broom finished surfaces, no flushing is required but squeegee or broom the excess product from the surface after 30 to 40 minutes. 3. On cured concrete surfaces, saturate the surface with the specified product. a. If dry spots appear, broom excess material onto the dry spots or respray them immediately. b. Keep the entire surface wet with the product for 30 minutes. C. If, after 30 to 40 minutes, the majority of the product is still on the surface, wait until the surface becomes slippery underfoot and then flush the entire surface with clear water and squeegee completely dry. If no water is available, squeegee the excess product from the surface after 30 minutes so that the surface is completely dry. 4. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE. END OF SECTION 03375 03375-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK A. Extent of architectural precast concrete work is shown on Drawings. Precast concrete is to match existing in all respects. 1.02 RELATED SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete B. Section 07900 - Sealants 1.03 SUMMARY A. This Section includes architectural precast concrete units, plant cast. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry facing, pointing mortar, and anchorages. 2. Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for water-repellent finish treatments. 3. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal' for flashing receivers and reglets. 4. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for elastometric joint sealants and sealant backings. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Engineer, fabricate, and install architectural precast concrete units to withstand design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare design calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data for architectural precast concrete units. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data and instructions for manufactured materials and products. C. Shop Drawings prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication and installation of architectural precast concrete units. Indicate member locations, plans, elevations, dimensions, shapes, cross sections, and types of reinforcement, including special reinforcement. Include locations and details of hoisting points and lifting devices for handling and erection. 1. Indicate separate face and back-up mix locations and thicknesses. 2. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail loose, cast -in, and field hardware, inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories. 3. Indicate locations and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. 4. For architectural precast concrete units indicated to comply with performance requirements, include engineering analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Design reference sample for initial selection, approximately 12 by 12 by 2 inches (300 by 300 by 50 mm), to illustrate quality of finishes, colors, and textures of exposed surfaces of architectural precast concrete units. E. Samples for verification, approximately 12 by 12 by 2 inches (300 by 300 by 50 turn), to illustrate quality of finishes, colors, and textures of exposed surfaces of architectural precast concrete units. F. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. G. VOC compliance certificates signed by manufacturers certifying compliance of their products with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over volatile organic compounds (VOCs). H. Design mixes for each concrete mix. I. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance with requirements of the following based on comprehensive testing of current materials: 1. Concrete materials 03450-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Reinforcing materials. 3. Prestressing strands. 4. Admixtures. 5. Bearing pads. 6. Water -absorption test reports. J. Material certificates in lieu of agency test reports, when permitted by Architect, signed by fabricator certifying that each material item complies with requirements. K. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall he assembled into one package 5. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed architectural precast concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicted for the Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in producing architectural precast concrete units similar to those indicted for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. 1. Fabricator must participate in the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute's (PCI) Plant Certification Program and be designated a PCI Certified Plant for Group Al — Architectural Concrete. 2. Fabricator shall be registered and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for approval, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicted without delaying the Work. D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of precast concrete units that are similar to that indicted for this Project in material, design, and extent. E. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the preconstruction testing indicated. F. Preconstruction Testing Service: Employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the preconstruction testing indicated. 1. Flexural Strength Tests: For stone facing thinner than that required for modulus of 03450-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. rupture test specimens per ASTM C 99, additional flexural strength tests per ASTM C 880 will be performed on specimens representative of minimum thickness and finish of stones installed, in both wet and dry condition. Results of these additional tests will be used to determine compliance with Project requirements. G. PCI Design Standard: Comply with recommendation of PCI's MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook — Precast and Prestressed Concrete" applicable to types of architectural precast concrete units indicated. H. PCI Quality -Control Standard: Comply with requirements of PCI's MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products," including manufacturing procedures and testing requirements, quality -control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances for types of units required. I. ACI Publications: Comply with applicable provisions of the following ACI publications: 1. ACI 318 (ACI 318M) `Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." J. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS DI.I "Structural Welding Code —Steel" and AWS DIA "Structural Code —Reinforcing Steel." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. K. Calculated Fire -Test Response Characteristics: When fire -resistance -rated assemblies are indicted, provide architectural precast concrete units whose fire resistance has been calculated according to PCI's MNL-124 "Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete" and is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. L. Field samples, approximately 36 by 48 inches (900 by 1200 mm), of architectural precast concrete; in sets of 3 for each finish, color, and texture required, demonstrating the range of variations expected in these characteristics. 1. In presence of Architect, damage part of an exposed -face surface and demonstrate materials and methods proposed for repair of surface blemishes. M. Mockups: Prior to installing architectural precast concrete units, construct mockups for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under Sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. Locate mockups on -site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of final unit of Work. 5. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the complete Work. a. When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site. b. Approved mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the completed Work. N. Design modifications may be made as necessary to meet field conditions and to ensure proper fitting of the Work as acceptable to Architect. Maintain general design concept shown without increasing or decreasing sizes of architectural precast concrete units or altering profiles and alignments shown. Revise and submit complete design calculations and Drawings prepared by a qualified professional engineer when design modifications are required. O. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.07 DELIVER, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. Store units at Project site to prevent cracking, distorting, warping, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. B. Lift and support units only at designated lifting or supporting points shown on Shop Drawings. 03450-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.08 SEQUENCING A. Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PRODUCTS 2.01 MOLD MATERIALS A. Forms: Provide forms and, where required, for -facing materials of metal, plastic, wood, or another acceptable material that is nonreactive with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M, Grade 400), deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706, Grade 60 (ASTM A 706M, Grade 400). C. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 7678M), Class II, 2 oz./sq. ft. (610 g/sq.m) zinc, hot -dip galvanized. D. Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, plain, cold drawn. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS a. ROCKCAST — division of Reading Rock Inc. 4600 Devitt Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45246 TEL: 513.874.2345 precast stone masonry, smooth face, dimension as indicated on drawings b. CONTINENTAL SELECT STONE divisions of ACME BRICK COMPANY 401 Prairie Hawk Drive Castle Rock, Co 80109 TEL: 303.688.6951 C. or equal A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. 1. Use only one brand, ;type, and color of cement from the same mill throughout Project. 2. Standard gray Portland cement may be used for non -exposed back-up concrete. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, with coarse aggregates meeting Class 5S and NML- 117 requirements. 1. Face -Mix Coarse Aggregates: Selected, hard, and durable; free of material that reacts with cement or causes staining. a. Gradation: Uniformly graded. 2. Face -Mix Fine Aggregates: Selected, natural or manufactured sand of the same material as coarse aggregate, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. C. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330. D. Coloring Agent: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral oxide pigments or colored water -reducing admixtures, color stable, nonfading, resistant to lime and other alkalis. E. Water: Potable; free from deleterious material that may affect color stability, setting, or strength of concrete. F. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. G. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. H. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. I. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. 2.04 CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M). B. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M). 03450-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Carbon -Steel Plates: ASTM A 283 (ASTM A 283M). D. High -Strength, Low -Alloy Structural Steel: ASTM A 572 (ASTMA A 572M). E. Carbon -Steel Structural Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. F. Wrought Carbon -Steel Bars: ASTM A 675, Grade 65 (ASTM A 675M, Grade 450). G. Carbon -Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon -steel, hex -head bolts and studs; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. H. High -Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325m), Type 1, ;heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers. I. Welded Headed Studs: AWS DI. 1, Type B headed studs, cold -finished carbon -steel bars. J. Deformed -Steel Wire Bar Anchors: ASTM A 496. K. Stainless -Steel Plate: ASTM A 666, Type 304, of grade suitable for application. L. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM F 593, alloy 304 or 316, ;hex -head bolts and studs; stainless -steel nuts; and flat, stainless -steel washers. M. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: For exterior steel items, steel in exterior walls, and items indicted for galvanizing, apply zinc coating ;by the hot -dip process, complying with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 as applicable. N. Galvanizing Repair Paint: high -zinc -dust -content paint with dry fihn containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035A or SSPC-Paint 20. O. Shop -Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces of nongalvanized steel items, except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements of SSPC-SP 3 and shop -apply primer according to SSPC-PA 1. 1. Primer: Fast -curing, lead -and chromate -free, VOC-conforming, universal modified - alkyd primer with good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, complying with SSPC- Paint 25 or the performance requirements of FS TT-P-664. P. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. Q. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers, plastic shims, and other accessories required to install architectural precast concrete units. 2.05 BEARING PADS A. Provide bearing pads for architectural precast concrete units as follows: 1. Elastomeric Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychlorprene (neoprene) eastomeric, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet, 50 to 70 shore A durometer, minimum tensile strength 2250 psi (15.5 Mpa) per ASTM D 412. 2. Random, Fiber -Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic fibers set in Elastomeric. Surface hardness of 70 to 90 shore a durometer. 3. Cotton -Duck -Fabric -Reinforced Elastomeric Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton -duck fabric, bonded in elastomer. Surface hardness of 80 to 100 shore A durometer. 4. Frictionless Pads: Tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), glass -fiber -reinforced, bonded to mild -steel plate, of ;type required for in-service stress. 5. High -Density Plastic: Multimonomer, nonleaching, plastic strip. 2.06 GROUT MATERIALS A. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type 1, and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands; Portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30-minute working time. 2.07 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. B. Design mixes may be prepared by a qualified independent testing agency or by qualified architectural precast manufacturing plant personnel at architectural precast fabricator's option. C. Limit water-soluble chloride ions to the maximum percentage by weight of cement permitted by 03450-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 00002 - ARCHTIECTURAIJCONSULTANT/OWNER COOVER-CLARK & ARROCrATER. P r ARCHITECT: CIVIL / STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: CIVIL STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL ENGINEER: ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Coover-Clark & Associates, P.C. 455 Sherman Street, Suite 205 Denver, CO 80203 303 783-0040 303 783-0060 fax Contact: Jay Lamicq S.A. Miro 4582 S. Ulster Street Suite 1501 Denver, CO 80237 3500 John F. Kennedy Parkway, Suite 310 Fort Collins, CO 80525 303-741-3737 303-694-3134 fax Contact: Todd Krell Contact: Shawna Kratsch BCER 5420 Ward Road, Suite 200 Arvada, CO 80002 303-422-7400 303422-7900 fax Contact: Matt Killebrew Contact: Layne Webber LEED & CM Institute For the Built Environment 102A Industrial Sciences Colorado State University Fort Collins, CO 80523 (970)491-5041 Contact: Brian Dunbar dunbar@cahs.colostate.edu OWNER: City of Fort Collins 117 North Mason Street P.O. Box 580 Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 (970)221-6273 (970) 221-6534 fax Contact: Steve White LANDLORD: Colorado State University Facilities Management 321 General Services Building Fort Collins, CO 80523 (970) 491-0158 (970) 491-6116 fax Contact: Cass Beitler Address all communications regarding this work to the Architect at the address and telephone listed above. 00002-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01020-ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. maintained free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. At reasonable intervals during progress of work, clean up site and access and dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and debris. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready and continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy. 1.06 PROJECT SIGN A. The contractor shall furnish and erect a construction sign on the project premises stating the name of the project, the general contractor and the architect. The sign shall conform to detail 2 on sheet L 1.0. No other identifying signs will be allowed on the project unless approved by the architect. 1.07 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all the work of the project. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of all subcontractor(s) and the deliveries of suppliers so that the work progresses in an orderly fashion without delay towards timely completion of a complete project in accordance with the drawings and specifications. B. The Contractor shall note that concurrent with his work, other contractors, suppliers, and the Owner's facilities and maintenance personnel may be working in relatively close proximity. The Contractor will be solely responsible for coordinating his work with that of other contractors & CSU, and will make no claims for failure to do so. C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and its vendors to provide safe access to the building by means of temporary stairs and shelters, and to facilitate installation of the Owner -furnished equipment. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and protecting all toots, equipment, and supplies. 1.08 METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION A. The procedure and method of construction is the prerogative and the responsibility of the Contractor. If professional assistance is required to safely implement method of construction, the Contractor shall, on his own, employ professional help. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01020 01020-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 2.08 2.09 ACI 318 (ACI 318M). D. Normal -Weight Concrete Face and Back -Up Mixes: Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, using materials to be used on the Project, to provide normal -weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 5000 psi (34.5 Mpa). 2. - Maximum Water -Cement Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.40. E. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal -weight concrete at point of placement having an air content complying with MNL-117 requirements. F. Water Absorption: 12 to 14 percent by volume tested according to MNL-117. G. Lightweight Concrete Back-up Mixes: Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.2, using materials to be used on the Project, to provide lightweight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28-Day): 5000 psi (34.5 Mpa). 2. Unit Weight: Calculated equilibrium unit weight of 115 lb/cu. Ft. (1842 kg/cu. M), plus or minus 3 lb/cu, ft. (48 kg/cu. M), according to ASTM C 567. H. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in lightweight concrete at point of placement having an air content complying with MNL-117 requirements. I. When included in design mixes, add other admixtures to concrete mixes according to manufacturer's directions. MOLDS A. Accurately construct molds, mortar tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete -placing operations, temperature changes, and for prestensioning and detensioning operations. B. Maintain molds to provide completed architectural precast concrete units of shapes, lines, and dimensions indicted, within fabrication tolerances specified. FABRICATION A. Accurately position cast -in anchors, inserts, plates, angles, and other anchorage hardware for attachment of loose hardware and secure in place during precasting operations. Locate anchorage hardware where it does not affect the position of ;the main reinforcement or ;the placing of concrete. B. Supply loose steel plates, clip angles, seat angles, anchors, dowels, cramps, hangers, and other hardware shapes not provided by other trades necessary for securing architectural precast concrete units to supporting and adjacent members. C. Cast -in reglets, slots, holes, and other accessories in architectural precast concrete units to receive windows, cramps, dowels, reglets, waterstops, flashings, and other similar work as indicated. Coordinate with other trades for installation of cast -in items. D. Cast -in openings larger than 10 inches (250 mm) in any dimension according to Shop Drawings. Other smaller holes may be field cut by trades requiring them when permitted by Architect. E. Reinforcement: Comply with the recommendations of CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials that reduce or destroy the bond with concrete. 2. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during concrete placement and consolidation operations. Completely conceal support devices to prevent exposure on finished surfaces. Do not use plastic -coated or uncoated metal chair supports. 3. Place reinforcement to maintain at least 3/4 —inch (19-mm) minimum cover after finishing. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position while placing concrete. Direct wire tie ends away from finished, exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 03450-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. F. Reinforce architectural precast concrete units to resist handling, transportation, and erection stresses. G. Mix concrete according to MNL-117 and requirements of this Section. Following concrete batching, no additional water may be added. H. Place face mix to a minimum thickness after consolidation of the greater of 1 inch (25 mm) or 1.5 times the maximum aggregate size, but not less than the minimum reinforcement cover. I. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent seams or planes of weakness from developing in precast units. Comply with requirements of MNL-117 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. 1. Place back-up concrete to ensure bond with face concrete. J. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built-in items. Use equipment and procedures complying with MNL- 117. 1. Comply with ACI 306R procedures for cold -weather concrete placement. 2. Comply with ACI 305R procedures for hot -weather concrete placement. K. Identify pickup points of architectural precast concrete units and orientation in structure with permanent markings, complying with markings indicted on Shop Drawings. Imprint casting date on each architectural precast concrete unit on a surface that will not show in the finished structure. L. Cure concrete according to the requirements of MNL-117 by moisture retention without heat or by accelerated heat curing, using low-pressure live steam or radiant heat and moisture. M. Fabricate architectural precast concrete units straight and true to size and shape with exposed edges and corners precise and true. 1. Edge and Corner Treatment: Uniformly chamfered. N. Discard architectural precast concrete units that are warped, cracked, broken, spalled, stained, or otherwise defective unless repairs are permitted by Architect and meet requirements. 2.10 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with the following overall height and width dimensional tolerances of finished units measured at face adjacent to mold at time of casting: 1. 10 Feed (3 m) or Less: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 2. 10 to 20 Feet (3 to 6 m): Plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), minus 3116 inch (5 mm). 3. 20 to 40 Feet (6 to 12 m): Plus or minus '/4 inch (6 min). 4. Each Additional 10 Feet (3 m): Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per 10 feet (3 m). B. Angular Deviation of Plane of Side Mold: Plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 nun) per 3-inch (76-min) depth or plus or minus 1/16-inch (1.6 mm) total, whichever is greater. C. Openings Within One Unit: Plus or minus'/4 inch (6 mm), except plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for windows and doorframes. D. Out of Square: Differences in length of two diagonal measurements of 1/8 inch (3.2 min) per 72 inches (1829 mm) or 1/2 —inch (12-mm) total, whichever is greater. E. Thickness: Minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), plus'/4 inch (6 mm). F. Locations of Reveals and Architectural Features: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). G. Other Dimensional Tolerances: Numerically the greater of plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 min) per 10 feet (3 m), or plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 min). H. Position Tolerances: For cast -in items measured from datum line, locations as shown on Shop Drawings as follows: 1. Inserts: Plus or minus ''/z inch (12 mm). 2. Weld Plates: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 3. Handling Devices: Plus or minus 3 inches (76 mm). 4. Block Outs and Reinforcements: Within'/4 inch (6 mm) of position shown on Shop Drawings, where such positions have structural implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise within plus or minus %z inch (13mm). 2.11 FINISHES A. Finish exposed -face surfaces of architectural precast concrete units as follows to match Architect's design reference sample. 03450-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 1. PCI and APA "Architectural Precast Concrete — Color and Texture Selection Guide," of plate numbers indicted. 2. Acid -etched finish, using acid and hot-water solution, equipment, application techniques, and cleaning procedures to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces. (75% white cement). B. Finish exposed -back surfaces of architectural precast concrete units to match face -surface finish. C. Finish unexposed surfaces of architectural precast concrete units by float finish. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner may employ an independent testing agency to evaluate architectural precast concrete fabricator's quality control and testing methods. 1. Allow Owner's testing agency access to material storage areas, concrete production equipment, concrete placement, and curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing agency and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing and evaluation. B. Quality -Control Testing: Test and inspect architectural precast concrete according to MNL-117 requirements. C. Strength of architectural precast concrete units will be considered deficient when they fail to comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) requirements. D. Testing: When there is evidence that the strength of architectural precast concrete units may be deficient or may not meet ACI 318 (ACI 318M) requirements, the Owner will employ an independent testing agency to obtain, prepare, and test cores drilled from hardened concrete to determine compressive strength according to ASTM C 42. E. Patching: Where core test results are satisfactory and architectural precast concrete units meet requirements, solidly fill core holes with patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. F. Defective Work: Discard architectural precast concrete units that do not conform to requirements, including strength, manufacturing tolerances, and finishes. Replace with architectural precast concrete units that meet requirements. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, true and level bearing surfaces, and other conditions affecting performance of architectural precast concrete units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Do not install architectural precast units until supporting concrete has attained minimum allowable design compressive strength. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install clips, hangers, and other accessories required for connecting architectural precast concrete units to supporting members and back-up materials. B. Install precast concrete members plumb, level and to levels shown on plan. C. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform joint width as erection progresses. D. Anchor architectural precast concrete units in position by bolting, welding, grouting, or as otherwise indicted. Remove temporary shims, wedges, and spacers as soon as possible after anchoring and grouting are completed. E. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS DI.I and AWS DI A, with qualified welders. I. Protect architectural precast concrete units and bearing pads from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide noncombustible shields as required. 2. Repair damaged steel surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of galvanizing repair paint to galvanized surfaces. 03450-s TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSTPY DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03450 PRECAST CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3. Repair damaged steel surfaces by cleaning and repriming damaged painted surfaces. F. At bolted connections use lock washers or other acceptable means to prevent loosening of nuts. G. Grouting Connections: Grout connections where required or indicated. Retain grout in place until hard enough to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours -after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. 3.03 ERECTION AND LOCATION TOLERANCES A. Install architectural precast concrete units level, plumb, square, and true, without exceeding the recommended erection and location tolerances of MNL-117. B. Erection Tolerances: Install architectural precast concrete units so that each unit after erection complies with following dimensional requirements: 1. Concave or convex bowing of any part of a flat surface not to exceed length of bow/360, with a maximum of 1 inch (25 mm) and up to 30 feet (9 m). 2. Maximum warpage of 1 corner out of plane of other 3, the greater of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per 12-inch (300-mm) distance from nearest adjacent corner. C. Tolerances for Location of Architectural Precast Units: Fabricate and erect architectural precast concrete units so that joints between units do not exceed the following. Alignment for exterior units is outside face. 1. Face Width of Joints: Plus or minus '/4 inch (6 mm). 2. Joint Taper: 1/40 inch per 12-inch length (1:480), with maximum length of taper over 10 feet (3 m) of/4 inch (6 mm). 3. Step in Face: '/4 inch (6 mm). 4. Jog in Alignment of Edges: '/4 inch (6 mm). 5. Jog in Alignment of Reveals: '/4 inch (6 mm). 6. Plumb in Any 10 Feet (3 m) of Element Height: '/4 inch (6 mm). 7. Variation from Level: Plus or minus ''/: inch (14 mm) in any 40-foot (12-mm) run. 8. Top Elevation from Nominal Top Elevation: Plus or minus '/4 inch (6 mm) for exposed individual panel; Y4 inch (6 mm) exposed relative to adjacent panel. 3.04 REPAIRS A. Repair exposed exterior surfaces of architectural precast concrete units to match color, texture, and uniformity of surrounding concrete when permitted by Architect. B. Remove and replace damaged architectural precast concrete units when repairs do not meet requirements. END OF SECTION 03450 03450-9 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03600 - GROUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Extent of grout work is shown on the Drawings. B. Related Specification Sections include: Concrete Work, 03310 Structural Steel, 05120 Metal Fabrications, 05500 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit catalog data and 5 color samples on grout proposed for use. Color by Arch. B. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver in original, unopened containers and store in a dry place under cover. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain temperature of 40 degrees F. or above for at least 72 hours following placement. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NON -SHRINK GROUT OR DRYPACK A. Acceptable Manufacturer and Products: 1. Non -Metallic Grout: Use one of the following where grout is exposed to view or weathering: a. Master Builders "Masterflow 928" b. L&M Chemicals "Crystex" C. Euclid Chemical Company "NS Grout" d. U.S. Mix Products Co. "Multi -Purpose Grout' e. Or approved equal 03600 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03600 - GROUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Grout shall conform to ASTM C 1107-02 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Non -Shrink). EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Completely fill with grout under beam and column bearings, erection blockouts, connection blockouts or pockets, and elsewhere as required. Mix, install, and cure grout according to manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 03600 03600-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03920 - LEED CONCRETE PATCHING AND RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 'e1�1►1_�L7:�/ 1.01 SCOPE: A. Any and all conditions which occur and are not covered by the drawing and/or specifications, such as: openings, joints, connections, details of reinforcement, etc., or problems encountered during forming and/or placing shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Architect. No further work shall be done in these areas until approved by the Architect. Should corrective measures be necessitated, a written proposal shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. No corrective measures, with the exception of temporary emergency measures, shall be employed without the prior written approval of the Architect. 1.02 Description -Micro-Top includes: (specification applies only to Micro -Top, "Bomanite") The contractor for this work shall be the following Bomanite licensed contractor who has been trained and equipped by Bomanite Corporation: (or equal pending approval by architect.) Colorado Hardscapes, Inc. 8085 E. Harvard Ave Denver, Co 80231 Tel: (303) 750-8200 Fax: (303) 750-8886 Applications: 1) Interior and exterior renovation projects requiring resurfacing of damaged concrete. 2) New construction surfaces where elaborate design and color choices require costly multiple forming and pouring phases. a. Materials: Micro -Top Liquid and Micro -Top Powder b. Substrate inspection and preparation C. Sealer application 1.03 Definitions -Micro-Top by Bomanite, a system that employs the use of a troweled -on integrally colored cementitious topping to resurface vertical and horizontal surfaces on both indoor and outdoor applications. Micro -Top is approximately 20 mils thick (about the thickness of a credit card) and utilizes a full spectrum of color choices that can incorporate simple or elaborate graphic design. The work isperformed on the job site by trained and experienced technicians. 1.04 Scope -The work designated in this section shall be specified Micro -Top by Bomanite. The work shall include all labor, material, equipment and transportation required to install the Micro -Top. The contractor for this work shall be licensed, tooled and trained by Bomanite Corporation to use the materials and processes specified as Micro -Top. The contractor shall be required to provide a foreman or supervisor who has done at least three Micro -Top projects. 1.05 Quality Assurance a. All work shall be installed by a licensed Bomanite Contractor who shall provide a foreman or supervisor who has experience with and knowledge of special processes used to install Micro -Top. Evidence that the Bomanite Contractor is qualified to complete the project as specified herein shall be submitted to, and subject to approval of, the Architect/Designer. b. The licensed Bomanite Contractor shall provide a job -site sample I100 square feet or 9.3 square meters minimum) to be approved by the Architect prior to the start of the construction. Said sample shall be the standard for the balance of the work installed, and shall be protected against damage until final approval from the Architect. The cost for the construction and protection of the referee sample shall be borne by the owner/agent and shall be part of the contractor's bid. 03920-t TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03920 - LEED CONCRETE PATCHING AND RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.06 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Concrete Formwork: Refer to Section 03100 B. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200. C. Concrete Sealing: Refer to Section 03375. 1.07 SUBMITTALS: (in addition see 1.05 — item b. above) A. Concrete Design: The concrete materials supplier shall submit design mixes for each of the types of concrete based on specified strengths and materials. Design methods shall be in accordance with "Building Code Requirements of Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318-77). B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000. Indicate complete reinforcing for each concrete member including materials, sizes, bends, dimensions, and placing details. C. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: I. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification section. 5. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 3. Mock-up 12'x12' area in field on exist. Slab shown on sheet AI.5 1.08 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, of the American Concrete Institute (ACI). B. "Recommended Practices for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete", ACI 304. C. "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315. D. "Building Code Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318.77. E. "Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete", ASTM C 94-74A, of the American Society of Testing and Materials, (ASTM). F. "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement", ASTM C 150. G. "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates", ASTM C 33. H. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars", CRSI 63, of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI). I. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature", CRSI 65. J. Preparation of test specimens and testing: 1. ASTM C-31, Making and Curing Concrete -Test Specimens in the Field. 2. ASTM C-39, Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 3. ASTM C-42, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 4. ASTM C-173, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Pressure Method. 5. ASTM C-231, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Volumetric. 6. ASTM C-192, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 7. ASTM C-143, Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement. 03920-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03920 - LEED CONCRETE PATCHING AND RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: All materials shall be carefully selected of uniform quality meeting the requirements of the specifications and subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.02 Concrete Mix Design a. For new construction, the concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi in non -freeze areas, 3500 psi in moderate freeze -thaw areas and 4000 psi in severe freeze -thaw areas. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150 Type I, II, or V, depending on soil conditions. Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33. Mixing water shall be fresh, clean and potable. In freeze -thaw areas only, an air -entraining admixture complying to ASTM C 260 shall be used to achieve an entrained air content for the particular mix used in accordance with thepublished recommendations of the Portland Cement Association and the American Concrete Institute. No admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be permitted. 2.03 Coloring, Application and Sealing Materials a. Reinforcement for new construction. All slabs shall conform to the guidelines and recommendations of the American Concrete Institute for reinforcement of cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Curing for new construction: All slabs shall be cured properly using conventional 5-day water cures or using membrane: forming curing agents such as Bomanite's Cure & Seal. (Note:When membrane -forming curing agents are used, it is necessary to lightly abrade the surface with a 20- grit sanding disk prior to Micro -Top application.) C. Micro -Top Color: The surface shall be colored with the following: Micro -Top colors: Gray Base d. Sealer: All Micro -Top surfaces shall be sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. EXECUTION 3.01 Installation Procedures a. For new construction, concrete shall be installed in accordance with the standards and specifications of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) b. Concrete shall be tested in accordance with ASTM F 1869-98 and/or ASTM E 1907-97. C. Interior Concrete: Concrete shall be tested for vapor emission levels in accordance with ASTM D 4263. If vapor emission levels exceed 5 Ibs., Bomanite Con -Shield shall be applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. d. If vapor emission levels exceed 61bs, Bomanite Vapor Guard System should be applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. (Please refer to the Bomanite Technical Bulletin for Negative Side Moisture Dissipation Membrane System, for specific systems pertaining to the amount of MVT. e. Concrete shall have a pH level between 7-9 f All existing concrete in the area of work shall be shotblasted with a minimum of a CSP 3, based upon the International Concrete Repair Institutes guidelines. g. Concrete shall be a minimum temperature of 40 OF throughout application and during initial 24- hour cure. h. Construction joints shall be transferred through the finished surface by tooling them into the finished surface. Construction joints may be filled using a semi -rigid elastomeric material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Any working cracks should be anticipated to show through. i. A single base -coat of Micro -Top shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, built up material to be per manufactures recommendations and submitted to architect for approval and field verified and reviewed. j. After the first coat is dry to the touch, a second coat shall be applied to reach a thickness of 20 03920-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1 JUIU : t A. General Contractor is responsible for all of the work of this contract 1. Assign and subcontract portions of the work as required to assure that all work is constructed in compliance with these documents. 2. Coordinate the work of the subcontractors for the project. 3. Coordinate work of this contract with work by separate contractors. a. Asbestos abatement contractor Walsh through CSU contract 1) Provide barriers before start-up. 2) General Contractor will demo existing building in areas where directed to expose work for abatement contractor Walsh. 4. Coordinates recycle work to respect LEED requirements with LEED Consultant, "IBE". 5. Coordination w/ Owners testing and verification with all related consultants for soils, concrete, steel, etc. and all LEED related materials. B. Each subcontractor shall: 1. Coordinate work of his own employees and subcontractors. 2. Expedite his work to assure compliance with schedules. 3. Coordinate his work with that of other subcontractors and work by separate contractor. 4. Comply with orders and instructions of owner. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION AND START-UP A. Establish on -site lines of authority and communications. 1. Attend pre -construction meeting with subcontractors upon commencement of the project. 2. Establish procedures for intra-project communications. a. Submittals. b. Reports and records. C. Recommendations. d. Coordination Drawings. e. Schedules. f. Resolution of conflicts. B. Interpret Contract Documents. 1. Consult with Architect to obtain interpretation. 2. Assist in resolution of questions or conflicts which may arise. 3. Transmit written interpretations to subcontractors, and to other concerned parties. C. Assist in obtaining permits and approvals. 1. Obtain building permits and special permits required for work or for temporary facilities. 2. Verify that subcontractors have obtained inspections for work and for temporary facilities. D. Control the use of site. I . Supervise field engineering and site layout. 2. Allocate space for each subcontractor's use for field offices, sheds, work and storage areas. 3. Establish access, traffic and parking allocations and regulations. 4. Monitor use of site during construction. 5. Fence site and provide pedestrian access to Lory Student Center and Engineering Center. 1.03 CONTRACTOR DUTIES A. Construction Schedules. 1. Coordinate schedules with subcontractors. 2. Monitor schedules as work progress. 01041-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03920 - LEED CONCRETE PATCHING AND RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. mils. k. A third application of Micro -Top finish coat. This application is used primarily to achieve a smooth troweled finish. 1. After the initial curing (10-12 hours), a sufficient build of a protective water - based acrylic sealer shall be applied to the surface. 3.02 Protection and Maintenance -Newly completed surfaces should be protected from water until sealed by the Bomanite Contractor. Water left on the surface before sealing could result in a white film. This will not affect the adhesion or durability and can be cleaned prior to sealing. Acids or solvent materials should not be used over the finished Micro -Top. Regular cleaning and maintenance of interior floors shall be done in accordance with job requirements. This will vary depending on a number of factors including volume and intensity of traffic, UV exposure, geographical location and weather conditions. For instance, interior applications will require a different routine maintenance program than exterior products. Residential applications typically require less cleaning and maintenance than commercial and municipal projects. In large commercial applications, a qualified floor maintenance contractor is recommended for routine cleaning. All Micro -Top installations should be professionally cleaned and resealed periodically by your local Bomanite contractor or a qualified floor maintenance contractor in order to maintain a top-quality appearance. In general, expect the need for professional maintenance to occur every 12-24 months. Protective maintenance coats of sealer shall be applied periodically to assure the base acrylic is protected and the desired level of gloss is maintained. Exterior Micro -Top surfaces should be resealed annually depending on traffic, especially in freeze -thaw locations. END OF SECTION 03920 039204 TECII LAICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03925 - DECORATIVE CONCRETE RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Full depth concrete with Patene Artectura by BOMANITE finish. Patene Artectura by BOMANITE, a system which employs various coloring, etching, texturing, scoring and patterning techniques to produce specialty architectural concrete finishes. The work is performed on the job site by trained and experienced workmen. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Materials: concrete, Patene Artectura by BOMANITE, Sealer, Wax B. Concrete Placement and Finish C. Paten Artectura by BOMANITE Installation D. Sealer Application 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 5 samples as required showing each color and sealer B. Color Chart C. Product Data D. Mock-up 12'xl2' patterned area on new slab in location as shown on sheet A1.5 showing all 5 colors. 1.4 CONTRACTOR A. The contractor for this work shall be a Licensed BOMANITE Contractor who has been trained and equipped by: Bomanite Corporation P.O. Box 599 Madera, CA 93639-0599 Tel: (209)673-2411 Fax: (209) 673-8246 Web site: b-qp://www.bomanite.com E-mail: bomanitena.bomanite.com The licensed BOMANITE Contractor in this area is: Colorado Hardscapes,Inc. 8085 E. Harvard Ave Denver, Co 80231 Tel: (303) 750-8200 Fax: (303) 750-8886 Web site: www.coloradohardscgpes.com PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE A. Mix Design a. Concrete shall have a minimum of 3,500 psi (per ACI 318) or as required by local building codes or industry standards, which ever is higher b. Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C150, C595 or C1157 depending on soil conditions. C. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 03925-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 03925 - DECORATIVE CONCRETE RESURFACING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. d. Air entrainment shall conform to ASTM C260 2.2 COLORING, TEXTURE AND SEALING MATERIALS A. BOMANITE Chemical Stain: The architectural concrete shall be colored using the following BOMANITE Chemical Stain(s): re:03920 LEED Concrete Patching & Resurfacing B. BOMANITE Sealer: The surface shall be sealed using the following BOMANITE Sealer EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The area to receive the new concrete shall have the sub -grade prepare as required for a concrete slab on grade, with the recommendations of the soils engineer and the American Concrete Institute. B. The formwork shall be installed in accordance with the drawings. The slab thickness shall be consistent with that of ordinary concrete slabs under the same conditions. C. The reinforcement should be placed in accordance with the contract drawings and the guidelines of the American Concrete Institute. The concrete should be placed and finished in accordance with accepted industry standards. D. Control joints and/or Expansion joints shall be provided in accordance with the contract drawings and the guidelines established by the American Concrete Institute. E. The concrete shall be placed and screeded to the finished grade. The concrete should be allowed to cure for a period of at least 3 days prior to the application of the stain(s). Liquid membrane cures should not be used. The new concrete should be cured using either curing paper or wet curing methods. F. Bomanite Chemical Stain shall be applied to the clean substrate in a minimum of two coats at a rate of 200 to 400 square feet (18.6 to 37.2 square meters) per U.S. gallon, per coat. The stain shall be applied and removed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. The surface shall be sealed using BOMANITE Sealer, or approved equal, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to complete the coloring process. END OF SECTION 03925 03925-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04100 - MORTAR COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals necessary for the completion of this section of work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04150. B. Sandstone: Refer to Section 04470. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. ASTM C- 91, Masonry Cement B. ASTM C-144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar C. ASTM C-150, Portland Cement D. ASTM C-207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. E. ASTM C-270, Mortar for Unit Masonry F. ASTM C-476, Standard Specification for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Store mortar materials on dunnage, in a dry watertight enclosure. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit catalog data on mortar proposed for use. B. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall 1 submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer to complete LEED Letter template verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 4. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. PRODUCTS 2.01 MASONRY MORTAR: A. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C-150, Type 1, natural color. B. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C-207, Type S. C. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144. D. Water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalides, or organic matter (potable). E. Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C-91, Type II, non -staining. 04100 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04100 - MORTAR COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.02 GROUT: A. All grout shall be, transit -mixed or job -mixed, in accordance with Standard Specification for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry, ASTM CA76 and shall consist of one part portland cement, 2-1/2 parts sand and two parts pea gravel, and adequate water to produce a concrete of approximately ten (10) inches slump, and shall have a minimum ultimate compressive strength of 2,500 p.s.i. in 28 days. 2.03 MIXES: A. Mortar Mix: Type S. Mortar, conforming to ASTM C-270 and consisting of 1 part portland cement, 1 part line putty and 6 parts sand by volume, or 1 part masonry cement and 3 parts sand by volume. Incorporate waterproofing admixture in mortar for exterior walls. B. Mixing Mortar: Mix cementitious material and aggregate for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Add water in amounts compatible with convenience in using mortar. If mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or absorption or a part of mixing water, retemper by adding to water and remix. Use mortar within 2 1/2 hours of initial mixing; do not use mortar after it has begun to set. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Apply mortar and grout in accordance with Sandstone, Section 04470. END OF SECTION 04100 04100-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04150 - MASONRY ACCESSORIES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals required for the completion of the section of work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619. B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100 C. Sandstone: Refer to Section 04470 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. ASTM A-82, Cold -drawn Steel Wire. B. ASTM A-116, Zinc -coated (Galvanized) Wire. C. ASTM A-153, Zinc -coating (Hot -dip) or Iron and Steel Hardware. D. ASTM A-615, Deformed Billet - Steel Bars. 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Store reinforcement and accessory items in a protected area. PRODUCTS 2.01 MASONRY ACCESSORIES: A. Horizontal joint reinforcement for clay masonry unit cavity wall shall be prefabricated welded wire truss tab (adjustable hook and eye) design units, with 9 ga. galvanized deformed longitudinal wires, 9 ga. galvanized cross rods and rectangular tabs, and 9 ga. rectangular pintle section hook. Wire shall conform to ASTM A-82. Out -to -out spacing of longitudinal wires shall be two inches less than nominal thickness of concrete masonry width of wall. Contractor shall have the option to use welded wire truss fixed rectangular tab design units (without tab drips) where there is no offset coursing required. B. Hardware cloth shall be 1/4" mesh x 23 ga. galvanized steel wire. C. Weephole material shall be 3/8" diameter cotton rope. 2.02 MASONRY MOVEMENT CONTROL PRODUCTS: Rapid Control Joint as manufactured by DUR-O-WAL, Inc., or approved equal, shall be of sizes and shapes as shown on the drawings. Joint material shall be used with standard sash blocks. Rubber shall be extruded conforming to ASTM D-2000 2AA-805 with a Durometer hardness of 80 when tested with ASTM D-2240. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS: All other accessories, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of unit masonry, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval of the Architect. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Joint Reinforcement: Install joint reinforcement for all masonry walls at 16" o.c., vertically laid in the mortar bed with full width laps at splices and at corners to assure continuity. Reinforcement shall extend to, but not through, control joints. B. Ties (general): Brick Ties shall be sized so that they are embedded in a minimum of 2" in the mortar joint; however, they shall not be closer than 3/4" of the finished face of the stone. E. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes in veneer of cavity walls in base course by omitting mortar at head joint at 24" o.c. END OF SECTION 04150 04150-1 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04465 - LEED GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals required for the completion of the section of work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. ASTM C241 - Abrasion Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic. B. ASTM C 1028 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method. C. National Building Granite Quarries Association (NBGQA) Specifications for Architectural Granite. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SINGLE SOURCE: Single Source Responsibility for Stone: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of stone from a single quarry. The quarry shall provide material of a consistent quality in appearance and physical properties, and include the capacity to cut and finish material without delaying the progress of the work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Finished granite shall be carefully packed and loaded for shipment using all reasonable care and customary precautions against damage in transit. No material which may cause staining or discoloration shall be used for blocking or packing. B. Upon receipt at the site or storage yard, the granite shall be stacked on timber or platforms at least 4 inches above the ground. Extreme care shall be taken to prevent staining or discoloration during storage. If storage is to be for a prolonged period, polyethylene or other suitable plastic fihn shall be placed between wood and finished surfaces of completely dry stone. Polyethylene or other suitable plastic film shall be used as an overall protective covering. Lewis holes shall be plugged during freezing weather to prevent the accumulation of water. Salt shall not be used for melting of ice formed in Lewis holes or on pieces, or for any purpose involving contact with the granite. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer to complete LEED letter template on the manufacturers letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local/regional material, LEED ER 5.1 C. Low VOC adhesives and sealants, LEED EQ 4A 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per 04465-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER. SECTION 04465 - LEED GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Specification selection. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. For the purpose of bidding and to establish the standard of quality and aesthetic goal expected on this project, all materials pertaining to granite are those furnished by Cold Spring Granite Company, Cold Spring, Minnesota. 2.02 MATERIALS A. GENERAL: All granite shall be of standard granite, free of cracks, seams, or starts which may impair the structural integrity or function. Inherent color variations, characteristic of the quarry from which it is obtained, will be acceptable. Color and surface finish shall be in accordance with samples approved by the Architect. COLOR: BLACK POLISHED B. SCHEDULE: All granite shall be 12"xl2" tiles as supplied by Cold Spring Granite Company, Cold Spring, Minnesota. The extent of the granite shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The finished surface shall be polished unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the finish schedule. Each color of granite shall come from a single quarry, with sufficient reserves to satisfy the requirements of the project, and the granite supplier shall have the capabilities to cut and finish the stone without delaying the project. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. ANCHORS: All anchors or anchoring devices coming in contact with the granite, shall be Type 302 or 304 stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A167 or Extruded Aluminum in accordance with ASTM B 221, alloy and temper as required, minimum strength and durability properties of 6063-T6. Wire anchors not acceptable for exterior use. For specific application information, refer to Section 1.09.A.2. B. SETTING BUTTONS: Lead or resilient plastic setting pads, nonstaining to the granite, sized to suit joint thickness and bed depths shall be used. C. STEEL PLATES: ASTM A36. D. STEEL TUBING: Cold formed ASTM A500. E. REINFORCING WIRE MESH FOR PAVING: Galvanized wire fabric 2 inches x 2 inches 16 gauge or 0.0624 inch diameter complying with ASTM A185 and ASTM A82. For small mesh with light traffic, 18 gauge galvanized hexagonal mesh (chicken wire) shall be acceptable. F. PLASTIC TUBING FOR WEEPS: Medium density polyethylene, outside diameter of 1/4 inch and of a length required to extend between exterior face of stone and cavity behind. 2.04 MORTARS A. GENERAL: All methods of measuring, mixing, and handling of mortars shall be in strict compliance with ASTM C270 —STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY. Use accurate measuring devices to mix mortar ingredients by volume. Mix colored mortars separately and thoroughly clean vessels and mixing equipment between different colored batches to avoid color contamination from each other. Maximum pot life and retempering shall be as indicated in ASTM C270. Mortar joints shall be raked to a depth of no less than the joint width. Joints shall be pointed after initial cure of setting mortars. When "thumbprint hard", pointing shall be tooled to a concave profile using a striking tool with a diameter of 1 1/2 times the joint width. B. MIXES: 1. Mortar setting bed for Exterior Paving shall be Type S per ASTM C270. Setting Bed for Exterior Paving shall be made up of one part Portland cement to three parts washed sand. Add only enough water to dampen mixture. 04465-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER. SECTION 04465 - LEED GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Pointing mortar for Exterior Paving joints shall be Type N per ASTM C270. 2.05 FABRICATION A. GENERAL: Fabricate all granite in sizes and shapes required as indicated on the Drawings and on approved shop drawings. All granite shall comply with "Specification for Architectural Granite" as recommended by the National Building Granite Quarries Association. B. TOLERANCES: All granite shall be of the specified thickness and within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 inch of the nominal thickness shown. For thicknesses greater than 2 inches the variation tolerance may be plus or minus 1/4 inch of the nominal thickness. Overall face size may vary plus or minus 1/16 inch in both height and width, including being out of square to that tolerance. C. JOINTS: Joints of stone shall be square and true and at approximately 90 degrees to the face. For exterior facing, joints shall be 3/8 inch wide unless otherwise noted. D. ARRISES: All arrises shall be slightly blunted to remove the sharp edge and to reduce chipping of the finished edge. 2.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. GENERAL: Establish and maintain a quality control system to ensure that all materials supplied in this section meet or exceed the specified requirements. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. SURFACE CONDITIONS: 1. Prior to installing granite, examine the existing surface that is to receive the cut stone and verify it is in accordance with the specifications and as indicated on the Drawings. Do not proceed until defective surfaces are brought into compliance. 2. Verify measurements and tolerances and report in writing to the Contractor, conditions that are not correct. This includes water tightness of sub -surface, installation of anchoring accessories, and other mechanical devices required to be installed prior to the installation of the cut stonework. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prior to setting cut stone, clean all surfaces to remove accumulated dirt and stains. Clean thoroughly by scrubbing with non-metallic brushes followed by a drenching with clean water. Use only mild detergents that do not contain caustic fillers. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. QUALITY 1. Proceed with the installation of the stonework using skilled mechanics capable of proper handling of the setting of the stone and able to field cut where necessary with sharp and true edges. 2. Set stone in compliance with the approved shop drawings. Set with anchors, supports, and fasteners, as indicated, to properly secure the stone accurately in the places indicated on the approved shop drawings. Joints shall be uniform in appearance and edges and faces aligned to tolerances indicated. B. TOLERANCES 1. For variations from level on lintels, sills, parapets, and other horizontal lines, do not exceed 1/2 inch in any bay or 20 feet maximum, or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Repair or replace stonework found to be not within the range of the approved mock up in appearance or application including broken, stained or chipped stonework, or stonework not properly fitted. 04465-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3. Identify potential variances between schedules and probable completion dates for each phase. 4. Recommend adjustments in schedule to meet required completion dates. 5. Adjust schedules of subcontractors as required. B. Observe work of each subcontractor to monitor compliance with schedule. 1. Verify that labor and equipment are adequate for the work and the schedule. 2. Verify that product procurement schedules are adequate. 3. Verify that product deliveries are adequate to maintain schedule. 4. Meet weekly with Owner and Landlord and provide the following: a. Provide 2-week look -ahead schedule. b. Update project schedule monthly. B. Process Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. I . Review for compliance with Contract Documents. a. Field dimensions and clearance dimensions. b. Relation to available space. C. Relation to other trades, equipment and systems. d. Submit to Architect. C. Monitor the use of temporary utilities. I. Verify that adequate services are provided and maintained. D. Inspection and Testing. 1. Inspection work to assure performance in accord with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Administer special testing and inspections of suspected work. 3. Reject work which does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Coordinate testing laboratory services. A. Verify that required laboratory personnel are present. b. Verify that tests are made in accordance with specified standards. C. Review test reports for compliance with specified criteria. d. Recommend and administer required retesting. e. Coordinate inspection of all connections to utilities and facilities with Landlord. E. Monitor contractor's periodic cleaning. 1. Enforce compliance with specifications. 2. Resolve any conflicts. F. Coordinate changes. I. Recommend necessary or desirable changes. 2. Assist owner in negotiating change order. 3. Promptly notify all subcontractors of pending changes. G. Maintain Reports and Records at Job Site available to Architect and Subcontractors I. Log progress of work of each subcontractor. 2. Records a. Contracts. 3. Materials and equipment records. 4. Applicable handbooks, codes and standards. 5. Obtain information from subcontractors and maintain file of Project Record Documents. 6. Assemble documentation for handling of claims and disputes. 1.04 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate equipment start-up. 1. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item. 2. Ensure that each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation. 3. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Perform required testing and balance. 5. Record dates of start of operation of systems and equipment. Submit written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 01041-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04465 - LEED GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.05 CLEANING A. As soon as possible after installation, clean all finished stonework with a mild detergent using a fiber brush. After cleaning, rinse with clean water. Do not use acid or other caustic materials. When cleaning is completed, remove temporary protection installed during construction. 3.07 PROTECTION A. At the end of each days work, cover top of walls with a nonstaining waterproof covering. Protect partially finished work when not being worked on. B. Protect sills, ledges, and other projections from mortar or other droppings during the process of the work. C. Provide work covers where needed. END OF SECTION 04465 04465-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DMSION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04470 - LEED SANDSTONE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installation of sandstone units complete, including: A. Flagstone Veneer (exterior). B. Thin Veneer Sandstone (interior). 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619. B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100. C. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04150. D. Sealants: Section 07900 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Furnish the following for Architect's approval: A. Full size samples (24 units) of each thickness. B. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Facility. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturers letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local/regional material, LEED ER 5.1 C. Low VOC adhesives and sealants, LEED EQ 4.1 d. Low VOC paints, LEED EQ 4.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification selection. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.04 MOCK-UPS: Furnish the following for Architect's approval: A. Visual Mock-up: A full sized mock-up of the approved flagstone in the approved finishes to match existing shall be erected at a site agreed to by the Architect, Contractor, and the Fabricator. The size and extent of the mock-up shall be in accordance with the Architect's design intent and as indicated in the Architect's drawings. When mock-up is approved, it shall become the standard for the project. Unless otherwise specified, the cost of the visual mock-up shall be included in the cost of the flagstone. The purpose of the visual mock-up shall be to evaluate erection procedure, evaluate the comparability of adjacent materials, evaluate caulking and mortar colors and textures, and to provide an overall aesthetic standard for the project. 1.05 MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE: Guard against soiling, mutilation, or chipping while handling and storing. Store in a manner that all units rest entirely clear of the ground. 04470-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 04470 - LEED SANDSTONE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANDSTONE (NATIVE STONE) A. Sandstone conforming to ASTM C 616 Class II, quartzitic sandstone from Lyons Colorado: 1. Color range as selected by Architect and approved by the Owner to thatch existing at site. 2. Rough face finish. 3. Thickness: 4". 4. Size: Varies. 2.02 THIN VENEER SANDSTONE A. Robinson Rock "Thinveneer" stone as supplied by Robinson Brick, Denver, Colorado, to match appearance of existing flagstone as approved by Architect and Owner, or written approved equal. 1. Stone shall be a mix of Canyon Wall "Regatta", "Rosa", "Sierra", and Mountain Summit "Aspen Bark" as required to achieve an acceptable match to existing flagstone. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Set trim units by experienced craftsmen; set full stones plumb and true and with square edges and uniform staggered joints. Joints to be caulked with silicone rubber sealant. A. Set using Tile Council of America method W223, Organic Adhesive Method. 3.02 CLEANING: The face of sandstone units is to be kept clean at all times. 3.03PROTECTION: Protect all sandstone work from damage of every description until building is completed. Damaged or soiled stone shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 04470 04470-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE: A. Extent of structural steel work is shown on the Drawings. B. General Requirements for field Quality Control are specified in Section 01400. C. Other Division 5 Sections include: 1. Steel Decking 2. Cold Formed Metal Framing 3. Metal Fabrications D. Grout Section 03600 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum of five (5) years in fabrication and erection of structural steel for projects of similar size and difficulty. Subject to approval of Architect, Engineer and Owner. B. Welder Qualifications: 1. Welding shall be done only by welding operators currently qualified according to AWS D I.1. C. Testing Agency: 1. Testing and inspection will be made by an approved testing laboratory selected and paid by the Owner. Contractor shall furnish testing agency access to work, facilities, and incidental labor required for testing and inspection. Retention by the Owner of an independent testing agency shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing all work in accordance with the contract requirements. 2. Furnish the testing agency with the following: a. A complete set of Shop and Erection Drawings. b. Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipment of material to shops. C. Full and ample means and assistance for testing all materials. d. Proper facilities, including scaffolding, temporary work platforms, etc., for inspection of the work in the mills, shop and field. e. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. f. Each person installing connections shall be assigned an identifying symbol or mark, and all shop and field connection shall be identified so that the inspector can refer back to the person making the connection. D. Reference Standards: 1. Design, Detailing, Fabrication and Erection: Meet requirements of AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, and AISC Code of Standard Practice, (March 7, 2001). 2. Welding: Meet requirements of AWS Structural Welding Code D1.1, latest edition. 3. High Strength Bolts: Meet requirements of AISC Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, latest edition. 4. Exposed Structural Steel: Meet requirements of AISC Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel, latest edition. 5. Surface Preparation: Meet requirements of specifications contained in Steel Structures Painting Council's Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2, Systems and Specifications, latest edition. E. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications: 1. The Testing Agency's inspector will perform his duties in such a way that neither fabrication nor erection is unnecessarily delayed or impeded. In no case will the inspector recommend or prescribe the method of repair of a defect. F. Welding and Materials: 1. Inspection of welding by the Testing Agency will be such as to assure that the work conforms 05120 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. to specified requirements, and will include: a. Ascertainment that electrodes used for manual shielded metal -arc welding and the electrodes and flux used for submerged arc welding conform to the requirements of Section 05120 Structural Steel. b. Ascertainment that the approved welding procedure and the approved welding sequence are followed without deviation, unless specific approval for change is obtained from the Structural Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings as specified under Section 01300. Shop drawings shall be original drawings produced by the subcontractor or supplier, and shall not be reproductions of the contract documents. Clearly indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, anchorages, framed openings, size and type of fasteners, cambers, and clearances. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Clearly indicate net weld lengths, sizes and welding sequences. Shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy by fabricator and initialed by individual responsible for checking prior to submittal to architect for review. B. Connections: 1. Submit fabricator Standard Framed Beam Connections, as shown in the AISC Manual of Steel Construction, 9's Edition, at least 4 weeks prior to main Shop Drawing submittal and prior to the creation of Shop Drawings. Such sheet shall indicate the types of beam and column connections to be utilized in the project, and shall include a table of connection capacities, lengths and sizes of welds, number and spacing of bolts, steels thicknesses and lengths, and allowable copes shall be indicated. Connections that are not shown in the AISC Manual of Steel Construction shall be considered alternate connections and subject to the requirements below. 2. If the contractor elects to propose alternate connection details, a substitution request shall be submitted in accordance with these specifications. Shop drawings indicating alternate connection details without Architect's prior approval of substitution request will be rejected. 3. Submit Alternate Fabricator Preferred Standard Connection with design calculations bearing the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado and employed by the Contractor at least 4 weeks prior to the main Shop Drawings submittals, and prior to the creation of the shop drawings. 4. Submit design calculations, bearing the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado and employed by the Contractor, for all other connections not completely detailed or not indicated on the Structural Drawings. 5. Design and provide connections to support the loads indicated on the Structural Drawings. When loads are not shown, provide connections to support the loads given in the Structural General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 6. All design calculations shall be in conformance with the referenced standards cited herein and shall clearly demonstrate applicability for the intended use. C. Other Design Calculations: 1. Submit design calculations, bearing the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado and employed by the Contractor, for any request for Substitution of member sizes or material grades or any Modification of strength or configuration of the structural framing requested for the Contractor's convenience, erection sequence, or construction equipment and/or materials. 2. All design calculations shall be in accordance with the reference standards cited herein and shall clearly demonstrate applicability for the intended use. D. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The ARCHITECT and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 05120-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSTTY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. The ARCHITECT shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification section. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry construction to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations or masonry work. B. Provide Setting Drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices. C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members which are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weather -tight and dry place, until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Protection: Protect any adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Structural Steel: Unless otherwise noted or indicated, all W shapes shall meet requirements of ASTM A992. All other structural steel shapes and plates shall meet either ASTM A572 Grade 50 with special requirements per Technical Bulletin 3, March 1997 or ASTM A36. B. Unfinished Bolts: Meet requirements of ASTM A-307, Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners, latest edition with washers and hexagonal heads and nuts. C. High Strength Bolts: Meet requirements of ASTM A-325, Type 1, High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, including suitable nuts and plain hardened washers, latest edition. All ASTM A 325 high strength bolts for slip critical and/or axial tension type connections shall be Lohr Rapid Tension Bolts as manufactured by Lohr Structural Fasteners, Inc., Humble, Texas or approved equal. Nuts and bolts shall be manufactured by the same entity to insure proper fit. D. Pipe: Meet requirements of ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Grade B, ASTM A-500, Grade B, or ASTM A-501 excluding furnace butt welding, latest editions. Provide seamless pipe where pipe is utilized as a sleeve. E. Tube: Meet requirements of ASTM A-500, Grade B, latest edition. Provide seamless tube where tube is utilized as a sleeve. F. Shear Stud Connectors: Meet requirements of AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, latest edition. G. Filler Metals for Welding: Meet requirements of AWS DI. 1, 70 Series. H. Shop Paint: Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC 13. Where steel is to be field painted, provide shop paint compatible with finish paint system specified in Division 9. 05120 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.02 Anchors: Size and type as noted on the drawings. 1. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or Grade 105, as indicated on drawings, with suitable nuts and washers. Size and length as shown on the drawings. 2. Expansion Anchor: Wedge type complete with suitable nut and washer with galvanized finish in accordance with ASTM B633 with current ICBO approval and published ICBO research report. Size and type as indicated on the drawings. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Provide KWIK Bolt II Expansion Anchor by Hilti Corporation or approved equal. Provide stainless steel anchors where indicated on the drawings. 3. Adhesive Anchors: Anchor shall consist of chisel pointed all -thread rod with suitable nut and washer with galvanized finish in accordance with ASTM B633. Size and type as indicated on the drawings. The adhesive shall be packaged in a single use glass capsule designed for use with the threaded rod installed in solid concrete or masonry. The anchor system shall have current ICBO approved and published ICBO Research Report. Provide HVA Adhesive System by Hilti Corporation or approved equal. Provide stainless steel threaded rods where indicated on the drawings. FABRICATION: A. General: 1. Meet requirements of standards listed under 1.3.D. Reference Standards. 2. Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated. 3. Detailing and fabrication procedures shall account for distortion and shrinkage due to welding processes, both in the shop and in the field. B. Connections: 1. Provide connections as shown or noted on the Drawings. Connections not shown or noted shall be standard Framed Beam Connections as shown in AISC Manual of Steel Construction, 9th Edition, pp 4-19 through 4-47 inclusive. 2. No combination of bolts and welds shall be used to transmit stress in the same faying surface of any connection. 3. Shop connectors shall be welded or bolted using high -strength bolts. 4. Field connections: Bolt field connections except where welded connections are indicated. a. Provide high -strength bolts for principal connections including all beam to beam and all beam to column connections. b. Provides high -strength or unfinished bolts for connections of secondary framing members including girts and other framing members taking only nominal stresses. C. Shop Painting: 1. Surface Preparation: After fabrication, clean off all loose scale, rust, weld or slag flux deposits, oil, grease, dirt, or other foreign material. 2. Painting: Omit shop paint on surfaces to be enclosed in concrete, surfaces to be welded, contact surfaces in high -strength bolted, slip -critical connections, tops of beams in composite construction, surfaces to receive welded studs, surfaces to receive spray on fireproofing, or surfaces in contact with self-lubricating bearing plates. 3. Shop paint all other steel with primer meeting requirements of SSPC-13. D. Marking: Mark all members in protected, plainly visible locations in accordance with reference numbers on setting diagrams. The member work point at each end of columns shall be determined and marked in the shop with a center punch or other acceptable means. Marking shall be placed on the flanges and web at each end of columns. Work point shall be as defined in AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 7.11.2(a). E. Finished Work: All work shall be finished in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and shall be true and free from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects. F. Cutting and Fitting: Perform all necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation ofother trades and do whatever is necessary to secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is delivered. No cutting or drilling will be permitted on the job without the approval of the Engineer. G. Milling: Subassemblies with milled surfaces shall be completely assembled and welded before 05120 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. milling. H. Welding: Comply with AISC specifications and latest American Welding Society standards. Welds not specified shall be 3/16" fillet continuous but not less than the AISC minimum based on thickness of the parts to be joined. I. Splices: Splicing of members to obtain the required lengths will not be permitted without prior acceptance of the Engineer unless shown on the Drawings. J. Cambering: Beams and girders shall be cambered where indicated on the Drawings. K. Substitutions: Where exact sizes and weights called for are not readily available, secure the Engineers' acceptance of suitable sizes in time to prevent delay due to such substitutions. L. Shear Stud Connectors: Automatically end weld according to AWS D 1.1. Shop weld where possible. Thoroughly clean surface where stud is to be attached. Remove mill scale by grinding or sandblasting where it is sufficiently thick to interfere with proper welding. At metal deck, field install by welding through deck. 2.03 ANCHORS A. Provide all anchors for columns, beams, channels, plates, etc., as indicated on Drawings, located on Shop Drawings, or as required. 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Prior to start of erection, the steel erector shall check the location of all bearing surfaces and all embedded anchor bolts and connection plates, and shall report deviations from the contract documents to the Architect and Engineer in writing. Do not proceed with erection until all unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Field Measurements: Take measurements on site as required for correct fabrication and installation. Fabricator shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit of structural steel. 3.03 ERECTION: A. General: Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, latest edition, including supplements, with additional requirements of this section. B. Base and Bearing Plates: Set base and bearing plates and leveling plates level (+/- 1/32") and at correct elevations (+/- 1 /16"). Support on steel wedges or shims until supported members are plumbed and grouting is completed. Grout is specified in Section 03600. C. Field Assembly: 1. Assemble structural steel frames to the lines and elevations indicated within the specified erection tolerances. 2. Align the various members forming a complete frame or structure after assembly and adjust accurately before being fastened. 3. Measure and adjust for distortion and shrinkage of field welded assemblies as erection proceeds. Submit procedure to Testing Agency for review prior to start of erection. 4. Splice only where indicated on Drawings. D. Field Connections: Make field connections with bolts, high strength bolts or field welding unless otherwise indicated. Clean existing surfaces before welding to existing steel. No drifting or cutting to enlarge unfair holes will be allowed. Make minor corrections by reaming. Serious defects may not be corrected in the field but shall be called to the attention of the Engineer for a decision as to the method and/or procedure. E. Bolting: 1. Slip -Critical Connections: a. All connections for joints defined in AISC Specification for Structural Joints using 05120 - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. ASTM A325 or A490 bolts, Section 5 (a) and all connections designated on the drawings to be slip -critical and/or axial tension type connections shall use the specified Lohr Rapid Tension Bolts or approved equal. b. All bolts shall be sized to provide connections with threads excluded from shear planes and to allow at least two full threads beyond the nut after tightening. All bolts shall be tightened using the Lohr RTB installation tool until bolt splines are sheared off in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and meeting AISC requirements. When field clearances prevent the use of the Lohr RTB installation tool, submit alternate methods to the Engineer for approval. C. Where exposed -to -public -view bolts are allowed and shown on the shop drawings, space at regular intervals in straight lines or uniform patterns. 2. Non Slip -Critical Connections: a. All connections not required to be slip -critical and/or axial tension shall be Shear/Bearing Connections. b. All Shear/Bearing Connections shall use the specified standard high -strength bolts. C. All bolts shall be tightened to the snug tight condition. "Snug tight condition is defined as the tightness that exists when all plies in a joint are in firm contact (per RISC)". d. Where exposed -to -public -view bolts are allowed and shown on the shop drawings, space at regular intervals in straight lines or uniform patterns. F. Compression Splices: Fasten splices in compression after bearing surfaces have been brought into contact. Clean bearing surfaces before assembling. All gaps 1/32" wide or greater shall be closed by driving non -tapered mild steel shims full depth of the bearing surface along the full length of the gap. G. Temporary Bracing: Consider all structural steel as non -self-supporting steel frames. Provide suitable temporary bracing as necessary to maintain structural steel in proper position until permanently secured. Leave temporary bracing in place as required for safety. H. Field Modification: Written acceptance from the Engineer must be obtained before using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. The structural steel fabricator shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field. I. Erection Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice, except as follows: 1. Columns: a. Maximum deviation of column from established center line shall not exceed V, accumulative from all sources. b. Bases of all columns shall be located on established center lines within +/- 1/8". C. Maximum variation between top elevations of all columns in any tier shall not exceed 1/2" (when adjusted for axial shortening effects). Maximum variation between top elevations of any two adjacent columns in any tier shall not exceed 3/8" (when adjusted for axial shortening effects). 2. Members Connecting to Columns: a. Horizontal deviation of member working point from position with respect to supporting column working line shall not exceed +/- 1/16" from the location shown on drawings. b. Elevation deviation of member working point with respect to upper splice line of supporting column shall not exceed +/-1/8" or - 1/4" from the elevation shown on drawings. 3. Other Members: Deviation of member working point horizontal location and elevation with respect to the supporting member shall not exceed +/-1/16" from the location and elevation shown on the drawings. 4. Leveling and Plumbing: Base leveling and plumbing on a mean temperature of 70 degrees F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection. Verification of Erection Tolerances: 1. Surveys, made by a surveyor with experience on similar projects, employed by the General Contractor and acceptable to the Architect, Structural Engineer and Owner, shall 05120 - 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. be made as follows: a. Determine actual plan location at the top and bottom splice points of each column immediately upon completion of each of the fast four tiers erected and every third tier thereafter. b. Determine actual elevation at the top splice point of each column immediately upon completion of every third tier. C. Determine actual elevation at each support and at midspan of the top of all members framing into columns prior to erection and/or installation of any materials over the top of the members. 2. Survey reports shall be submitted to the Architect, Structural Engineer and Owner within 24 hours after recording the data. Such reports shall, in addition, identify all deviations of member location and/or elevation in excess of allowable tolerances specified. 3. Take necessary measures, and modify details and/or procedures as required, to correct any columns whose plan location or top elevation vary beyond allowable tolerances. Review of survey data by the Owner and/or his consultants is for verification of compliance with specified tolerances only and does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with all contract requirements. K. Verification of Installed Cambers: 1. At least one week prior to concrete pours over metal deck, submit a survey report of beam cambers to the architect and structural engineer. Such reports shall identify all deviations of member camber from the cambers indicated on the drawings. L. Support of Other Work: No permanent loading other than the weight of supported metal deck and concrete slabs shall be imposed on composite beams and girders without prior approval by the Structural Engineer until the concrete in such slabs has achieved 75 percent of its design strength. Contractor shall submit calculations prepared by a Structural Engineer registered in the State of Colorado verifying the adequacy of the non -composite members to support the anticipated loading. All costs associated with the accommodation of such loading, including review of submittals and modification of structural members and/or details, shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing and Inspections: All quality control tests and inspections required herein will be performed by the Owner's independent testing and inspections agency (Testing Agency) employed under the terms of Technical Specifications Section 01400. Quality assurance testing and inspections are for the Owner's benefit and use, and are not to be construed as limiting Contractor's contractual responsibility for performing work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Coordination and Assistance: The Owner's testing and inspection agency will maintain a complete set of shop and erection drawings, copies of all mill test reports, and full and ample means and assistance for testing all materials, including proper facilities, scaffolding, temporary work platforms, etc., in mill, shop, and field. C. The testing agency's inspector will perform his duties in such a way that neither fabrication nor erection is unnecessarily delayed or impeded. In no case shall the inspector recommend or prescribe the method of repair of a defect. D. Shop Inspection: 1. Shop inspection by the Testing Agency for all columns, trusses, and special fabrications, and 20% of beams and girders shall include examination of steel for member size, straightness and alignment, conformance to length tolerances, fissures, mill scale, and other defects and deformities, as described in ASTM A6, and examination of aforementioned fabricated pieces for conformity with approved shop drawings. Testing of welding will be performed as required herein. 2. The Fabricator shall furnish certification to the Testing Agency that all plates 3" and thicker have been accepted for delamination and non-metallic inclusions prior to use. Certification may be from either the supplying mill or an approved agency. E. Field Inspection: Field inspection by the Testing Agency of erected steel shall be such as to assure that the work conforms to specified requirements and will include: 05120 - 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 6. Provide written notice of beginning of warranty period for equipment put into service. B. Demonstration and Instructions. 1. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel prior to completion. 2. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, seasonal operation, and shutdown of each item of equipment. C. At completion of work of each Section, conduct and inspection to assure that specified cleaning has been accomplished. 1. Temporary facilities have been removed from site. D. At completion. 1. Conduct an inspection to list work to be completed or corrected. 2. Supervise correction and completion of work as established in Close-out Documents and procedures set forth in the General Conditions and Divisions 01700 and 01730. 3. Submit accurate redlined drawings to Architect for approval. E. When portion of the Project is occupied prior to final completion, coordinate establish responsibilities of each subcontractor. F. Final completion. I . When each Subcontractor determines that work is finally complete, conduct an inspection to verify completion of work. 2. Assist Owner and Architect in inspection. G. Administer contract closeout. 1. Receive and review Subcontractor's final submittals. 2. Transmit to architect with recommendation for action. H. The Commissioning Agent/Consultant will require that the General Contractor coordinate and assist in commissioning agents work in order to facilitate all corrections immediately to align with project requirements. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01041 01041-3 TECIE41CAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Inspection of field welding as required herein. 2. Ascertainment of proper fit and alignment. 3. Ascertainment of proper installation and tensioning of bolts. 4. Ascertainment that Contractor's erection procedures adequately correct for distortion and shrinkage in field welded assemblies and connections. The Testing Agency shall measure weld shrinkage at all groove welded column splices in the first four tiers and at each third tier thereafter. Reports of such measurements shall be submitted to the Architect and Structural Engineer within two days of completion of welding at each tier measured. F. Welding Materials and Workmanship: Inspection of welding will be such as to assure that the work conforms to specified requirements, and will include: 1. Ascertainment that electrodes used for manual shielded metal -arc welding and the electrodes and flux used for submerged arc welding conform to the requirements of this section. 2. Ascertainment that the approved welding procedure and the approved welding sequence are followed without deviation, unless specific approval for change is obtained from the Architect. 3. Ascertainment that the welding is performed only by welding operators and welders who are properly certified. The Testing Agency shall witness such qualification testing of welding operators and welders, as may be required. 4. Ascertainment that the fit -up, joint preparation, size, contour, extent of reinforcement, and length and location of welds conform to specified requirements and the contract drawings, and that no specific welds are omitted or unspecified welds added without approval of the Architect. G. Welder Identification: Assign an identifying symbol or mark to each person installing welded connections; identify all shop and field connections so that the inspector can refer to the person making connection. H. Shop Welds: The Testing Agency shall perform tests in the fabricator's shop as follows: 1. All welds: 100% visual. 2. All partial or full penetration groove welded connections and splices: 100% ultrasonic. 3. All other welds: 10% magnetic particle. 4. Embedded Plates and Assemblies: Embedded plates and assemblies shall have all welded reinforcing tested by magnetic particle and all stud connectors tested in accordance with the following article "Stud Connectors" in the following quantities: a. Assemblies supporting structural elements: 100% b. Assemblies supporting all other elements: 50% 5. Delamination and non-metallic inclusion tests of base metal: a. Plates and portions of rolled shapes three inches or greater in thickness shall be 100% ultrasonically tested in a zone extending six inches in all directions from any full penetration groove weld which transmits stress through the thickness of the material, or any weld which, because of restraint and/or weld shrinkage will, in the opinion of the Inspector, cause significant through -thickness (Z-direction) stress in the material. Such tests shall be made after completion of welding. b. Acceptance criteria for such tests shall be in accordance with ASTM A435. I. Stud Connectors: 1. The Testing Agency shall inspect stud connectors as follows: a. All studs shall be acoustically inspected. Studs which do not ring when struck with a hammer shall be bent 15 degrees. If no fracture occurs, stud is considered acceptable and left bent. Replace studs failing this test. b. In addition to the above, not less than one of each 100 studs shall be tested by bending 15 degrees. If no fracture occurs, stud is considered acceptable and left bent. Replace studs failing this test. C. If at any time the number of rejectable studs on any level of structural steel framing exceeds 3%, additional testing in accordance with b. above shall be performed on one of each 25 studs at this level and this increased frequency of testing shall be continued on all succeeding levels until the number of rejectable studs at a level is 05120 - 8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3% or less. All cost of additional inspection and testing required by this paragraph shall be borne by the Contractor. J. Field Welds: The Testing Agency shall test field welds as follows: 1. All welds, including wall and shoring connections: 100% visual. 2. All partial or full penetration groove welds: 100% ultrasonic. 3. All other welds, including curtain wall and shoring connections: 10% magnetic particle. 4. Radiographic testing may be substituted for ultrasonic. K. Additional Testing: 1. If more than 10 percent of the tested welds are rejected, then an additional 10 percent of all such welds shall be tested using the same method. This 10 percent additional testing process shall be repeated until the rejection rate drops below one in 10. 2. In addition, if defective welds are discovered, the remaining uninspected welds shall receive such ultrasonic or magnetic particle inspection as may be required by the Architect. 3. All costs of additional inspection and testing required by this paragraph shall be home by the Contractor. L. Authority for Rejection: The welding inspector shall have the authority to reject weldments. Such rejection may be based on visual inspection where in the inspector's opinion the weldment would not pass a more detailed investigation. M. Reports: Reports by the Testing Agency's inspector shall contain, as a minimum, an adequate description of each weld tested, the identifying mark of the welder responsible for the weld, a critique of any defects noted by visual inspection or testing, and a statement regarding the acceptability of the weld tested, asjudged by current A. W.S. standards. Reports shall be distributed as early as possible, but not later than one (1) work week after the tests have been performed. The Architect shall be notified by telephone if, in the judgement of the inspector, test results require immediate comment. N. Bolted Connections: Visually inspect all bolted connections to ascertain that all bolts, nuts and required washers have been installed and are of proper type and that all Paying surfaces have been brought into snug contact. O. Slip -Critical and/or Axial Tension Bolted Connections: 1. Tension Control (Self -Indicating) Bolts: a. Inspect tightness of 10% (minimum of two 2) of the bolts selected at random in each high strength bolted connection on each level of structural steel framing on the project in accordance with above. b. Perform a visual inspection of all remaining high strength bolted connections to assure that all torque -off splines have been sheared. C. When splines are not sheared, the Testing Agency shall determine that proper bolt tension has been achieved by the application of a properly calibrated testing torque or the Contractor may, at his option, remove and replace all installed bolts with unsheared splines. All costs of additional inspection and testing required by this paragraph shall be home by the Contractor. d. The manufacturer of self indicating bolts shall provide onsite instruction on joint tensioning to the Testing Agency and to the erector prior to joint bolting. e. Inspection frequency of self indicating bolts may be reduced at the discretion of the Engineer after sufficient demonstration of their effectiveness. P. Bolt Quality: Test random samples of each type bolt with nuts and washers to verify compliance with respective ASTM requirements. Test two bolt assemblies (bolt, nut, washer) from each barrel, keg, box, or other container delivered to site. Q. Tension Calibrator: As required by the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts: "A tension measuring device shall be required at all j ob sites where bolts in slip -critical joints or connections subject to direct tension are being installed and tightened. The tension measuring device shall be used to confirm: (1) the suitability to satisfy the requirements of Table 4 of the complete fastener assemble, including lubrication if required to be used in the work, (2) calibration of wrenches, if applicable, and (3) the understanding and proper use by the bolting crew of the method to be used. The frequency of confirmation testing, the number of tests to be performed and the test procedure shall be as specified in 8 (d), as applicable. The accuracy of the tension measuring device shall be 05120 - 9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05120 -LEED STRUCTURAL STEEL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. confirmed through calibration by an approved testing agency at least annually". R. Drilled -In Anchors: 1. Equipment: Prior to installation of drilled -in anchors, verify that the Contractor has the proper equipment for drilling holes of proper diameter and length in the applicable substrate. 2. Visual Inspection: Visually inspect all anchors after installation to ensure installation perpendicular to the substrate and to proper depth. 3. Adhesive Anchors: Observe on -site installation on the fast fifty anchors. Verify that drilled holes are of proper diameter and depth, that holes are properly cleaned prior to installation of anchors, and that holes are completely filled with properly mixed adhesive after installation. Following inspection of the first fifty anchors, observe the remaining adhesive anchors at a rate similar to inspection of non -adhesive anchors. 4. Non -Adhesive Anchors: Inspect not less than 20 randomly selected anchors of each type at each structural level for tightness using a method recommended by the Testing Agency and approved by the Architect and Engineer. If at any time the number of rejectable anchors exceeds 5% of that type anchor tested at that level, test all anchors at that level using the same test method. Continue testing at the 100% rate on each succeeding level until 5% or less of the anchors tested at any level are found to be rejectable. All costs of additional inspection and testing required by this paragraph shall be borne by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 05120 05120 - 10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05210 - LEED OPEN WEB JOISTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. MaZI � 11. 1.01 SCOPE: -This section covers furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services in connection with the furnishing, manufacture, and erection of all open web joists, complete, including: A. Steeljoist 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 B. Bolts C. Welding electrodes D. Bridging E. Wall Anchors F. Shop Painting G. Shop Drawings SUBMITTALS: A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractors shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local/regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification section. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Structural Steel - Refer to Section 05100. B. Metal Roof Deck - Refer to Section 05312. C. Miscellaneous Metals - Refer to Section 05500. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Open web joists shall be manufactured by an approved manufacturer who is a member of the Steel Joist Institute. B. Except as they are specifically contrary to stipulated requirements of the Drawings and these Specifications, the current edition of the Standard Specifications and Load Tables of the Steel Joist Institute are hereby made a part of this Specification insofar as they may be termed applicable. In case of conflict between SJI Specifications and these Specifications, these Specifications shall govern. SHOP DRAWINGS: Before commencing any open web joist work, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Architect, detailed shop and installation drawings of all open web joists, in accordance with 05210 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05210 - LEED OPEN WEB JOISTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01300. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Steel: Steel, bridging, wall anchors, etc. shall be domestic steel conforming to the current edition of ASTM A-36. B. Bolts: Bridging bolts shall conform to ASTM A-307. C. Welding Electrodes: Welding Electrodes shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of ASTM A233 for Series #E70 of AWS5.5 electrodes or submerged Are Grade AWS-2. D. Steel Joists: As required by the SJI Institute with sizes and types as shown on the Drawings. E. Paint: Shall be red or grey oxide. 2.02 JOIST TYPE AND FABRICATION: Open Web Joists H-Series: Fabricate and erect in accordance with the current Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, H-Series as adopted by the Steel Joist Institute and with modifications as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. A. Contractor shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and correct fitting of joists. B. Joints: Join members by welding in manner that will product finished connection of strength required. Principal tension members of joist shall extend full length of joist without splicing or jointing. C. Holes shall not be made or enlarged by burning, nor will burning of unfair holes in shop or field be permitted. D. Accessories: Provide all necessary sag rods, bridging, extended bottom chords and top chords, and side wall anchors. E. Shop Paint: After fabrication, clean joists, bridging, anchors, etc. of rust, all mill scale, dirt or other foreign material by approved methods. Remove grease or oil with Benzine or similar volatile cleaner. After cleaning joists, bridging, etc., give one dip of airless pressure spray coat of specified paint. EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION: A. Bridging shall conform to SJI Specifications and/or information contained on the Drawings. B. Minimum bearings and anchorage shall conform to SJI Specifications and/or the Drawings as related to particular type of support. C. Set joists to lines, levels, and spacing as indicated. Execute general handling and erection in accordance with SJI Specifications. D. Joists shall be permanently fastened to supports and all bridging and anchorage completely installed before any construction loads, other than workmen, are placed on joists. E. Execute welding in accordance with "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" of American Welding Society as amended to date, and only by welding operators who have been previously qualified to perform type of work required. F. After erection, field connections and all abraded places of shop paint shall be touched up with same kind of paint as shop coat. G. Damaged joist may not be re -used, except with Architect's permission and approval of repairs. END OF SECTION 05210 05210-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05300 - STEEL DECK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE: A. Extent of Steel Deck is shown on the Drawings. B. Field Quality Control is in Section 01400. C. Other Division 5 Sections include: 1. Structural Steel 2. Cold Formed Metal Framing 3. Metal Fabrications 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Welder Qualifications: Welding shall be done only by welding operators currently qualified according to AWS D1.3. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Regularly engaged in production of steel decking. C. Erector Qualifications: Minimum of five (5) years experience in erection of steel decking for projects of similar size and difficulty. Subject to approval of Architect, Engineer and Owner. D. Testing Agency: Testing and inspection will be made by an approved testing laboratory selected and paid by the Owner. Contractor shall finnish testing agency access to work, facilities and incidental labor required for testing and inspection. Retention by the Owner of an independent testing agency shall in no way relieve the contractor of responsibility for performing all work in accordance with the contract requirements. E. The Testing Agency will visually inspect all steel deck to observe that material is in acceptable condition and has been properly installed. F. The Testing Agency shall visually inspect all deck welds prior to being covered by other work. G. Design Criteria: See Drawings for loading requirements, minimum section properties and span. Design shall comply with the following: 1. Non -Composite Roof Deck: a. Maximum Flexural Working Stress: 20,000 psi. b. Maximum Roof Deflection: 1/240 span length, center to center of supports under live load. 2. Composite Deck: a. Maximum Flexural Working Stress in Metal Deck Under Dead Load Plus Construction Load: 0.6 times minimum yield stress, 36 ksi maximum. b. Live Load Stress: Yield stress less dead load flexural stress divided by 2. C. Concrete: 0.45 times specified 28-day strength for allowable strength design. d. Construction Loads: 20 psf uniformly distributed or 150 lb. concentrated at any point on a F-0 wide section of deck. e. Maximum Floor Deflection: 1/180 span length but not to exceed 3/4 inch, center - to -center of supports under weight of wet concrete plus construction loads. 1/360 span length, center -to -center of supports under superimposed dead load plus live load. 3. Non -Composite Deck with Concrete Topping: a. Maximum Flexural Working Stress in Metal Deck Under Dead Load Plus Construction Load: 0.6 times minimum yield stress, 36 ksi maximum. b. Construction Loads: 20 psf uniformly distributed or 150 lb concentrated at any point on a P-0 wide section of deck. C. Maximum Deflection: 1/180 span length but not to exceed 3/4 inch center to center of supports under weight of wet concrete plus construction loads. 1/360 span length, center to center of supports under dead load plus superimposed live loads. Reference Standards: 05300 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05300 - STEEL DECK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 1. Design and Manufacturer: Meet requirements of Steel Deck Institute Basic Design Specifications and AISC Specifications for the Design of Light Gage Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members, latest edition. 2. Welding - Meet requirements of AWS Structural Welding Code, D.1.3, latest edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product as specified under Section 01300. Include manufacturer's certification as may be required to show compliance with these specifications. Furnish a copy of each instruction to the installer. B. Calculations: For composite decks, submit calculations for each span condition showing required deck gauge and configuration to support the required loadings. Submit calculations showing the required number and spacing of shear stud connectors for composite steel beams based on the deck configuration furnished if not in accordance with those shown on the Drawings. If shored construction is used for slab placement, submit calculations showing additional slab reinforcement necessary to resist negative slab moments and shoring capacity required. C. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings as specified under Section 01300. Indicate decking plan, deck profile, dimensions, gage, anchorage, supports, projections, openings and reinforcement, finishes, applicable details and accessories, location and capacity of required deck shoring, type, locations and size of welds. D. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractors shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local/regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification section. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. General Contractor shall inspect all steel deck upon delivery to the site. Any damaged deck shall be rejected immediately and replaced. Store metal deck at the site above ground on platforms, skids or other supports with one end elevated for drainage. Cover deck until needed with a waterproof covering ventilated to prevent condensation. Store acoustical batts in a dry area ready for installation by others. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: 05300 - z TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05300 - STEEL DECK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. A. Sheet Steel: Conform to ASTM A653 Structural Quality with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. B. Finish: All sheet steel shall have a light galvanized finish conforming to G60 requirements. C. Deck Units: Provide manufacturer's Standard Roll Form Deck Units of size and type shown on the drawings. D. Galvanized Touch-up Paint: Metallic zinc paint complying -with ASTM A780. E. VULCRAFT cellular deck at vault. —Perforated w/ Insulation, underside to be painted white to match structure, final color to be approved by architect. Material to be 1.5VLP — 5.71 2/ Cell —rigid insulation to be provided in cells and on top of deck as shown. 3" deck 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Form deck units in length to span four or more supports with flush, telescoped or nested two inch end laps and nested side laps. For composite deck, provide deformations required to structurally bond the fill material. 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. Metal Closure Strips: Fabricate of galvanized sheet steel of same quality as deck units. Minimum thickness for roofs, 20 gauge, unless noted otherwise on drawings. Minimum thickness for floors, 18 gauge, unless noted otherwise on drawings. Bend to provide tight fitting closures at open ends and sides of decking. B. Cover Plates: Fabricate of sheet steel of same quality as deck units, 18 gauge minimum thickness. Configuration to match contour of floor deck units. C. Welding Electrodes: AWS A5.1 or A5.5 to match the sheet steel used. D. Hanger Tabs and Clips: Not allowed. EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Prior to start of installation, check all supporting members for correct layout and alignment and report all deviations from the Drawings to the Architect and General Contractor. 3.02 ERECTION: A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and Shop Drawings. B. Placing Deck Units: Position deck units on supporting members and adjust to final position with ends bearing on support and accurately aligned end to end before being permanently fastened. Provide roof deck end laps of not less than two inches. Floor deck shall bear minimum of three inches on supports. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. Place deck units flat and square, and secure to adjacent framing without warp or deflection. C. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and fit deck units and accessories around openings and projections through decking. Make cuts neat, square, and trim. Cut openings true to dimensions using metal saws, drills, or shears. Do not torch cut. D. Reinforcement at Openings: 1. Provide reinforcing for all openings through metal deck as shown on the Drawings. 2. Miscellaneous openings not shown on the Drawings, such as those required for vents, risers, conduits, etc., shall be cut and reinforced, if necessary, by the trade requiring the opening. E. Closure Strips: Install at all open, uncovered ends and edges of roof decking, and in voids between decking and other construction. Install flexible closure strips in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 ROOF DECK INSTALLATION: A. Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter, but not less than 1-1/2 inches long. 05300 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05300 - STEEL DECK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, fasten deck units as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch nominal. 2. Minimum Weld Spacing: Weld panels at each support. Space welds 6 inches on center at end laps and at 12 inches on center at intermediate supports and at perimeter with a minimum of three welds per unit at each support. B. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, fasten roof deck panels to concrete supporting members with 0.145" diameter powder actuated fastners at 12" o.c. maximum. C. Side Lap Fastening: Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, fasten side laps of panels between supports at intervals not exceeding 36 inches using self -drilling No. 12- diameter or larger galvanized steel screws. D. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1- 2 inches, with end joints lapped 2 inches minimum. E. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof decking, and weld flanges to top of deck. Space welds not more than 12 inches apart with at least one weld at each corner. F. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's recommendations. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. 3.04 FLOOR DECK INSTALLATION: A. Fasten composite and non -composite type floor deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Weld Spacing: Weld panels at each support. Space welds at 12 inches apart. 3. Where welded studs are field applied through deck, such studs may be substituted for deck fusion welds on a one for one basis. 4. Use 14 gage weld washers on all deck units with metal thickness less than 0.028 inches. B. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, fasten composite and non -composite type floor deck panels to concrete supporting members with 0.145" diameter powder actuated fasteners at 12" o.c. maximum. C. Side Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding 36 inches, using one of the following methods: 1: Mechanically fasten with self -drilling No. 12- diameter or larger galvanized steel screws. 2. Mechanically clinch or button punch. 3. Fasten with 1-1/2 inch long minitnum welds. D. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches with end joints butted for composite deck, lapped or butted at Contractors' option, for non -composite deck. E. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. F. Floor Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck according to SDI recommendations to provide tight -fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of decking. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of floor deck panels, unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK: A. Do not use deck units for storage or as a working platform until permanently secured in position. B. The General Contractor shall assure that completed deck is not damaged by use as a runway, for storage of materials or subsequent work. Contractor shall assure that construction loads are not allowed which exceed the safe carrying capacity of the deck nor deform the shape of the deck. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will perform field quality -control testing. B. Inspection: 05300 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05300 - STEEL DECK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Visually inspect all metal deck to verify that all materials are in acceptable condition and have been properly installed. 2. Visually inspect all deck welds prior to being covered by other work. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work -with specified requirements. 3.07 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION: A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 05300 05300-5 No Text No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNWERSM DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400- COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior non -load -bearing wall framing. 2. Roof rafter framing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Gypsum Board Assemblies" for interior non -load -bearing, metal -stud framing and ceiling -suspension assemblies. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide cold -formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: As indicated. 2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a. Roof Rafter Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the horizontally pro- jected span. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of fi-aming members without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tol- erances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as fol- lows: a. Upward and downward movement of 1-inch. B. Cold -Formed Steel Framing, General: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions." 1. Headers: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Header Design." 2. Design exterior non -load -bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cold -formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening fi-aming, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. 1. For cold -formed metal framing indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and other struc- tural data by a qualified professional engineer. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of 05400 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. cold -formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated. D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code —Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." E. Fire Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide cold -formed metal framing identi- cal to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Fram- ing - General Provisions." 1. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design." 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during deliv- ery, storage, and handling. B. Store cold -formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid con- densation. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold -formed metal framing by one of the following: 1. Allied Studco. 1. California Expanded Metal Products Company. 2. Clark Steel Framing. 3. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 4. Dale/Incor. 5. Design Shapes in Steel. 6. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. 7. Innovative Steel Systems. 8. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries. 9. United Metal Products, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: I. Grade ST50H. 2. Coating: G60. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G90. 2.03 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD -BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: I. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch 05400 - 2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. b. MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries. C. The Steel Network, Inc. D. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal and lateral loads and transfer them to the primary structure. E. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure. 2.04 ROOF -RAFTER FRAMING A. Steel Rafters: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, un- punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. B. Built -up Members: Built-up members of manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel section, with stiffened flanges, nested into a U-shaped steel section joist track, with unstiffened flanges; un- punched; of web depths indicated. 2.05 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indi- cated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts. 9. Joist hangers and end closures. 10. Holle reinforcing plates. 11. Backer plates. 2.06 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon -steel headless and carbon -steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coating per ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -tapping steel drill screws. 05400 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Head Type: Low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage -compensating agents, and plasticizing and water -reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. C. Shims: Load bearing, high -density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching. D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manu- facturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold -formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out -of - square tolerance of 1/8 inch. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire -resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary fram- ing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. B. After applying sprayed fire -resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold -formed framing without reducing thickness of fire -resistive mate- rials below that are required to obtain fire -resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire - resistive materials from damage. C. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations to ensure a uniform bearing surface on sup- porting concrete or masonry construction. 05400 - 4 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. D. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold -formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field as- sembled. B. Install cold -formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field -fabricated, cold -formed flaming and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D. Install cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold -formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Install insulation, specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation," in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.03 EXTERIOR NON -LOAD BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non -load -bearing steel fiaming from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection 05400 - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 18 inches of single deflection track. Install a combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud or stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. a. Install solid blocking at centers indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Bridging: Cold -rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable wall - framing system. 3.03 JOIST INSTALLATION A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at comers, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. 1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches. 2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, or steel -stud sections as indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Space joists not more than 2 inches from abutting walls, and as follows: 1. Joist Spacing: 16 inches. D. Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another combination of connected joists if indicated. E. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated on Shop Drawings. F. Install bridging at intervals indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows: 1. Bridging: Joist -track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated, secured to joist webs. 2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and joist -track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated. Fasten flat straps to bottom flange of joists and secure solid blocking to joist webs. G. Secure joists to load -bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. H. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist -framing assembly. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.05 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION 05400 - 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold -formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05400 05400-7 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05500 - LEED MISCELLANEOUS METALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the fabrication, delivery and installation of all items of miscellaneous metal complete, including: A. Steel frames for roof openings. B. Miscellaneous steel for lintels C. Miscellaneous steel framing as indicated on the Drawings for the support of the work of other trades. D. Anchorage portions for items of work included in this section. E. Shop painting and field touch-up painting. F. Specialty Signage G. Specialty metal trusses. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Structural Steel - Refer to Section 05100. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS: Required for all miscellaneous metal items, the Contractor shall submit detailed shop and installation drawings for review by the Architect, in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01000. IK1=�0111e vl �Ii;&`I; A. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Data from the product manufacturer to complete LEED letter template on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 3. The detailed description of materials submitted, the location material fabrication or assembly, the quantity of the material and material costs and specific information as required by each goal. 3. LEED Building submittal information shall be assembled into one package per Specification section. 4. The A/E reserves the right to reject products and assemblies on the basis of incomplete or inaccurate LEED Building submittals. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Unfinished Bolts and Nuts: Shall conform to ASTM A307, regular hexagon -bolt types. B. Steel: Shall conform to ASTM A36 C. Washers: Shall conform to American Standard B27.2, type B 05500-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSITCENTER SECTION 01060 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1 GENERAL 1.01 STANDARDS The 2003 edition of the International Building Code (IBC) (as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings and Real Estate Programs as follows: Chapters 2-35 and Appendices C and I) The 2003 edition of the International Mechanical Code (MIC) (as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings and Real Estate Programs as follows: Chapters 2715) The 2002 edition of the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) (as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings and Real Estate Programs) The 2002 edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) (National Fire Protection Association Standard 70) (as adopted by the Colorado State Electrical Board) The 2000 edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) (as adopted by the Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers) The 2000 edition of the Uniform Solar Energy Code (as adopted by the Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers as follows: Chapters 2-14, Appendices A-D, H and L) The National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) (as adopted by the Department of Public Safety/Division of Fire Safety as follows with editions shown in parentheses: NFPA —1 (2000), 11 (1998), 11A (1999), 12 (2000), 12A (19997), 13 (1999), 13D (1999), 13R (1999), 14 (2000), 15 (1996), 16 (1999), 17 (1998), 17A (1998), 20.(1999), 22 (1998), 24 (1995), 25 (2002), 72 (1999), 231D (1998), 409 (1995), 423 (1999), 705 (1997) and 2001 (2000)) The 2001 edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section as follows: sections I, IV, VIII— Divisions I and 2, X and B31.1) The 2001 edition of the National Boiler Inspection Code (NBIC) (as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section) The 2002 edition of the Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers CSD-1 (as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section) The 2002 edition of the Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code, NFPA 85 (as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section) The current edition of the Rules and Regulations Governing the Sanitation of Food Service Establishments. (as adopted by the Department of Public Health and Environment/Colorado State Board of Health) The 1998 edition of ICC/ANSI At 17.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities (as adopted by the Colorado General Assembly as follows: CRS 9-5-101, as amended, for the accessible housing) The contractor is responsible for notifying the Architect of any knowledge of possible conflicts of discrepancies between requirements of these Construction Documents and indicated Codes and Standards. 1.02 BUILDING PERMITS AND FEES: The Project is located on the Campus of Colorado State University, and therefore follows the State inspection requirements. There will be no building permits or fess required, and the only State of Colorado inspections that are required will be for electrical, plumbing/piping and telecommunications/data. There is a County and/or State permit and fee that is responsible to acquire for Storm Water Management during the construction period. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating their work with the Poudre Fire Authority on the fire alarm and fire suppressions piping. The Contractor shall pay all other permit charges and fees associated with the work. The contractor shall arrange for required inspections and pay all inspection fees associated with the work. There will be an elevator inspection required for this project and will be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Any questions regarding acquisition of permits as it relates to Colorado State University should be directed to 01060-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05500 - LEED MISCELLANEOUS METALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. D. Anchors: Provide all sleeves, inserts and bolts required in conjunction with items of work included under this section and under other trades where necessary for securing work in place. Sizes, kinds and spacing of bolts and/or anchors not indicated or specified shall be as directed. E. Welding Electrodes: As recommended by the American Welding Society. F. Paint: For shop coat and field touch up of ferrous metals shall conform to the requirements of FS-TT-P-636C. G. Anchor Bolts and Anchors: Properly located and built into connecting work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset methods to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately. H. Iron Castings: Soft gray iron conforming to ASTM A48. I. Steel Framing for Support Miscellaneous Items: Furnish and install all steel shapes where shown and/or required for the support of other items of work. Framings shall be as detailed on Drawings. Prior to fabrication, verify dimensions with fabricator of items to be supported. J. Clip Angles: Provide clip angles as detailed. Weld in place or punch steel members and bolt to masonry and concrete as required or shown. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Verify all measurements and make all field measurements necessary before fabrication. B. Provide all materials and parts necessary to complete each item, even though such work is not definitely shown or specified. C. Miscellaneous bolts and anchors, supports, braces, and connections necessary for completion of the miscellaneous metal work shall be provided. The necessary rebates, lugs and brackets shall be provided so that the work can be assembled in a neat and substantial manner. Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall give ample strength and stiffness. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, the surfaces shall be protected with a coat of bituminous paint to prevent galvanic or corrosive action. D. Items to be galvanized shall be hot -dip processed after fabrication. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A123, A163, or A386, as applicable. E. Materials shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Assembled pieces shall be taken apart, if necessary, for the removal of burrs and shavings produced by the reaming operation. Parts not completely assembled in the shop shall be shipped secured by bolts, insofar as is practicable. 2.03 SHOP PAINTING: A. Finish painting of miscellaneous metal is included in Section 09900. Shop prime coat shall be as specified herein. B. Shop preparation: Chemicals, oils, weld spatter or other contaminates shall be removed by washing with appropriate solvents of water. C. Shop painting: All items included in this section (both exposed and un-exposed surfaces) shall receive one coat of shop paint - 2.0 mils thick (dry film), plus or minus 0.2 mils. Paint shall be applied by spray (no rollers, brushing or sipping will be permitted. Final surfaces of prime coat shall be free of holidays, sags, runs, blisters, scratches, etc. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install items in locations indicated on approved shop drawings. Splices and field connections shall be made with bolts or welding. B. Welding to or on structural steel shall be in accordance with the Code for Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society. C. Exposed fastenings shall be compatible materials, shall generally match in color and finish, and shall harmonize with the material to which fastenings are applied. D. Where dissimilar materials are in contact, the surfaces shall be coated with bituminous paint to prevent galvanic or corrosive action. 05500-2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05500 - LEED MISCELLANEOUS METALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 3.02 FIELD ASSEMBLY: After assembly, the various members shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. 3.03 FIELD PAINTING: After erection, field connections, including welds, bolts, and all abraded places on the shop paint, shall be painted with same material specified for shop coat. END OF SECTION 05500 05500-3 No Text TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 05520 - LEED HANDRAILS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. b. A53/153M, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless. C. A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. d. Al67,Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. e. A193/A193M, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High -Temperature Service. f. AI94/AI94M, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High -Pressure or High -Temperature Service, or Both. g. A501, Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. h. A554, Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing. i. E985, Standard Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. 2. Building Officials and Code Administrators International (BOCA): National Building Code (NBC). 3. International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO): Uniform Building Code (UBC). 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA): 29 CFR 1910, Code of Federal Regulations. 5. Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI): Standard Building Code (SBC). 6. International Code Council (ICC): International Building Code (IBC). 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Handrails: Synonymous with terms; i.e., guardrail system, railing system, ramp -rail system, and stair -rail system. Handrails are comprised of a framework of vertical, horizontal, or inclined members, grillwork or panels, accessories, or combination thereof. 1. steel 2. aluminum 3. stainless steel B. Toeboards: Vertical barrier at floor level usually erected on handrails along exposed edges of floor or wall openings, platforms, ramps, or stairs to prevent miscellaneous items from falling through. C. ICC Reports: Published by ICC for concrete anchor manufacturers, or similar report. D. Special Inspection: As governed by the ICC IBC. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Shop Drawings: a. Indicate handrail profiles, sizes, connections, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Project -specific scale plans and elevations of handrails. b. Manufacturer's literature and catalog data of handrail and components. C. Design Data: Calculations or test data using design performance loads and include the following: 1. Bending stress in, and deflection of, posts in accordance with ASTM E985. 2. Stress in post base connection. 05520-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSITCENTER SECTION 05520 - LEED HANDRAILS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. 3. Calculation of anchorage forces and comparison of these forces to International Building Code recommendations regarding safe allowable design loads of anchorages. 4. For concrete anchor spacings less than 12 anchor diameters and edge distances less than size anchor diameters, make reduction in allowable pullout and shear values. Use published ICC Report values for anchors without Special Inspection; or provide independent laboratory inspection service for ICC Report values with Special Inspection. 2. Samples: a. Railing sections, 6 inches long showing different connections and proposed finish. b. Each fitting including wall brackets, castings, toeboard fittings, and rail expansion joints. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's assembly and installation instructions. 2. Special Inspection: a. Manufacturer's instructions for Special Inspection of concrete anchors. b. Special Inspection report in accordance with Article Tests and Inspections. 3. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation in accordance with Section 01640, MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES. 4. Manufacturer's written recommendations describing procedures for maintaining handrails including cleaning materials, application methods, and precautions to be taken in the use of cleaning materials. 5. Test Reports: Test data may supplement load calculations providing data covers the complete handrail system, including anchorage: a. Test data for handrail and components showing load and deflection due to load, in enough detail to prove handrail is strong enough and satisfies national, state, local standards, regulations, code requirements, and OSHA 29 CFR 1910, ;using design loads specified. Include test data for the following: 1. Railing and post connections. 2. Post and base connections. 3. Railing expansion joint connections. 4. Railing gate assembly, including latch and gate stop. Both gate latch and stop to support required loads applied, independent of each other. b. Deflection Criteria: In accordance with ASTM E985 and design loads specified. C. Concrete Anchors: Calculations and test data for review prior to use, on anchors other than those specified. C. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The CONTRACTOR and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Material costs 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. A letter of certification from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. b. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. C. Low VOC paints, LEED EQ4.2. 05520-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01060 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Colorado State University, Facilities Management for clarification and/or the City of Ft. Collins. 1.03 STATE ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall obtain and pay for permits and inspection charges required by the State of Colorado Electrical Board (if required). 1.04 STATE PLUMBING AND BOILER PERMIT Permits and agency inspection of plumbing and boiler installations are required by the State of Colorado Plumbing Board and the Boiler Inspection Section. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for such permits and inspections (if required). 2 NOT USED 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MEANS AND METHODS The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all regulatory agency inspections including but not limited to: 1. Foundation inspection 2. General structural inspection 3. Mechanical inspections 4. Electrical inspections 5. Certificate of Occupancy inspection (or Certificate of Compliance) 6. Notification when deficiencies have been corrected The contractor has exclusive responsibility for construction means and techniques including compliance with all regulations governing safety and health of employees and the public in the vicinity of the construction. The Contractor shall assess proposed conditions and make all necessary preparations and precautions such as shoring, bracing, scaffolding, and other temporary construction necessary to accomplish the work in full compliance with the requirements of this section. It shall be the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor to arrange and procure any other permits, licenses, inspection, and all other documentation of compliance required by governing Federal, State, County, Municipal and special laws and regulations. END OF SECTION 01060 01060-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P C The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fuily as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 - DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: A. Definitions and Explanations: "Alternates" are defined as alternate products, materials, equipment, systems, methods, units of work for major elements of construction, which may, at Owner's option, be selected for work in lieu of corresponding requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Selection may occur prior to contract date or may be deferred for possible selection at subsequent date. 2. Alternates may or may not change scope and general character of work substantially. 3. Requirements of this section may be related to, but must not be confused with, requirements of Contract Documents related to "change orders", substitutions", and similar terms. B. Accepted Alternates: Refer to Owner -Contractor Agreement and subsequent modifications thereof (if any) for determination of which alternates listed have been accepted, and are, therefore, in full force and effect as though originally included in Contract Documents for base bid. C. Notification: Immediately following award of contract, prepare and distribute to each entity or person to be involved in performance of work, notification of status of each alternate scheduled and including those subsequently added by notification during bidding. Indicate which alternates have been: 1) accepted, 2) rejected, and 3) deferred for consideration at later date as indicated. Include full description of negotiated modifications to alternates, if any. D. Alternate pricing will be applicable thru completion of contract. 1.02 GENERAL ALTERNATE REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Description for each alternate is recognized to be incomplete and abbreviated but implies that each change must be complete for scope of work affected. Refer to applicable sections (Divisions 2 though 16) and to applicable drawings for specific requirements of each alternate. Modify surrounding work as required to integrate with work of each alternate. 1.03 DESCRIPTIONS: A. Unit prices: 1. Trash/Ash Receptacle: a. ADD or DEDUCT, one trash/ash receptacle per specifications, installed complete. $ 2. Flagstone veneer per specifications: a. ADD or DEDUCT, one square foot of 4" flagstone veneer per specifications, installed complete. $ 3. Thin veneer flagstone veneer (approved match): a. ADD or DEDUCT, one square foot of thinveneer flagstone veneer (approved match), installed complete. $ 4. Electrical outlets: a. ADD or DEDUCT, on electrical outlet per spec. complete. 5. Data outlets: a. ADD or DEDUCT, one data outlet per spec. complete. 6. Millwork a. ADD or DEDUCT one LF of upper and lower cabinet p. lam millwork spec, complete. $ 7. ADD or DEDUCT per sf of interior wall demolition $ 8. ADD or DEDUCT per sf of new gyp. bd. studs interior wall $ 9. ADD or DEDUCT per sf of interior painting $ 01230-1 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.0 10. ADD or DEDUCT each typical 6" X 6" room sign $ 11. ADD or DEDUCT per sf carpet, Types 1, 2, 3, and 4. $ 12. ADD or DEDUCT per sf ceramic tile 2" X 2" installed price $ 13. ADD or DEDUCT each 2ft X 2ft terrazzo tile $ 14. ADD or DEDUCT per square yard concrete paving $ 15. ADD or DEDUCT per square yard colored concrete paving $ 16. ADD or DEDUCT per sf stucco reveals $ 17. ADD or DEDUCT TYPE A-1 Pendant fixture $ 18. ADD or DEDUCT TYPE N-2 Downlight $ 19. ADD or DEDUCT per sf sealed stained concrete $ 20. ADD or DEDUCT one 3070 SCWD Door and HM frame complete with hardware $ 21. ADD or DEDUCT one LF of stonefaced knee wall $ 22. ADD or DEDUCT one LF of rubber base $ 23. ADD or DEDUCT one LF of tile base $ 24. ADD or DEDUCT one LF of granite base $ B. Alternates: 1. Exterior stair canopy: a. ADD to base bid 2. Skylights at entry vestibule: Use Stone in lieu of Stucco, and plaza level new addition pending acceptable match: a. ADD to base bid 3. Provide roll down grilles @ plaza & lower level: Extend Elevator to upper floors and provide all upper level renovation as noted. a. ADD 4. Use Stone in lieu of Stucco, and plaza level new addition pending acceptable match: a. ADD 5. Interior electrical fixture upgrade: a. ADD 6. Extend Elevator to upper floors and provide all upper level renovation as noted: a. ADD 7. Electric door openers at handicapped restroom, Lower Level as noted: ADD 8. Fire Main upgrade pending flow test report, as noted: ADD C. Art Unit Pricing: ARTIST: DAVID GRIGGS - (303) 446-3030, 715 Galapago St. Denver, CO 80204 Etched glass railing panels — Detail 912 — Sheet A-7.1— delivery of glass from railing mfg to Great Panes Glass Works Inc. - 4410 Washington Ave. - Denver, CO 80216 - 303- 294-0927 — artist contractor will provide the photo emulsion etch & deliver to site upon completion for installation by General Contractor. $ IN BASE BID (photo emulsion price by other) 2. Layered wall board — Detail # 13 — Sheet AT I — Bas Relief - Layered 1/d' MDF. Pre - assembled machine cut panels, typically 2'4" x 4', to be delivered to site as panels by artist with placement instructions for installation. Contractor to install per instructions — artist will supervise for installation. Contractor to paint after installation. 01230-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P. 3. Exterior rail panels — Detail #3 — Sheet A3.2— cut steel and copper sheet — pre -assembled and painted panels, typically 2'6" x 4'5", to be delivered to site by artist for installation by Contractor. Artist will provide placement instructions. Panel weight to be confirmed and installation approved by structural engineer and architect. Contact artist for panel weights. Cost to install: S (Cut panels by other) Credit to delete horizontal rails as indicated on elevations 4. Floor Pattern — Detail #2 — Sheet A1.5 — saw -cut design— additional design work on floor as shown on plans to be installed by Contractor. Artist will provide scaled detail drawings and supervise for installation. END OF SECTION 01230 01230-3 No Text No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSITCENTER SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples as required by various sections of the specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. 2. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet, detail, schedule, or room numbers shown on drawings. B. Product Data: 1. Preparation: a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. b. Show performance characteristics and capabilities. C. Show dimensions and clearances required. d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams. a. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information that is not applicable to the work. b. Supplement Standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 3. Samples: a. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: b. functional characteristics of the product with integrally related parts and attachment devices. C. Full range of color, texture and pattern 4. Responsibilities of the Contractor: a. Review shop drawings, product data, samples and project record drawings prior to submission. b. Determine and Verify: 1. Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria 3. Catalog numbers and similar data 4. Conformance with specifications C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. d. Notify the Consultant in writing, at the time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals for requirements of the Contract Documents. e. Begin no fabrication or work that requires submittals until return of submittals with Consultant's acceptance. f. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Consultant's review of submittals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. Submittal Schedule, Appendix A, is included as reference for the Contractor in coordinating the submittal requirements for the work. Contractor shall verify that all submittals required are shown on the schedule. Should submittals be required by another specification section which are not shown on Appendix A, Contractor shall be responsible for submittals as if shown on Schedule A. B. Number of Submittals Required: 01300-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 0136 - SUBMITTALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Shop Drawings: Submit one reproducible transparency and five opaque reproductions. One copy will be retained by the Consultant. 2. Product Data: Submit five copies, one of which will be retained by the Consultant. 3. Samples: Submit the number stated in each specification section. C. Submittals shall contain: 1. Date of the submission and dates of any previous submissions. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contract identifications. 4. Names of: a. Contractor and Subcontractor(s), if applicable. b. Supplier C. Manufacturer 1. Identification of product with the specification section number. 2. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 3. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 4. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers. 5. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 6. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 7. An 8"x3" blank space in lower right-hand corner for review stamps. D. Resubmission Requirements: 1. Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Consultant and resubmit until accepted. 2. Shop drawings and product data: a. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. b. Indicate any changes that have been made, other than those requested by the Consultant. 1. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. E. Distribution: 1. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of product data to affected subcontractors and retain one copy for use at the job -site. 2. Distribute approved samples as directed. F. Consultant's Duties: 1. Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with schedule. 2. Review of separate item does not constitute review of an assembly in which item functions. 3. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal or acceptance of submittal. 4. Return submittals to the Contractor for distribution or for resubmission. G. Schedule of Values: 1. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703; Contractor's standard form or media -driven printout will be considered on request. 2. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. 3. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. H. Schedule of Submittals: The Contractor shall submit the submittals required by the specifications. 1. Summary of the submittals required is attached following this Section for the Contractor's reference. The Contractor shall develop a submittal schedule that confirms the submittals and the time frame for review by the consultants. I. Construction Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a critical -path method (CPM) construction schedule prior to start of construction activities. The CPM schedule shall include notice to proceed, submittal activities, construction activities, change order work (when applicable), close-out, testing, demonstration, and acceptance. The CPM shall correlate specifically to the schedule of values line items and be cost loaded. 01300-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Float, slack time, or contingency within the schedule (i.e., the difference in time between the projects early completion date and the required contract completion date), and total float within the overall schedule, is not for the exclusive use of either the principle representative or the Contractor, but is jointly owned by both and is a resource available to and shared by both parties as needed to meet contract milestones and the contract completion date. 3. The Contractor will be required to submit an as -built progress CPM schedule with each progress billing. This CPM schedule will be the basis for making progress payments. The level of detail and quantity of work activities in the CPM schedule should be negotiated with the principle representative prior to starting construction. J. Coordination Drawings: I. The Contractor shall submit coordination drawings with all mechanical, electrical, fire protection, and building monitoring systems prior to the Consultant review of any shop drawings or submittals for work in those trades. Approval of required shops and submittals must be obtained prior to starting work, and must be obtained prior to approval of pay applications of the work. The drawings shall be created to include all trades on a particular level of the building on one drawing. Identify conflicts between the systems or between the systems and architectural elements such as ceiling heights, ceiling types, or walls. Conduit routing for electrical, mechanical, EMS, and security trades shall be included. Identify potential solutions to the conflicts for the Consultant and Owner to review during the submittal process. Revise the coordination drawings to show any comments made during the submittal review process, and reissue for use by all affected trades, Owner and Consultant. 2. The Coordination drawings shall include sectional coordination documents. Identify elevations of systems A.F.F. (above finish floor) and component dimensions. Show elevations whenever component changes height. 3. Reference Spec section 01400 for additional Coordination drawing requirements. K. Field Clarification Requests (FCR): I. The Contractor will be responsible for submitting on an FCR form provided at the end of this section. The FCR should identify in writing an unclear, inconsistent, or conflicting item in the documents that could not be answered by thorough review by the Contractor or subcontractors. The FCR should include a description of the item and a proposed solution. The FCR should indicate schedule or cost impact, if any. Contractor shall be required to a. submit cost or schedule impact within seven days of receipt of the FCR response. Each FCR shall be numbered in sequence. L. Logs: 1. The Contractor shall provide an updated FCR, change request, and submittal logs at bi- weekly construction meetings. Contractor shall provide a 2-month detailed construction schedule at the weekly construction meeting with Owner and Landlord. MATERIALS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) 01300-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01300 — SUBMITTALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. APPENDIX A SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE Section Shop Product Other Submtls Number Section Title Drawing Samples Data Certific Mock-up (See Section) 02441 Landscape Irrigation Reqd. Reqd. 02612 Asphalt Paving Regd. Reqd. 02619 Site Concrete Reqd. Reqd. 02750 Integrally Colored Concrete Reqd. Reqd. 02870 Site Furnishings Reqd. Reqd. 02900 Landscape Planting Reqd. 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Reqd. Reqd. 03365 Concrete Floor Finish Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. (12ft X 12ft area) 04100 Mortar Reqd. 04465 Granite Reqd. Reqd. 04470 Sandstone Reqd. Reqd. Regd. 05721 Ornamental Railings Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. (approve IOFt. Section in field) 06200 Finish Carpentry/Millwork Reqd. Reqd. 07320 Roofing Tiles Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 07900 Caulking & Sealants Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 08411 Alum Storefront Framing Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 08630 Plastic Skylights Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 08700 Finish Hardware Reqd. 08800 Glass and Glazing Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 08911 Curtain Wall Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 08950 Translucent Panels Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 09220 Metal lath & stucco Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 09260 Gyp. Board systems Reqd. 09310 Ceramic Tile Reqd. Reqd. 09402 Terrazo Reqd. Reqd. 09510 Accous. Ceilings Reqd. Reqd. 09511 Ceiling suspension sys Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 09662 Resilient flooring Reqd. Reqd. 09663 Rubber base Reqd. Reqd. 09680 Carpet Reqd. Reqd. 09720 Wall coverings Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 09900 Painting Reqd. Reqd. 10160 Toilet partitions Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 10400 Identifying Devices Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. (Full sized channel mock- up w/ cut letters in FINAL finish — mock —up "may" be reused if approved by architect, but will be remade if there are any deficiencies noted.) 10500 Lockers Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 10520 Fire extinguisher & Cabinets Reqd. Regd. Reqd. 10801 Toilet & bath accessories Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 10999 Misc. Specialities Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 11410 Food prep Appl. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 12490 Motor/Manual roller shades Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 13046 Shelters & Booths Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. 14240 Elevator Reqd. Reqd. Reqd. Regd. 15000 Mech (all) Reqd. 16000 Electrical (all) Reqd. 01300-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. END OF SECTION 01300 01300-5 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01351- RECYCLING/SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMEMTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section covers the work necessary to collect and separate construction debris for re -use and recycling. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building materials used in construction or recovered from demolitions that have reached the end of their intended use. These materials include, but are not limited to, building material landscape debris, packaging material, hazardous waste, and returnable, recyclable and reusable materials. B. Construction Waste Summary Report: A monthly report that documents the type and quantities of construction waste (including hazardous waste) that have left the site, the date and time the material left, and the destination of that material and the cost or profit associated with the material transfer. Quantities shall be measured by weight or appropriate unit measure. C. Hazardous Waste: Any material or byproduct of construction that is regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency and that may not be disposed of in any landfill or other waste end -source with adherence to applicable laws. D. Recycling CONTRACTOR: The onsite person in charge of the overseeing and maintaining the documentation for the Waste Management Plan. 1.03 SUBMITTALS INCLUDED A. General: Submit in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS. B. Project Information: Site Plan showing CONTRACTOR access points and location of containers used for onsite storage of construction waste. 1.04 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN Waste Management Plan: Prior to the start of work, the Contractor along with the Waste Management shall submit a draft Waste Management Plan to the Architect and Owner. The Plan shall contain the following: Name of personnel responsible for managing the plan. Analysis of job site waste that may be generated, including types and approximate quantities. Offer options to reduce the waste generated, especially for reducing packaging and material waste. Also offer options to reduce waste that must be disposed of in a hazardous waste facility. Develop method to document costs for recycling and salvage/reused items. Landfill Options: The name of the landfill(s) where trash will be disposed of the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all Contract waste in the landfill(s). Landfill Certification: Contractor's statement that landfill(s) proposed are licensed for the types of waste to be deposited. Materials identification: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused and recycled during the course of the Contract. Materials Identification: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused and recycled during the course of the Contract. Materials Identification: The materials to be salvaged, reused or recycled includes a minimum, the following: 01351- 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01351- RECYCLINGISUSTAINARILITY REQUIREMEMTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Cardboard Concrete Asphalt Wood, including palettes and crates from shipping Ferrous material Non-ferrous metals, including copper, brass and aluminum Glass, including glass bottles from beverages Plastics, including beverage containers Brick and Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) Newspaper Office and drawing paper Gypsum board products Land clearing debris If cost-effective, rigid foam insulation , engineered wood products and other materials the Contractor or Sub - Contractor may suggest. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which any materials identified above will be protected from contamination and describe the means to be employed in recycling the materials consistent with the requirements for acceptance by designated facilities (separation requirements, containers, etc.) Transportation: Describe means of transportation of the recyclable materials, such as whether materials will be site -separated and self -hauled by the Owner or collected by the designated facility. The Contractor shall submit three draft copies of the Plan for review by the Architect and Owner representatives. Allow at least two weeks for the review. Contractor shall make requested revisions and complete the approved Waste Management Plan. 1.05 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the approved Waste Management Plan to the Superintendent, each Subcontractor, the Architect and the Owner. One copy shall be posted on the job site at all times. Instruction: The Contractor shall provide on -site instruction of appropriate separation, handling and recycling salvage, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Work. Separation facilities: The Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separation of materials for potential recycling, salvage, reuse and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean, and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. Hazardous Wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of according to local regulations. Application for Progress Payments: The Contractor shall submit with each Application for Progress Payment a Summary of Waste Generated by the Contractor. Failure to submit this information shall rend the Application for Payment incomplete. The Summary shall contain the following information. The amount (in tons or cubic yards) of each material recycled, reused on the job site, salvaged or returned. Include the transportation cost, the amount of money paid or received for the recycled or salvaged material and the net total cost or savings of recycled or salvaged materials. Projection Completion: At the end of the project assemble all records of materials salvaged, reused or recycled and deliver one complete copy to the Architect or LEED Consultant for use in applying for LEED Certification. 01351- 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUDtEMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01351- RECYCLING/SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMEMTS COOVER-CLARK &ASSOCIATES P.C. PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all materials and equipment required to accomplish the work as specified. B. Provide onsite training for all employees and subcontractors' employees regarding the appropriate protocols for effective use of this waste management program. C. Contractor is responsible for putting waste in the correct dumpster. EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Set up container(s) and/or trucks in an orderly manner in a secure area onsite. B. Clearly mark containers to avoid contamination of materials. Provide covers on containers to keep material dry and to control dust. A contaminated load may include the general waste dumpster, if recyclable material has to be pulled out and placed in the correct recycling dumpster. C. Mark containers with appropriate symbols for hazardous, organic, or biological waste and store such material in a secured location. D. CONTRACTOR shall distribute copies of Construction Waste Management Plan to all employees and subcontractors. E. Meetings: CONTRACTOR shall conduct weekly Construction Waste Management meetings. Meetings shall include subcontractors affected by Waste Management Plan. Included in these meetings shall be a pre -construction meeting to be held no less than 10 working days prior to start of construction. F. Recycling CONTRACTOR shall procure receipts or other validation of waste management procedures and include copies of these receipts in the monthly Construction Waste Summary report. G. Overall project target diversion rate of 75% or greater is required to achieve LEED joint for this area. Submit all documentation required for LEED Certification. 3.02 CONTAMINATION PRECAUTIONS A. Avoid contamination of the project area. Do not dump waste oil, rubbish, or other similar materials on the ground. END OF SECTION 01351 01351- 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. TABLE OF CONTENTS Document Document Page Number Title Numbers 00001 Title Sheet 00002 Architect/Consultants/Owner 1 00003 Table of Contents 1 thru 4 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 General 1 thru 5 01010 Summary of Work 1 thru 3 01020 Administration and Supervision I thru 2 01041 Project Coordination 1 thru 3 01060 Regulatory Requirements I thru 2 01230 Alternates 1 thru 3 01300 Submittals, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples I thru 4 01351 Recycling/Sustainability Requirements 1 thru 3 01352 LEED Requirements I thru 8 01400 Quality Control I thru 2 01600 Material 8s Equipment I thru 2 01700 Contract Closeout 1 thru 3 01720 Project Record Document I 01730 Operating and Maintenance I thru 3 01810 General Commissioning Requirements 1 thru 10 DIVISION 02 SITEWORK 02000 Site Work 1 thru 4 02100 Site Preparation I thru 2 02200 Earthwork I thru 6 02270 Temporary Erosion Control 1 thru 2 02441 Landscape Irrigation 1 thru 9 02466 Drilled Piers 1 thru6 02513 Asphaltic Concrete Paving I thru 4 02619 Site Concrete 1 thru 5 02665 Water Distribution System I thru 4 02720 Storm Sewerage System 1 thru 11 02750 Integrally Colored Concrete 1 thru 4 02810 Landscape Irrigation 1 thru 13 02870 LEED Site Furnishings 1 02900 LEED Landscape Planting I thru 9 02950 Landscape Protection I thru 2 DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03067 Vapor Barrier Membranes 1 03100 Concrete Formwork I thru 2 03200 Concrete Reinforcement I thru 2 03300 LEED Cast -in -place Concrete 1 thru 5 03310 Concrete Work 1 thru 16 03365 LEED Concrete Floor Stain 1 thru 5 00003-1 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Ce 04MT" 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain U.S. Green Building Council's (USGBC) LEED prerequisites and credits needed for the Project to obtain LEED Silver or Gold Certification.(SEEATTACHHENTATTHEENDOFTHIS SECTIONFORPROJECT CHECKLIST) B. The General Contactor is responsible for the work that is related to and on the "critical path" for obtaining LEED Certification. The General Contractor shall use the attached checklist as a "guideline" for the acquisition of LEED points in the designated areas. This does not preclude the inclusion of "other" points not listed in the attached checklist. The LEED Consultant (IBE) will be present at site meetings at a minimum of every other month to update the General Contractor on the progress of LEED Certification for this project. The LEED Consultant (IBE) will assist the General Contractor with the preparation and coordination for the documentation required for some credits directly involving the Contractor (i.e. Energy, commissioning, innovations, and all contractor related credits.) 1. Other LEED prerequisites and credits needed to obtain LEED certification are dependent on material selections and may not be specifically identified as LEED requirements. Compliance with requirements needed to obtain LEED prerequisites and credits may be used as one criterion to evaluate substitution requests. 2. Additional LEED prerequisites and credits needed to obtain the indicated LEED certification are dependent on the Architect's design and other aspects of the Project that are not part of the Work of the Contract. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 1 through 16 Sections for LEED requirements specific to the Work of each of those Sections. These requirements may or may not include reference to LEED. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Certificates of Chain -of -Custody: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." Certificates shall include evidence that mill is certified for chain -of -custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. LEED: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design. C. Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured within a radius of 500 miles (800 km) from the Project location. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components into the building product that is installed at the Project site. D. Regionally Extracted, Harvested, or Recovered Materials: Materials that are extracted, harvested, or recovered and manufactured within a radius of 500 miles (800 km) from the Project site. E. Recycled Content: The percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre - consumer), or after consumer use (post -consumer). 1. Spills and scraps from the original manufacturing process that are combined with other constituents after a minimal amount of reprocessing for use in further production of the same product are not recycled materials. 2. Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as constituents in another manufacturing process are pre -consumer recycled materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit additional LEED submittal requirements included in other sections of the Specifications needed to complete LEED letter templates B. LEED submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that 01352 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSITCENTER SECTION 01352- LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate submittal to verify compliance with indicated LEED requirements. C. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for building materials used for Project. Include statement indicating total cost of mechanical and electrical components. D. LEED Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within days of date established for the Notice to Proceed indicating how the following requirements will be met. 1. Credit MR 2.1and 2.2: Waste management plan complying with Division 1 Section 2. Credit MR 4. land 4.2: List of proposed materials with recycled content. a. Indicate cost, post -consumer recycled content, and pre -consumer recycled content for each product having recycled content. 3. Credit MR 5. land 5.2. List of proposed regionally manufactured materials and regionally extracted, harvested, or recovered materials]. a. Identify each regionally manufactured material, its source, and cost. b. Identify each regionally extracted, harvested or recovered material, its source, and cost. 4. Credit MR 7.0: List of proposed certified wood products. a. Indicate each product containing certified wood, its source, and cost. b. Include statement indicating total cost for wood -based materials used for C. Project, including non -rented temporary construction. d. Indicate % of FSC wood in product. 5. Credit EQ 3.1: Construction indoor air quality management plan. E. LEED Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit reports comparing actual construction and purchasing activities with LEED action plans for the following: 1. Credit MR 2.1 and 2.2: Waste reduction progress reports complying with Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management." 2. Credit MR 4.1 and 4.2: Recycled content. 3. Credit MR 5.1 and 5.2: Regionally manufactured materials and regionally extracted, harvested, or recovered materials. F. LEED Documentation Submittals: I. Credit SS 7.2: Product Data for roofing materials [indicating Energy Star compliance]. 2. Credit SS 8.0: Product Data for interior and exterior lighting fixtures that stop direct - beam illumination from leaving the building site. 3. Credit WE 3.1 and 3.2: Product Data for plumbing fixtures indicating water consumption. 4. Prerequisite EA 3.0: Product Data for new RVAC equipment indicating absence of CFC refrigerants. 5. Credit EA 4.0: Product Data for new HVAC equipment indicating absence of HCFC refrigerants. 6. Credit MR 2.1 and 2.2: Comply with Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management." 7. Credit MR 4.1 and 4.2: Product Data and certification letter indicating percentages by weight of post -consumer and pre -consumer recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 8. Credit MR 5.1 and 52. Product Data indicating location of material manufacturer for regionally manufactured and harvested materials. a. Include statement indicating cost and distance from manufacturer to Project for each regionally manufactured material. b. Include statement indicating costs for each rapidly renewable material. 9. Credit MR 7.0: Product Data and certificates of chain -of -custody for products containing certified wood. a. Include statement indicating costs and % for each product containing certified wood. b. Include statement indicating total cost for wood -based materials used for Project, including non -rented temporary construction. 10. Credit EQ 1.0: Product Data and Shop Drawings for carbon dioxide monitoring system. 01352 - 2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 11. Credit EQ 3.1: a. Construction indoor air quality management plan. b. Product Data for temporary filtration media. C. Product Data for filtration media used during occupancy. d. Construction Documentation: Six photographs at three different occasions during construction along with a brief description of the SMACNA approach employed, documenting implementation of the IAQ management measures, such as protection of ducts and on -site stored or installed absorptive materials. 12. Credit EQ 4.1: Product Data for adhesives and sealants used on the interior of the building indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). 13. Credit EQ 4.2: Product Data for paints and coatings used on the interior of the building indicating chemical composition and VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). 14. Credit EQ 4.3: Product Data for carpet products indicating VOC content of each product used. Verify that product meets CRI carpet testing program requirements. 15. Credit EQ 4.4: Product Data for composite wood and agrifiber products indicating that products contain no urea -formaldehyde resin. a. Include statement indicating adhesives and binders used for each product. 26. Credit EQ 6.2: Product Data and Shop Drawings for sensors and control system used to provide individual airflow and temperature controls for minimum 50 percent of non - perimeter, regularly occupied space. PRODUCTS 2.01 SALVAGED AND REFURBISHED MATERIALS A. The following materials shall be salvaged or refurbished materials: 1. Roll down grilles @ bookstore 2. Glass display cases 3. Restroom fixtures 2.02 RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS A. Credit MR 4.1: Provide building materials with recycled content such that post -consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of five percent of the cost of materials used for the Project. B. Credits MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: Provide building materials with recycled content such that post - consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent of the cost of materials used for the Project. l . The cost of post -consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing the weight of post -consumer recycled content in the item by the total weight of the item and multiplying by the cost of the item. 2. The cost of post consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing the weight of post -consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content in the item by the total weight of the item and multiplying by the cost of the item. 3. Do not include mechanical and electrical components in the calculation. 4. Recycled content of materials shall be defined according to the Federal Trade Commission's "Guide for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims," 16 CFR 260.7 (e). 2.03 REGIONAL MATERIALS A. Credit MR 5.1: Provide 20 percent of building materials (by cost) that are regionally manufactured materials. B. Credit MR 5.2: Of the regionally manufactured materials required by Paragraph "Credit MR 5.1" above, provide at least 50 percent (by cost) that are regionally extracted, harvested, or recovered O1352 - 3 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. materials. 2.04 CERTIFIED WOOD A. Credit MR 7.0: Provide a minimum of 50 percent (by cost) of wood -based materials that are produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." 1. Wood -based materials include but are not limited to the following materials when made from made wood, engineered wood products, or wood -based panel products: a. Rough carpentry. b. Miscellaneous carpentry. C. Heavy timber construction. d. Wood decking. e. Metal -plate -connected wood trusses. f Structural glued -laminated timber. g. Finish carpentry. h. Architectural woodwork. i. Wood paneling. j. Wood veneer wall covering. k. Wood flooring. 1. Wood lockers. in. Wood cabinets. n. Non -rented temporary construction, including bracing, concrete formwork, pedestrian barriers, and temporary protection. 2.05 LOW -EMITTING MATERIALS A. Credit EQ 4.1: For interior applications use adhesives and sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24): 1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Metal to Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L. 3. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L. 4. Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L. 5. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. 6. Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L. 7. Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L. 8. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L. 9. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L. 10. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. 11. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L. 12. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g1L. 13. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. 14. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. 15. Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L. 16. Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L. 17. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. 18. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 350 g/L. 19. ABS Welding Compounds: 400 g/L. 20. CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L. 21. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L. 22. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 650 g/L. 23. Sealants: 250 g/L. 24. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 25. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Credit EQ 4.2: For interior applications use paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24) and the following chemical restrictions: 01352 - 4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L. 2. Non -Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anti -Corrosive Coatings: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 4. Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 5. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 6. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 7. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. C. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. 1. Dimethyl phthalate. in. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. S. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. U. Methylene chloride. V. Naphthalene. W. Toluene (methylbenzene). X. 1, 1, 1 -trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride. C. Credit EQ 4.4: Do not use composite wood and agrifiber products that contain urea -formaldehyde resin. EXECUTION 3.01 REFRIGERANT [AND CLEAN -AGENT FIRE -EXTINGUISHING -AGENT] REMOVAL A. Prerequisite EA 3.0: Remove CFC-based refrigerants from existing HVAC and refrigeration equipment indicated to remain and replace with refrigerants that are not CFC based. Replace or adjust existing equipment to accommodate new refrigerant as described in Division 15 Sections. B. Credit EA 4.0: Remove HCFC-based refrigerants from existing HVAC and refrigeration equipment indicated to remain and replace with refrigerants that are not HCFC based. Replace or adjust equipment to accommodate new refrigerant.[ Remove clean -agent fire -extinguishing agents that contain HCFCs or halons, and replace with agent that does not contain HCFCs or halons.] 1. Refer to Division 15 Section for additional requirements. 2. Refer to Division 13 Section "Clean -Agent Extinguishing Systems" for additional requirements. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Credit MR 2.1 and 2.2: Comply with Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management." 3.03 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 01352 - 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Credit EQ 3.1: Comply with SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction. 1. If Owner authorizes the use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating systems during construction period as specified in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each retum-air inlet for the air -handling system used during construction. 2. Replace all air filters immediately prior to building air flush -out. Replacement air filters shall have a MERV 13 according to ASHRAE 52.2. END OF SECTION 01352 01352-6 Project Checklist Fort Collins Transit Center Yes 7 No 5.26.5 6 =n Sustainable Sites 14 Points Prereq 1 Erosion & Sedimentation Control Required Credit 1 Site Selection 1 Credit 2 Urban Redevelopment 1 Credit 3 Brownfield Redevelopment 1 Credit 4.1 Alternative Transportation, Public Transportation Access 1 Credit 4.2 Alternative Transportation, Bicycle Storage & Changing Rooms 1 Credit4.3 Alternative Transportation, Alternative Fuel Refueling Stations 1 Credit4.4 Alternative Transportation, Parking Capacity 1 Credit 5.1 Reduced Site Disturbance, Protect or Restore Open Space 1 Credit 5.2 Reduced Site Disturbance, Development Footprint 1 Credit 6.1 Stormwater Management, Rate or Quantity 1 Credit6.2 Stormwater Management, Treatment 1 Credit 7.1 Landscape & Exterior Design to Reduce Heat Islands, Non -Roof 1 Credit 7.2 Landscape & Exterior Design to Reduce Heat Islands, Roof 1 Credit a Light Pollution Reduction 1 ©a© Wafer Efficiency 5 Points Credit 1.1 Water Efficient Landscaping, Reduce by 50% Credit 1.2 Water Efficient Landscaping, No Potable Use or No Irrigation Credit Innovative Wastewater Technologies Credit 3.1 Water Use Reduction, 20% Reduction Credit 3.2 Water Use Reduction, 30% Reduction nun Energy & Atmosphere 17 Points Prereq 1 Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning Required Prereq 2 Minimum Energy Performance Required Prereq 3 CFC Reduction in HVAC&R Equipment Required Credit 1.1 Optimize Energy Performance, 20% New / 10% Existing 2 ! 1 r Credit 1.2 Optimize Energy Performance, 30% New / 20% Existing 2 n ...1 Credit 1.3 Optimize Energy Performance, 40% New / 30% Existing 2 a2 ! Credit to Optimize Energy Performance, 50% New / 40% Existing 2 Credit 1.5 Optimize Energy Performance, 60% New / 50% Existing 2 a e „ 1 Credit 2.1 Renewable Energy, 5% 1 " 1 ! Credit 2.2 Renewable Energy, 10% 1 1 Credit 2.3 Renewable Energy, 20% 1 Credit 3 Additional Commissioning 1 Credit 4 Ozone Depletion 1 credit 5 Measurement & Verification 1 h; Credits Green Power 1 Yes T No 7 0 6 Materials : - -Points Prereq 1 Storage & Collection of Recyclables Required 1 ` Credit 1.1 Building Reuse, Maintain 75% of Existing Shell 4 Credit 1.2 Building Reuse, Maintain 100% of Shell 1 1;' Credit 1.3 Building Reuse, Maintain 100% Shell & 50% Non -Shell 1 1 ', Credit2.1 Construction Waste Management, Divert 50% 1 Credit 2.2 Construction Waste Management, Divert 75% Credit 3.1 Resource Rouse, Specify 5% Credit 3.2 Resource Reuse, Specify 10% Credit 4.1 Recycled Content, Specify 5% Credit 4.2 Recycled Content, Specify 10% Credit 5.1 Local/Regional Materials, 20% Manufactured Locally Credit 5.2 Local/Regional Materials, of 20% Above, 50% Harvested Locally Credit 6 Rapidly Renewable Materials Credit 7 Certified Wood Ono Indoor Environmental Quality 15 Points Prereq 1 Minimum IAQ Performance Required Prereq 2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control Required Credit 1 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Monitoring Credit 2 Increase Ventilation Effectiveness Credit 3.1 Construction IAQ Management Plan, During Construction :,x Credit 3.2 Construction IAQ Management Plan, Before Occupancy Credit 4.1 Low -Emitting Materials, Adhesives & Sealants Credit 4.2 Low -Emitting Materials, Paints Credit 4.3 Low -Emitting Materials, Carpet I Credit 4.4 Low -Emitting Materials, Composite Wood Credit 5 Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control Credit 6.1 Controllability of Systems, Perimeter J" Credit 6.2 Controllability of Systems, Non -Perimeter Credit 7.1 Thermal Comfort, Comply with ASHRAE 55-1992 Credit 7.2 Thermal Comfort, Permanent Monitoring System Credit 8.1 Daylight & Views, Daylight 75% of Spaces Credit 8.2 Daylight & Views, Views for 90% of Spaces Yes ? No 1 31 2FON Credit 1.1 Innovation in Design: Deconstruction/Education Credit 1.2 Innovation in Design: Reduce non -regulated loads (plug load) 1 Credit 1.3 Innovation in Design: exemplary performance on any credit I Credit 1.4 Innovation in Design: exemplary performance on any credit 1 Credit 2 LEEDTm Accredited Professional 1 Yes ? No mum Project Totals 69 Pcits Certified 26-32 points Silver 33-38 points Gold 39-51 points Platinum 52-69 points TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTAL TESTING If required, the following testing shall be performed at the expense of the contractor installing the material being tested: A. Material Substitution: Any tests of basic material or fabrication equipment offered as a substitute for specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove its compliance with the specifications. B. Mechanical/Electrical: Tests on mechanical and electrical systems required to insure their proper installation and operation. C. Any test that fails shall be paid for by the installing contractor subject to the following conditions: 1. Quantity and nature of tests will be determined by the Consultant. 2. All tests shall be done in the presence of the Owner or his representative. 3. Proof of noncompliance will make the installing contractor liable for any corrective action which the Owner feels is prudent including complete removal and replacement of defective material. 4. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the installing contractor does not have the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his own information and job control so long as the Consultant or Owner does not assume responsibility for costs or for giving them consideration when appraising quality of materials. D. The Consultant shall determine the type and number of tests to be performed on the project. 1.02 TEST REPORTS Reports of all tests made by testing laboratories shall distributed by the testing laboratory as follows: I copy - Contractor 1 copy - Applicable supplier or subcontractor 1 copy - Owner 1 copy - Consultant I copy - Landlord Other copies - as directed 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM A. General: The contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of work, including that of all subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the Contract Documents for materials, workmanship, construction, finish, functional performance and identification. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or Consultants employed by the Owner. 1. The quality control system is the means by which the Contractor assures himself that construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. B. Records: The Contractor shall maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed, instruction received from the Owner and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. The Contractor shall document inspections and tests as required by each Section of the Specifications. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 01400-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 03375 Concrete Sealing 03450 Precast Concrete 03600 Grout 03920 LEED Concrete Patching & Resurfacing 03925 Decorative Concrete Resurfacing DIVISION 04 MASONRY 1 thru 2 1 thru 9 1 thru 2 1 thru 4 1 thru 2 04100 Mortar 1 thru 2 04150 Masonry Accessories 1 04465 LEED Granite 1 thru 4 04470 LEED Sandstone 1 thru 2 DIVISION 05 METALS 05120 LEED Structural Steel 1 thru 10 05210 LEED Open Web Joints I thru 2 05300 Steel Deck 1 thru 5 05500 LEED Miscellaneous Metals 1 thru 3 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing I thru 7 05520 LEED Handrails I thru 6 05721 LEED Ornamental Railings 1 thru 6 05800 Expansion Control Joints I thru 5 DIVISION 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 LEED Carpentry 1 thru 3 06200 LEED Finish Carpentry/Millwork 1 duu 4 06300 Wood Treatment I DIVISION 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07100 LEED Vapor Barrier & Damp Proofing I thm 2 07210 LEED Insulation I thru 2 07260 LEED Vapor Retarder/Barrier I thru 2 07270 LEED Firestop I thru 2 07271 Weatherization System 1 thru 3 07320 Roofing Tiles 1 thru 3 07420 LEED Composite Building Panels 1 thru 3 07550 LEED Modified Bitumen Roofing 1 thru 12 07600 LEED Flashing & Sheet Metal 1 thru 3 07631 LEED Gutters and Downspout I thru 2 07900 Caulking and Sealant I thru 2 DIVISION 08 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS 08110 LEED Steel Doors & Frames I thru 3 08211 LEED Wood Doors I thru 2 08330 LEED Security Grilles (Non -Rated) 1 thru 3 08411 LEED Aluminum Framed Entrances & Storefronts 1 thru 10 08520 LEED Aluminum Doors & Windows I thru 2 08630 Plastic Skylights I thru 2 00003-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01400 01400-2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Products. 2. Transportation and Handling. 3. Storage and Protection. 4. Manufacturer's Instructions. 5. Product Options. 6. Products List. 7. Substitutions. 8. Systems Demonstration. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01400 - Quality Control. 2. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. B. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Consultant. C. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: 1. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer. 2. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer' instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including one copy to the Consultant and one copy to the Contractor. B. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. C. Consultant will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify, by Addendum, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. 01600-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C. 1.07 PRODUCT LIST A. Within 15 days after signing of agreement, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. B. Request constitutes a representation that Subcontractor or Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified products. 2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. C. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals without separate written request, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 1.09 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Consultant and Owner. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adj ustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01600 01600-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall file a written notice with the Architect/Engineer that the work in the opinion of the Contractor, is complete under the terms of the contract. Within ten (10) days after the Contractor files written notice that the work is complete, the Architect/Engineer, the Principle Representative, and the Contractor shall make a final inspection of the project to determine whether the work has been completed in accordance with the contract documents. A final punch list shall be made by the Architect/Engineer in sufficient detail to fully outline to the Contractor: 1. Work to be completed, if any; 2. Work not in compliance with the drawings and specifications, if any; 3. Unsatisfactory work for any reason, if any. B. The required amount of copies of the punch list will be countersigned by the Architect/Engineer, the Authorized Representative of the Principle Representative and will be transmitted by the Architect/Engineer to the Contractor and the Principle Representative. The combined total number of punch -list items identified by the Contractor, Consultant, and Owner shall not exceed 40. If more than 40 deficiencies are identified, the inspection shall be canceled and the Contractor shall assume responsibility for payment of additional inspection visitation at that rate of $91.00 (Ninety One and 00/100 Dollars) per hour. C. Within 10 working days of the issuance of the final punch -list, the Contractor shall have completed all punch list items. At that time, the Contractor shall advise the Consultant in writing that the work has been thoroughly inspected and is ready for final acceptance. D. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for issuance of Certificate of Occupany. E. Owner may occupy designated portions of the Project for the purpose of installation of equipment, under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. F. Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of Owner's Representative and are operational. 1.02 CLOSE-OUT FORMS A. The Architect/Engineer will complete the Closing -out Checklist and Contract Close-out forms, included at the end of this Section, and forward them to the Contractor. B. The Contractor will complete and date all items indicated to be completed on the Closing -out Checklist and Contract Close-out forms. When all items are completed, the Contractor will sign both forms and forward them to the Architect/Engineer along with a letter stating that all punch list items are complete. C. The Architect/Engineer verifies that all items are complete, signs both forms and sends them to the Owner. D. The Contractor shall also submit the following prior to the final application for payment: I. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debit and Claims: AIA G706. 2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (claims): AIA G706A, with: a. Consent of Surety to final payment: AIA G707 b. Contractor's release of waivers of claims. C. Separate release of waivers of claims for subcontractors, suppliers and others with claim rights, against property of owner, together with list of those parties. 01700-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.03 ADVERTISEMENT AND FINAL PAYMENT A. Before the Principle Representative may advertise, the Contractor shall: 1. Deliver to Architect/Engineer: a. Closing -out Checklist and Contract Close-out forms with all items completed. b. Other adjustments C. Deductions for uncorrected work d. Deductions for reinspection payments 2. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted 3. Previous payments 4. Sum remaining due 1.04 POST -CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION 1. Prior to expiration of one year from date of final acceptance, the Consultant will inspect project to determine whether corrective work is required. Contractor will be notified in writing of all deficiencies. Corrective work must start on noted deficiencies within 10 days of receipt of notification to Contractor. 1.05 MISCELLANEOUS KEYS, SWITCHES, ETC. 1. At the completion of the project, all loose keys for hose Bibbs and keys for electric switches, electrical panels, etc., shall be accounted for and turned over to the Owner. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. The Contractor and each sub -contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear in his work within a period of one year from the date of Notice of Acceptance and in accordance with the terms of any special warranties provided in the contract. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. B. Upon completion of his work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Consultant in duplicate, a written warranty based on the provision of this Article properly signed and notarized. Warranty shall be addressed to the Owner. 1.07 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Refer to Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance. B. Mechanical - By Mechanical Contractor: See Division 15. C. Electrical - By Electrical Contractor: See Division 16. 1.08 DEMONSTRATIONS A. Refer to Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance B. Mechanical - By Mechanical Contractor: See Division 15 C. Electrical - By Electrical Contractor: See Division 16. 1.09 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01700 01700-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSITCENTER SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT FINAL PUNCH LIST DATE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PROJECT NAME: CITY OF FT. COLLINS & CSU TRANSIT CTR. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WORK ORDER NO. PRINCIPAL REPRESENTATIVE DESCRIPTION CONTRACTOR This form to be used after follow-up inspections have been made and Punch List is worked down to less than ten items. Final Punch List Item Disposition Date Remarks ljisn tnunon: APPROVED Architect/Engineer CONTRACTOR/C/M _ Principal Representative EH&S 01700-3 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DMSION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section describes the definitions, recording and maintenance requirements and the submittal requirements for record documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. The Project Record Documents are intended to indicate all changes and derivations from the original contract documents and permanently record the as -built condition of material, equipment and structure. The project record documents shall include the contract drawings, project manual, addenda, change orders, modifications and clarifications, field directives, approved shop drawings, approved product data, manufacturer's certificates and project test results. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the project record documents in conformance with Section 01700 and prior to the final applications for payment. The final application for payment will not be approved prior to the submittal of record documents. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The project record documents shall be updated at a minimum on a weekly basis and shall be readily available for inspection by the owner and consultants. Maintain a separate set of complete documents for exclusive use of record documents and protect the documents from damage in a clean, dry location. Note: Progress applications for payment will not be approved if record documents are not current. B. The record documents shall contain a clear, legible record of all detail and dimensional changes and locate all concealed work including, but not limited to: I . Interior and Exterior Utilities 2. Valves 3. Dampers 4. Controls 5. Junction Boxes 6. Clean -outs 7. Access Doors C. The project manual (specifications) shall indicate all manufacturers' products complete with catalogue number and trade name of products installed. All changes and corrections to the project manual shall be clearly indicated. PRODUCTS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01720 01720-1 No Text TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for the Owner's maintenance and operation of products famished. B. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of specifications. C. Instruct the Owner, in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. 2. Completely familiar with requirements of this section. 3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by the Owner. Five copies are required. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2" X I V 2. Paper: 20 lb. minimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab; bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to the size of text pages. 5. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product or for each piece of operating equipment. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" List. a. Title of project and date of completion (month and year). b. Identify of separate system as applicable. C. Identify of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. BINDERS: 1. Commercial quality, three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers shall be provided. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. A neatly typewritten table of contents shall be provided for each volume, arranged in a systematic order with figures and tables listed. Include the following: 1. Name of responsible installing principal contractor, address, and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List with each product, the name, address, and telephone number of a. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. b. Identity of the area of responsibility of each. C. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. 01730 - 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 08700 Finish Hardware 1 thru 3 08800 LEED Glass and Glazing I thin 7 08911 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 1 thru 10 08950 LEED Translucent Sandwich Panel System 1 thru 6 DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09220 LEED Metal Lath and Stucco 1 thru 3 09260 LEED Gypsum Board Systems 1 thru 5 09310 LEED Ceramic Tile I thru 2 09402 LEED Epoxy Terrazo 1 thru 1 09510 LEED Acoustical Ceilings 1 thin 4 09511 LEED Ceiling Suspension Systems I thru 2 09662 LEED Resilient Flooring 1 thru 2 09663 LEED Rubber Base 1 thru 2 09680 LEED Carpet 1 thru 3 09720 Wall Coverings 1 thru 4 09900 LEED Painting 1 thru 4 09967 hitumescent Paint 1 thru 4 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10160 Toilet Partitions 1 thru 4 10400 Identifying Devices 1 thru 5 10500 Lockers I thru 2 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets 1 10801 Toilet & Bath Accessories 1 thru 2 10999 Miscellaneous Specialties 1 thin 2 DIVISION I EQUIPMENT 11410 Food Preparation Appliances 1 thru 2 DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12490 Motorized & Manual Roller Shades 1 thru 5 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13046 LEED Canopy 1 thru 3 DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Elevator I thru 10 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15040 Mech/Elec Requirements for Mech Equipment 15043 Variable Frequency Controllers 15120 Piping Specialties 15125 Pipe Expansion Joints 1 thru 12 1 thru 6 1 thru 9 1 thru 10 1 thru 4 00003-3 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. C. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in project record drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use project record drawings as maintenance drawings. D. Provide written text, as required, to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Provide a copy of each warranty, bond, and service contract issued. Provide information sheets for the Owner and give: 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances that might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.05 MANUALS FOR MATERIAL AND FINISHES A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form. O&MManuals are to be organized per CSU Construction Standards. Those standards are available from Cass Beitler @ Facilities Management. Any particular questions regarding this distribution should be answered and approved by Colorado State University, Facilities Management. B. Content for architectural products include applied materials and finishes. 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. C. Information required for reordering special manufactured products. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to the product. C. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Provide manufacturer's data, giving fully information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition C. Details of installation 2. Provide instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. 1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate shall contain: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. C. Complete nomenclature and Commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating Procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine, and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions. C. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to troubleshooting. C. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly. 01730 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. d. Alignment, adjustment, and checking. 4. Servicing and Lubrication Schedule, including a list of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. C. Content for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate, shall contain: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests. C. Complete nomenclature and Commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Operating Procedures: a. Routing and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. C. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routing operations. b. Guide to troubleshooting. C. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 4. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 5. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of the Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel. 1.07 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of work. The Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. Submit one copy of complete data in final form 15 days prior to final selection or acceptance. Copy will be returned after final inspection with comments. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to acceptance. 1.08 INSTRUCTION OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct the Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all products, equipment, and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. C. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. Z MATERIALS (NOT USED) EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01730 01730 - 3 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Commissioning is a comprehensive and systematic process to verify that the building systems perform as designed to meet the owner's requirements. Commissioning during the construction, acceptance, and warrantyphases is intended to achieve the following specific objectives: I. Verify and document that equipment is installed and started per manufacturer's recommendations and to industry accepted minimum standards. 2. Verify and document that equipment and systems receive complete operational checkout by installing contractors. 3. Verify and document equipment and system performance. 4. Verify the completeness of operations and maintenance materials. 5. Ensure that the owner's operating personnel are adequately trained on the operation and maintenance of building equipment. The commissioning process does not take away from or reduce the responsibility of the system designers or installing contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product. The Commissioning Authority (Architectural Energy Corporation of Boulder, Colorado) is already under contract with the owner. The general contractor that is awarded the project shall not include the cost of the Commissioning Authority in their price. The general contractor (and their sub- contractors) shall include cost for their involvement in the commissioning process including demonstration of installed equipment to the commissioning team members during the acceptance portion of the project, and other responsibilities as described in the specification. 1.02 COORDINATION A. CommissioningTeam. eam. The members of the commissioning team consist of the Commissioning Provider (CP), the Owner's Representative (PM), the General Contractor (GC or Contractor), the architect and design engineers (A/E), the Mechanical Contractor (MC), the Electrical Contractor (EC), the TAB representative (TAB), the Controls Contractor (CC), the owner's maintenance staff, and any other installing subcontractors or suppliers of equipment. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Specific commissioning requirements are given in the following sections of these specifications. 1. Section 01300 — Submittals 2. Section 01352 — LEED requirements 3. Section 01400 — Quality Control 4. Section 01700 — Contract Closeout 5. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance 6. Section 15010 —Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 7. Section 15971 — HVAC Instrumentation and Controls 8. Section 15990 — Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 9. Section 16010 — Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 10. Section 16995 — Electrical Commissioning 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES A. The responsibilities of various parties in the commissioning process are provided in this section. The responsibilities of the mechanical contractor, TAB and controls contractor are in Division 15 and those of the electrical contractor in Division 16. It is noted that the services for the Project Manager, Design Team, and Commissioning Authority are not provided for in this contract. That is, the Contractor is not responsible for providing their services. Their responsibilities are listed here to clarify the commissioning process. B. All Parties 01810-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1. Attend commissioning scoping meeting and additional meetings, as necessary. C. Architect (A/E) Construction and Acceptance Phase 1. Attend the commissioning scoping meeting and selected commissioning team meetings. 2. Perform normal submittal review, construction observation, as -built drawing preparation, O&M manual preparation, etc.; as contracted. 3. Provide design narrative documentation requested by the CA. 4. Coordinate resolution of system deficiencies identified during commissioning, according to the contract documents. Warranty Period 1. Coordinate resolution of design non-conformance and design deficiencies identified during warranty period commissioning. D. Mechanical and Electrical Designers/Engineers WE Construction and Acceptance Phase 1. Perform normal submittal review, construction observation, as -built drawing preparation, etc., as contracted. 2. Provide design narrative and sequences documentation requested by the CA. 3. Attend commissioning scoping meetings and other selected commissioning team meetings. 4. Participate in the resolution of system deficiencies identified during commissioning, according to the contract documents. 5. Optional: Review the equipment start-up and pre -functional checklists. Review the functional performance test plans. Witness performance testing Warranty Period 1. Participate in the resolution of non-compliance, non-conformance and design deficiencies identified during warranty period commissioning. E. Commissioning Authority(CA) The CA is not responsible for design concept, design criteria, compliance with codes, design or general construction scheduling, cost estimating, or construction management. The CA may assist with problem -solving non-conformance or deficiencies, but ultimately that responsibility resides with the general contractor and the A/E team. The primary role of the CA is to develop and coordinate the execution of a testing plan, observe and document performance —that systems are functioning in accordance with the documented design intent and the Contract Documents. Construction and Acceptance Phase 1. Coordinates and directs all commissioning activities in a logical and efficient manner. Work with the GC and PM to ensure that commissioning activities are being scheduled. 2. Revise, as necessary, the Commissioning Plan. 3. Plan and conduct a commissioning scoping meeting. 4. Request and review additional information required to perform commissioning tasks, including O&M materials, contractor start-up and checkout procedures, and sequences of operation. 5. Review Contractor submittals applicable to systems being commissioned for compliance with commissioning needs, concurrent with the A/E reviews. 6. Develop start-up and checkout plan with Subs. Write and distribute pre -functional checklists. 7. Perform site visits, as necessary, to observe component and system installations. Attend selected planning and job -site meetings to obtain information on construction progress. 8. Review completed pre -functional checklist and start-up reports for owner approval. 9. Coordinate any start-up requirements with TAB contractor. 10. Write the functional performance test procedures for equipment and systems. Submit to PM and A/E for review. 11. Coordinate, witness, and document functional performance tests performed by installing contractors. Coordinate retesting as necessary until satisfactory performance is achieved. 01810-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 12. Maintain a master deficiency and resolution record. Provide the PM with written progress reports and test results with recommended actions. 13. Review the training of the Owner's operating personnel. 14. Review the preparation of the O&M manuals. 15. Provide a final commissioning report. Warranty Period 1. Coordinate and supervise required seasonal or deferred testing and deficiency corrections. 2. Assist in the development of a preventative maintenance plan and review as -built documentation. F. Owner's Project Manager (PM) Construction and Acceptance Phase 1. Manage the contract of the A/E, GC, and of the CA. 2. Arrange for facility operating and maintenance personnel to attend various field commissioning activities and field training sessions according to the Commissioning Plan. 3. Provide final approval for the completion of the commissioning work. Warranty Period Ensure that any seasonal or deferred testing and any deficiency issues are addressed. G. General Contractor (GC) Construction and Acceptance Phase 1. Facilitate the coordination of the commissioning work by the CA. 2. Furnish a copy of all construction documents, addenda, change orders and approved submittals and shop drawings related to commissioned equipment to the CA. 3. In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for submittal data, O&M data, commissioning tasks and training. 4. Ensure that all Subs execute their commissioning responsibilities according to the Contract Documents and schedule. 5. A representative shall attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other necessary meetings scheduled by the CA to facilitate the commissioning process. 6. Coordinate the training of owner personnel. 7. Prepare O&M manuals, according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as -built conditions. Warranty Period 1. Ensure that Subs execute required seasonal or deferred functional performance testing. 2. Ensure that Subs correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as -built drawings for issues identified in seasonal testing. H. Mechanical. Controls and TAB Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to each of the mechanical, controls and TAB contractors of Division 15 are as follows: Construction and Acceptance Phases 1. Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other meetings necessary to facilitate the Cx process. 2. Contractors shall provide the CA with normal cut sheets and shop drawing submittals of commissioned equipment. 3. Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O&M manual submittals, to the CA for development of start-up and functional testing procedures. 4. Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the operation and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the specifications, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for writing detailed testing procedures. 5. Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer's start-up procedures and the prefunctional checklists from the CA for all commissioned equipment. Submit to CA for review and approval prior to startup. 6. During the startup and initial checkout process, execute the mechanical -related portions of the prefunctional checklists for all commissioned equipment. Perform and clearly document all completed startup and system operational checkout procedures, providing a copy to the CA. 01810-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 7. Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing. Air and water TAB shall be completed with discrepancies and problems remedied before functional testing of the respective air- or water -related systems. 8. Perform functional performance testing under the direction of the CA for specified equipment in Section 0 18 10. 9. Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance) as interpreted by the CA, PM and A/E and retest the equipment. 10. Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as -built conditions. 11. Provide training of the Owner's operating personnel as specified. 12. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to maintain the validity of the warranty. Warranty Period 1. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the CA, according to the commissioning plan. 2. Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as -built drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing. Electrical Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to the electrical contractor are as follows: Construction and Acceptance Phases 1. Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other necessary meetings scheduled by the CA to facilitate the Cx process. 2. Contractors shall provide normal cut sheets and shop drawing submittals to the CA of commissioned equipment. 3. Provide additional requested documentation to the CA for development of start-up and functional testing procedures. 4. Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the operation and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the specifications, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient for writing detailed testing procedures. 5. Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer's start-up procedures and the pre -functional checklists from the CA. Submit manufacturer's detailed start-up procedures and the full start-up plan and procedures to CA for review. 6. During the startup and initial checkout process, execute and document the electrical - related portions of the pre -functional checklists provided by the CA for all commissioned equipment. Perform and clearly document all completed startup and system operational checkout procedures, providing a copy to the CA. 7. Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing. 8. Perform functional performance testing under the direction of the CA for specified equipment in Section 0 18 10. 9. Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance) as interpreted by the CA, PM and A/E and retest the equipment. 10. Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as -built conditions. 11. Provide training of the Owner's operating personnel as specified. 12. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements to maintain the validity of the warranty. Warranty Period 1 Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the CA, according to the specifications. 2 Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as -built drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing. Equipment Suppliers 1. Provide all requested submittal data, including detailed start-up procedures and specific responsibilities of the Owner to keep warranties in force. 01810-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. Assist in equipment testing per agreements with Subs. 3. Provide information requested by CA regarding equipment sequence of operation and testing procedures. 1.06 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. The following checked systems will be commissioned in this project. 01810-s TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Equipment Equipment and System and System HVAC System Electrical System Chillers Generator X Pumps Cooling tower Boilers X Piping systems X Ductwork X Variable frequency drives X Air handlers X Packaged units (AC and HP) X Terminal units (air) X Unit heaters X Heat exchangers Computer room units Fume hoods Lab room pressures X Specialty fans X Testing, Adjusting and Balancing X Chemical treatment systems X HVAC control system Fire and smoke dampers Indoor air quality Equipment sound control Equipment vibration control Egress pressurization EXECUTION X Sweep or scheduled lighting controls X Daylight dimming controls X Lighting occupancy sensors Power quality Security system Emergency power system UPS systems Fire and smoke alarm Fire protection systems Communications system Public address/paging Distribution Cable Main Breaker Ground Fault Detection Automatic Transfer Switch Other Service water heaters Service water booster pumps Refrigeration systems Kitchen Equipment Medical gas systems 2.01 REPORTING A. The CA will provide regular reports to the PM with increasing frequency as construction and commissioning progresses. B. A final Commissioning Report is compiled which summarizes the procedures, findings, conclusions, and recommendations of the commissioning process. 2.02 SUBMITTALS A. The Commissioning Authority will review submittals related to the commissioned equipment for conformance to the Contract Documents as it relates to the commissioning process, to the functional performance of the equipment and adequacy for developing test procedures. This review is intended primarily to aid in the development of functional testing procedures. 2.03 START-UP, PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND INITIAL CHECKOUT A. The following procedures apply to all equipment to be commissioned, according to Section 1.6, Systems to be Commissioned. B. General. Pre -functional Checklists are developed and completed for all major equipment and systems being commissioned. The checklist captures equipment nameplate and characteristics data, confirming the as -built status of the equipment or system. These checklists also ensure that 01810-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. the systems are complete and operational, so that the functional performance testing can be scheduled. The checklists are created by the CA, and completed (filled out) by the installing contractor. C. Start-up and Initial Checkout Plan. The CA shall assist the commissioning team members responsible for startup of any equipment in developing detailed start-up plans for all equipment. The primary role of the CA in this process is to ensure that there is written documentation that each of the manufacturer -recommended procedures have been completed. 1. The CA creates the pre -functional checklists, based primarily on the manufacturer's startup and initial checkout procedures. Each checkout item will have a place to document that proper installation has occurred. Once the pre -functional checklist is completed by the installing contractor, this signifies to the commissioning team that the equipment is properly installed per manufacturer's procedures, and the controls and TAB are complete and the equipment is ready for final functional performance testing. The Contractor determines which Sub is responsible for executing and documenting each of the line item tasks. D. Sensor Calibration. Calibration of all sensors shall be included as part of the pre -functional checklists performed by the Contractors. E. Execution of Pre -functional Checklists and Startup 1. Subs and vendors schedule startup and checkout with the PM, GC and CA. 2. The CA shall observe, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary equipment, unless there are multiple units, (in which case a sampling strategy may be used as approved by the PM). 3. For lower -level components of equipment, (e.g., VAV boxes, reheat coils), the CA shall observe a sampling of the pre -functional and start-up procedures. The sampling procedures are identified in the commissioning plan. 4. The Subs and vendors shall execute startup and provide the CA with a signed and dated copy of the completed start-up and pre -functional checklists. 5. Only individuals that have direct knowledge and witnessed that a line item task on the pre -functional checklist was actually performed shall initial or check that item off. F. Deficiencies. Non -Conformance and Approval in Checklists and Startup 1. The Subs shall clearly list any outstanding items of the initial start-up and pre -functional procedures that were not completed successfully, at the bottom of the procedures form or on an attached sheet. The procedures form and any outstanding deficiencies are provided to the CA within two days of test completion. 2. The CA reviews the report and recommends approval to the PM. The CA shall work with the Subs and vendors to correct and retest deficiencies or uncompleted items. The CA will involve the PM and others as necessary. 2.04 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Objectives and Scope. The objective of functional performance testing is to demonstrate that each system is operating according to the documented design intent and Contract Documents. In general, each system should be operated through all modes of operation (seasonal, occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool -down, part- and full -load) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. Proper responses to such modes and conditions as power failure, freeze condition, low oil pressure, no flow, equipment failure, etc. shall also be tested. B. Development of Test Procedures. Before test procedures are written, the CA shall obtain all requested documentation and a current list of change orders affecting equipment or systems, including an updated points list, program code, control sequences and parameters. The CA shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Prior to execution, the CA shall provide a copy of the test procedures to the Sub(s) who shall review the tests for feasibility, safety, equipment and warranty protection. The CA shall review owner -contracted or factory testing which the CA is not responsible to 01810-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 15135 Meters and Gauges 15140 Supports and Anchors 15190 Mechanical Identification 15241 Vibration Control 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection 15410 Domestic Water Distribution Piping 15420 Drainage and Vent Piping 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15510 Hydromc Piping 15517 Glycol Systems 15520 Steam Piping 15525 Steam Specialties 15540 HVAC Pumps 15755 Heat Exchangers 15830 Terminal Units 15851 Air Handling Fans 15855 Air Handling Units 15891 Metal Ductwork 15910 Ductwork Accessories 15932 Air Outlets and Inlets 15933 Air Terminals 15971 Direct Digital Control Systems 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL I thru 8 1 thru 18 1 thru 7 1 thru 7 1 thru 10 I thru 20 1 thru 9 1 thru 10 1 thrul30 I thru 13 1 thru 3 1 thru 8 1 thru 5 1 thru 5 1 thru 4 I thru 9 1 thru 8 1 thru 7 1 thru 9 1 thru 9 1 tbru 4 1 thru 4 1 thru 35 1 thru 9 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements I thru 9 16060 Electrical Remodeling Provisions I thru 3 16111 Conduit I thru 5 16114 Cable Trays 1 thru 3 16123 Building Wires and Cables 1 thru 5 16130 Electrical Boxes and Fittings I thru 4 16141 Wiring Devices I thru3 16160 Cabinets and Enclosures 1 thru 3 16170 Grounding and Bonding 1 thru 3 16190 Supporting Devices and Seals I thru 4 16195 Electrical Identification I thin 4 16441 Enclosed Switches I thru 2 16470 Panelboards 1 thru 4 16477 Fuses 1 thru 2 16480 Motor Controllers I thru 3 16510 hiterior Luminaries 1 thru5 16721 Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems I thru 7 16741 Telephone Service Entrance I thru 2 16995 Lighting Control Commissioning 1 thru 12 APPENDIX A. Renovation/Demolition Specific Building Inspection Report 1 thru 44 Transit Center Phase H Project Colorado State University Lary Student Center 000034 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. oversee and shall determine what further testing may be required to comply with the Specifications. Redundancy of testing shall be minimized. The test procedure forms developed by the CA shall include the following information: 1. System and equipment or component name(s). 2. Equipment location and ID number. 3. Date. 4. Project name. 5. Participating parties. 6. Reference to the specification section describing the test requirements. 7. A copy of the specific sequence of operations. 8. Instructions for setting up the test. 9. Special cautions, alarm limits, etc. 10. Specific step-by-step procedures to execute the test. 1 1. Acceptance criteria of proper performance with a Yes / No check box. 12. A section for comments. 13. Signatures and date block for the CA. C. Test Methods. 1. Functional performance testing and verification may be achieved by manual testing (persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance) or by monitoring the performance and analyzing the results using the control system's trend log capabilities or by stand-alone dataloggers. The CA will determine which method is most appropriate. 2. Setup. Each function and test shall be performed under conditions that simulate actual conditions as close as is practically possible. The Sub executing the test shall provide all necessary materials, system modifications, etc. to produce the necessary flows, pressures, temperatures, etc. necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test, the Sub shall return all affected building equipment and systems, due to these temporary modifications, to their pre -test condition. 3. Sampling, Multiple identical pieces of non -life -safety or non -critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. The sampling strategy will be developed by the CA and approved by the PM. If, after three attempts at testing the specified sample percentage, failures are still present, then all remaining units are tested at the contractors' expense. D. Coordination and Scheduling. The Subs shall provide sufficient notice to the CA regarding their completion schedule for the pre -functional checklists and startup of all equipment and systems. The CA will schedule functional tests through the PM, GC and affected Subs. The CA shall direct, witness and document the functional testing of all equipment and systems. The Subs shall execute the tests. E. Problem Solving. The CA will recommend solutions to problems found, however the burden of responsibility to solve, correct and retest problems is with the GC, Subs and A/E team. 2.05 DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTS A. Documentation. The CA shall witness and document the results of all functional performance tests using forms developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, these forms may be provided to the PM for review and approval if the PM desires. B. Non -Conformance. 1. The CA will record the results of the functional test on the procedure or test form. All deficiencies or non-conformance issues shall be noted and reported to the PM on a standard form. 2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during the tests at the discretion of the CA. In such cases the deficiency and resolution will be documented on the procedure form. 3. Every effort will be made to expedite the testing process and minimize unnecessary delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures. 4. As tests progress and a deficiency is identified: 01810-8 TECMVICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. a. When there is no dispute on the deficiency and the responsibility to correct it: 1) The CA documents the deficiency and the Sub's response and intentions the testing continues. The Sub corrects the deficiency and notifies the CA that the equipment is ready to be retested. 2) The CA reschedules the test and the test is repeated. b. If there is a dispute about a deficiency or who is responsible: 1) The deficiency shall be documented on the non-compliance form and a copy given to the PM and GC. 2) Resolutions are made at the lowest management level possible. Other parties are brought into the discussions as needed. Final interpretive authority is with the A/E team. Final acceptance authority is with the Project Manager. 3) The CA documents the resolution process. 4) Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the appropriate party corrects the deficiency and notifies the CA that the equipment is ready to be retested. The CA reschedules the test and the test is repeated until satisfactory performance is achieved. 5. Cost of Retesting. a. The cost for the Sub to retest a pre -functional or functional test, if they are responsible for the deficiency, shall be theirs. If they are not responsible, any cost recovery for retesting costs shall be negotiated with the GC. b. The time for the CA and PM to direct any retesting required because a specific pre -functional checklist or start-up test item, reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during functional testing to be faulty, will be backcharged to the GC, who may choose to recover costs from the party responsible for executing the faulty pre -functional test. C. Ap rp oval. The CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on the test form. Formal approval of the functional test is made later after review by the CA. The CA recommends acceptance of each test to the PM. The PM gives final approval on each test, providing a signed copy to the CA and the Contractor. 2.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Standard O&M Manuals. CA Review and Approval. Prior to substantial completion, the CA shall review the O&M manuals, documentation and redline as-builts for systems that were commissioned to verify compliance with the Specifications. The CA will communicate deficiencies in the manuals to the PM. B. Commissioning Record in O&M Manuals. The CA is responsible to compile, organize and index all commissioning data by equipment into labeled, indexed and tabbed, three-ring binders and deliver it to the PM. Three copies of the manuals will be provided. The manuals shall include the Commissioning Plan, Final Commissioning Report, System Type, Startup and Pre -functional checklists, Functional performance tests, trending and analysis, approvals and corrections, training plan, records, and approvals. 2.07 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. The GC shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling and for ensuring that training is completed. B. The CA shall be responsible for overseeing and approving the content and adequacy of the training of Owner personnel for commissioned equipment. 1. The specific training requirements of Owner personnel by Subs and vendors is specified in Division 15 and 16. 01810-9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. For the primary HVAC equipment, the Controls Contractor shall provide a short discussion of the control of the equipment during the mechanical or electrical training conducted by others. 2.08 DEFERRED TESTING A. Seasonal Testing. During the warranty period, seasonal testing (tests delayed until weather conditions are closer to the system's design) shall be completed as part of this contract. The CA shall coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed, documented and deficiencies corrected by the appropriate Subs, with facilities staff and the CA witnessing. Any final adjustments to the O&M manuals and as -builds due to the testing will be made. END OF SECTION 01810 01810-10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. GENERAL PLAN REQUIREMENTS 1.01 General requirements: 1.02 Match curb lip elevation to existing pavement elevation along sawcut line. See the site demolition plan for pavement areas to be removed. Contractor is to adjust any utility element meant to be flush with grade (clean outs, manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc.) that is affected by site work or grade changes, whether specifically noted on plans or not. Refer to grading plan. 1.03 Topographic survey was provided by King Surveyor's, dated September 22nd 2004. Utilities shown are taken from the survey and records of respective utility companies and do not necessarily represent all underground utilities adjacent to or upon site shown on plan. Verify exact location of underground utilities prior to beginning excavation construction. 1.04 The Contractor shall take care not to damage the existing surface of streets and parking lots with equipment during construction, and if damaged, shall repair or replace the existing surfaces to their original condition, at no cost to the Owner. Where it is necessary to cut public curbs, they shall be restored and/or reconstructed in strict accordance with the requirements of the governing jurisdiction. Reconstruct public curbs after demolition of existing approaches. 1.05 Only trees shown on the demolition plan and noted "to be removed" shall be removed. All other shrubs and trees within the construction work area shall be protected against damage unless the Owner's representative gives written permission for removal. The Contractor shall minimize damage to the roots and overhanging limbs of trees and shrubs adjacent to the construction area. Any roots or limbs damaged shall be properly pruned and dressed to the Owner's satisfaction. Remove and stockpile existing topsoil from areas to be graded. Utilize stockpiled topsoil for final grading activities in landscape areas. Cover and retain all excess top soil for use by the landscape Contractor during planting bed preparation. 1.06 Before commencing paving work, the paving Contractor shall verify suitability of sub -grade and compacted base. Surfaces not acceptable shall be reported to the Owners representative immediately. All backfill under roads, sidewalks and parking lots shall be compacted in accordance with the requirements of the specifications. The finish grade of pavement shall slope uniformly to finish elevations shown on the grading plan. All fill utilized shall be adequately compacted to produce a surface satisfactory for the proper installation of base course and paving. 1.07 Traffic shall be maintained on the adjacent streets throughout construction. The Contractor shall provide and install traffic control signs in conformance to the latest edition of the manual of uniform traffic control devices. Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan for approval. 1.08 The Contractor shall provide adequate protection to protect the general public from injury and the site from vandalism. Any damage to the project work shall be removed, or replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Owner and Contractor shall perform a preconstruction walk through of the site to document existing conditions. 1.09 All work noted on the plans shall be performed in compliance with the lines and dimensions noted on the plan and detail sheets where applicable. 1.10 The storage area for material shall be designated by the Contractor and approved by the Owner's representative. Waste material shall be disposed of in a dumpster and shall not be allowed to accumulate on site. 1.11 The Contractor shall provide daily cleanup of the site, including but not limited to, removal of all trash and debris and sweeping adjacent surfaces accessible to the general public, including all adjacent roadways. Prevent debris from blowing off site and pick up if it does. 02000-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.12 Expansion joints shall be placed as shown on the plan sheets and as noted on the detail sheets, whether or not specifically noted on the plans. 1.13 Sidewalk contraction joints shall be installed at equal increments or at spacing as outlined on the plans. The Owner's representative, prior to Contractor placing concrete, shall approve miscellaneous concrete contraction joint layout. 1.14 All asphalt pavement, concrete sidewalks, curbs and lawns which are removed beyond the limit shown shall be reconstructed or repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner (unless otherwise noted on the plans). 1.15 All asphalt pavements shall be sawcut full depth to provide smooth neat edges. 1.16 The Contractor shall locate and protect existing irrigation systems adjacent to the work. A qualified irrigation firm, approved by the Owner, shall adjust, repair, or relocate any damaged sprinkler heads, piping and/or valve boxes. 1.17 All work shall be included in the base bid unit price bid schedule (unless otherwise noted). 1.18 The Contractor shall refer to the contract documents for any construction phasing and sequencing requirements. 1.19 All public improvements shall conform to the provisions in the current City of Fort Collins standards and specifications for the design and construction of public improvements and the Colorado State University design standards. 1.20 The Contractor shall use extreme caution during demolition activities, to protect all existing structures, pavement, and other items not designated for removal. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged items to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1.21 The Contractor hall property dispose all items removed during demolition off -site, except those items noted to remain on the property of the Owner. 1.22 Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's field representative his program and schedule for installation of temporary and permanent erosion control work applicable during all stages of construction, and his plan for disposal of waste materials. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations shall be scheduled so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter, if the project conditions permit, otherwise temporary erosion control measures may be required between successive construction stages. 1.23 The Owner's field representative and/or site engineer shall review and approval the erosion control schedule and methods of operation before work begins. 1.24 Temporary erosion control measures shall be used to correct conditions that develop during construction, that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features, or that are temporarily needed to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices, but which are not associated with permanent control features on the project. 1.25 The Contractor shall conduct his operations to minimize erosion of soils and prevent silting and muddying adjacent rivers, streams, impoundments (lakes, reservoirs, etc.) and adjacent lands to or affected by the work. Construction drainage facilities and performance of the contract work that will contribute to the control of erosion and sedimentation shall be carried out in conjunction with the earthwork operations or as soon thereafter as practicable. The area of bare soil exposed at anytime by construction operations shall be kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for controlling all siltation and erosion of the project area. 02000-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Use whatever means necessary including but not limited to stacked straw bails and/or silt fences. Control shall commence with grading and be maintained throughout the project until acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor's responsibilities include all design and implementation as required to prevent erosion and depositing of silt. The Owner may at their own option direct the Contractor in these methods. Any depositing of silt or mud on new or existing pavement, storm sewers or swales shall be removed after each rain and affected areas cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner at the expense of the Contractor. 1.26 All watercourses and drainageways shall be cleared as soon as practical of framework, sheeting, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations and which are not a part of the finished work. 1.27 Pollutants such as wash water from concrete mixing operations, fuels, oils lubricants, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into rivers, streams, ponds, water impoundment areas, watercourses, drainageways, channels, drainage ditches, catch basins or drainage or sewer systems. 1.28 Throughout all operations covered by this contract, the Contractor shall provide all necessary measures to control dust through the use of water, calcium chloride, or other acceptable materials in accordance with the directions of the Owner's field representative, at such locations and during such periods as he may direct, or as may be required by local ordinance or authorities. 1.28 Grade change within tree drip lines are limited to 12 inches per year. 2. QUALITY CONTROL/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.01 General description 2.02 Secure and pay for all licenses, government fees and permits required for proper execution and completion of work. Comply with applicable codes, rules, ordinances and other legal requirements. Building permit provided by Owner. 2.03 Take responsibility for reviewing contract documents for procedures, space requirements, materials, installation sequence and coordination with Owner. The latest edition is to be used where reference is made to published standards. 2.04 Confine operations to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and contract documents. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. Assume full responsibility for protection of products stored on premises within contract limits. 2.05 Immediately locate all reference points, layout work and be responsible for all measurements and other work to be executed under the contract. Verify all figures shown on the drawings. Verify all dimensions of any existing and new work and be responsible for their accuracy. Submit any differences found to Owner before proceeding with the work. No extra compensation will be permitted because of differences between actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the drawings. 2.06 Be responsible for keeping site clean at all times. Provide metal containers for waste and scrap materials. Remove from site when full. Take responsibility for final cleaning. Remove all tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials from the site at completion of work. 2.07 Be responsible for preventing air and water pollution through dust and dirt control in the following areas: 1. In the street, sidewalks and drives within the limits of the contract. 2. Any haul roads leading to or away from the project that are used by the Contractor. 3. Take all necessary steps to prevent soil eroding onto all paved areas and into all natural water -courses, ditches and the public sewer system. 02000-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SFFEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.08 Owner may employ and pay for an independent testing laboratory to perform necessary tests or inspections to show compliance with these specifications. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest without additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02000-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSrfY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. SITE PREPARATION DESCRIPTION A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning site of debris, grass, trees and other plant life in preparation for site or building excavation work. 2. Protection of existing structures, trees or vegetation indicated to remain. 3. Stripping topsoil from areas indicated. B. Related documents: the contract documents, as defined in the general conditions, apply to the work of this section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the work of this section may be found in other documents. 1. Section 02200 - Earthwork: cutting, filling, and grading for proposed site improvements. 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory requirements: 1. Provide temporary erosion control systems as indicated on drawings or as directed by owner's representative to protect adjacent properties and water resources from sediment and erosion. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing conditions: 1. The owner shall maintain the conditions existing at time of inspection during bidding, in so far as practical. 2. Notify owner of variations to conditions or discrepancies in actual site conditions prior to start of site preparation work. 3. Traffic: conduct operations and removal of debris with minimal interference to roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent facilities. do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Protections: provide protection for safe passage of persons around area of site preparation. Take precautions and conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, and persons. A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 5. Where it is necessary to cut public curbs, they shall be restored and/or reconstructed in strict accordance with the requirements of the governing jurisdiction. Reconstruct public curbs after demolition of existing approaches and in compliance with Section 02619 Site Concrete. 6. All utility structures to be constructed in accordance with all governing codes or standards (city, county or state) and in compliance with the plumbing, mechanical and electrical specifications as detailed on the drawings. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: friable clay loam surface soil containing humus, organic matter, found in a depth of not less than 4 inches free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other unsuitable material. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: 02100-1 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -STTEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Site verification of conditions: examine areas in which work of this section is to be performed. Verify conditions and note irregularities affecting the work. Report in writing to owner and Architect/Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the work. B. Beginning of work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and contractor shall then, at no additional cost to owner, be responsible for correcting unsatisfactory and defective work. C. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Verify that existing plant life and clearing limits are clearly tagged, identified and marked in such a manner as to ensure their safety throughout construction operations. 3.03 CLEARING: A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of work. B. Remove trees, shrubs, grass, other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of work as indicated on drawings. Removal includes digging out stumps and roots. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations to subgrade elevation. Prevent water ponding. C. Remove grass, trees, plant life, stumps and all other construction debris from site to a dump site that is suitable for handling such material according to state laws and regulations 3.04 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Strip topsoil from areas that are indicated to be filled, excavated, landscaped, or re -graded to depth that prevents contact with underlying subsoil or unsuitable material. Where trees are indicated to remain, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from tree to prevent damage to main root system. B. Cut heavy growths of grass from areas prior to start of stripping. Remove heavy growths of grass along with clearing of other vegetation materials. C. Satisfactory topsoil: see Section 2.1 materials. D. Stockpile existing topsoil from areas to be graded as directed by owner's representative. Construct stockpile areas to positively drain surface water. Cover stockpile areas as required to prevent windblown dust. Dispose of unsuitable topsoil off -site as specified clearing, unless directed otherwise by owner's representative. Utilize stockpiled topsoil for final grading activities in turf areas. Cover and retain all excess topsoil for use by landscape contractor during planting and bed preparation. Dispose of excess topsoil off -site as specified for clearing, unless directed otherwise by the owner's representative. 3.05 REMOVAL: A. Remove debris, rock, extracted plant life, paving, curbs, and other structures indicated on drawings. 3.06 PROTECTION: A. Protect existing structures and utilities as specified in section 02200. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features indicated to remain. END OF SECTION 02100-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -STTEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. DESCRIPTION A. Section includes: 1. Preparation of subgrade for building, slabs, walks, pavements, and other sitework. 2. Rough and finish grading. 3. Excavation for filling and grading. 4. Filling and subgrade preparation. 5. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for structures. 6. Excavating, backfilling, pipe bedding, and compacting for utilities. 7. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for pavement. 8. Soil stabilization. B. Related documents: the contract documents, as defined in the general conditions, apply to the work of this section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the work of this section may be found in other documents and the "Geotechnical Investigation, Colorado State University Transit Center Phase II, Lory Student Center, Fort Collins, Colorado, dated February 3`d, 2005". C. Related sections: 1. Section 02100 — Site Preparation: clearing site of debris, grass, trees, and other plant life. 1.01 REFERENCES: A. Referenced publications: the following publications are included as part of these earthwork specifications: 1. ASTM C 136 - method for sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. 2. ASTM D 698 - test methods for moisture -density relations of soil and soil- aggregate mixtures, using 5.5-1b (2.49 kg) rammer and 12-in. (305 mm) drop. 3. ASTM D 1556 - test method for density of soil in place by the sand -cone method. 4. ASTM D 1557 - test method for moisture -density elevations of soils and soil -aggregate mixture using 10 pound (4.54 kg) rammer and 18 inch (457 rum) drop. 5. ASTM D 2167 - test method for density and unit weight of soil in place by the rubber balloon method. 6. ASTM D 4254 - test methods for minimum index density of soils and calculation of relative density. 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 - National Electric Code. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: A. Building area subgrade pad: portion of site directly beneath and beyond building and appurtenances indicated on drawings. Appurtenances are those items attached to the building proper. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulatory requirements: 1. Perform earthwork in accordance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having Jurisdiction. B. Soil stabilization standards: State Department of Transportation standard specifications. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing conditions: l . Classification of excavations: Contractor by submitting bid acknowledges that Contractor has investigated project site to determine type, quantity, quality, and character of excavation work to be performed. Consider excavation unclassified excavation. 2. Existing utilities: contact local utility companies and make arrangements to obtain utility company location and marking service prior to start of earthwork operations. a. Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. if utilities are to remain in place, provide means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 02200-1 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSrrY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. b. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility company and Owner representative immediately for directions. C. Coordinate with Owner and utility companies to keep existing utility services and facilities in operation. d. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility company, at no additional cost to Owner. e. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Owner's representative and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided and approved by Owner's representative. f. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated on drawings to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines are active. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Existing material: excavated and re -used on -site material for subsoil fill as specified herein. Imported material: imported off -site material approved by Owner's representative and as specified herein. B. Bedding material: processed sand and gravel free from clay lumps, organic, or other deleterious material as specified on the drawings. C. Trench backfill material shall not be used under pavement areas, flow fill shall be used instead. D. Flow fill shall be a mixture of cement, fly ash, fine sand, water and air having a consistency which will flow under a very low head. Flow fill can be used to fill abandoned pipes and manholes as required. It shall have the approximate quantities of each component per cubic yard of mixed material as shown in the table below: Cement (Type II) 50 pounds Fly ash 200 pounds Fine Sand 2,700 pounds Water (approx.) 420 pounds Air content (approx.) 10 percent The actual quantities shall be adjusted to provide a yield of 1 cubic yard with the materials used. The approximate compressive strength should be from 100 to 175 psi. The fine sand shall be evenly graded material having not less than 95 percent passing the No. 4 sieve and not more than 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve.Materials shall meet the requirements of the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge and Construction.Mixing and handling of the material shall be in accordance with Section 601 of the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. E. Fly ash slurry shall be a mixture of Type C fly ash and water to be used for the purpose of forming slurry to fill abandoned pipes at locations shown in the plans or as directed. Fly ash slurry shall be 50 percent fly ash and 50 percent water by volume. The slurry shall have a minimum compressive strength of 100 psi. If the 50 percent mixture does not achieve the minimum compressive strength, the Contractor shall adjust the proportions until it does. The fly ash and water shall meet the requirements of the CDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. F. Topsoil fill: specified in Section 02100. 2.02 SOIL STABILIZATION MATERIALS: A. Quicklime or hydrated lime: ASTM C 977. B. Portland cement: ASTM C 150. 02200-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 022" - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. C. Fly ash: ASTM C 618. 2.03 PREPARATION: A. Identify required lines, elevations, levels, contours, grades, and datum necessary to provide earthwork grading as indicated on drawings. B. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for work are as indicated on drawings. C. Locate, identify, and protect existing utilities to remain and previously installed utilities that may be damaged by construction operations. 1. Notify Owner's representative and utility company immediately of utilities, not indicated on drawings, encountered. 2. Maintain existing utilities, active utilities, and drainage systems in operating condition. 3. Comply with utility company requirements and directions of Owner's representative to keep utilities in operation. 4. Where unmarked utilities are uncovered within the work area, notify Owner and the utilities having jurisdiction, and take precautions to prevent interruption ofservice. Should such lines or services be damaged, broken or interrupted through negligence, repair and restore immediately without additional cost to utility or to Owner. D. Protect trees, lawns, plant life, fences, existing structures, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from earthwork operations, excavating equipment, and vehicular traffic. E. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. Where markers are required to be removed, provide removal and reinstallation by licensed land surveyor licensed in state where project is located. F. Remove material encountered in grading operations that is unsuitable for backfilling, subgrade or foundation purposes as determined by Owner's representative. Dispose of materials off -site in an approved manner in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.04 EXCAVATION: A. Provide dewatering, drainage, and ground water management to control moisture of soils when performing grading operations during periods of wet weather. B. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Any water suspected of being contaminated is to be brought to the attention of the design engineer and Owner. Remove water to prevent soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. Maintain water on site, if required by the local authority. C. Shore, brace, and drain excavations to maintain excavations safe, secure, and free of water at all times. D. Provide protection for workers within trench areas in accordance with local, state, and federal OSHA requirements and regulations. 1. Slope, shore, sheet, or brace excavation sidewalls greater than 5 feet in depth. 2. Provide lateral travel distance to excavation exit ladder or steps maximum 25 feet for trenches minimum 4 feet in depth. E. Acceptable fill material: 1. Rock or stone less than 6 inches in largest dimension as fill to within 24 inches of surface of proposed subgrade when mixed with suitable material. 2. Rock or stone less than 2 inches in largest dimension mixed with suitable material as fill within the upper 24 inches of proposed subgrade. F. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfilling on -site. G. During excavation, stockpile materials suitable for backfilling away from excavation to prevent overloading, slides, or cave-ins. 02200-3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. H. Remove material encountered in excavating operations that is unsuitable for backfilling, subgrade or foundation purposes as determined by Owner's representative. Dispose of materials off -site in an approved manner in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Hand correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. Fill over -excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom without changing top elevation or by filling unauthorized excavation with 3000-psi concrete. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on -site or where directed and remove excess subsoil, not being reused, from site. J. In the event that solid rock or other unexpected materials, over one cubic yard in volume, are encountered, extra cost will be allowed after written approval by Owner or Owner's representative. Quantities to be approved by Owner or Owner's representative. K. Conform excavations for piping to limits, depths, and materials indicated on the drawings, and to applicable codes and regulations. L. Design and provide sheeting, shoring, or bracing at any open trench. Comply with OSHA and other local regulations for trenching requirements. M. Electrical conduit: lay conduit on a four inch compacted bedding of clean sand or pea gravel. Envelope all conduits in sand or pea gravel. Continue backfilling with sand or pea gravel to a depth of four inches above the top of the conduit. Do not use sand in conjunction with filter fabric. Voids between conduits will not be permitted. Clean earth may be substituted for sand when the trench contains only one conduit. N. Potable water piping: lay piping on a four inch compacted bedding of sand or pea gravel. Continue sand backfill to a depth of twelve inches above the top of the pipe. O. Sewer piping: lay sewer piping supported continuously on a six inch compacted bedding of gravel sewer piping or crushed stone of which 100 percent will pass through a 1/2 inch sieve. Shape bedding for clearance of all j oints and fittings, tamped in place, and graded evenly to ensure a uniform bearing for the full length of the pipe. Do not support piping by blocks, planks, or mounds of bedding material. P. Backfilling trenches: 1. Place backfill from 12 inches above the pipe, in layers not to exceed eight inches in depth. Provide granular backfill material free of stones larger than three inches in diameter, non- corrosive, and non- organic in nature. Do not use material with cinders, building materials, waste, or rubbish. Do not use frozen or semi -frozen backfill materials. 2. Do not backfill trenches until field inspections and tests are performed and utility systems comply with and are accepted by governing authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Backfrll excavation after pipe or conduit has been installed, bedded, inspected and tested. 4. Contractor is to adjust any utility element meant to be flush with grade (clean out manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc.) That is affected by site work or grade changes whether specifically noted on plans or not. 5. Trenches located in paved areas shall be flow filled. See Section 2.01 for Flow Fill requirements. Trenches shall be backfilled promptly after the pipe has been installed and inspected. Trench flow fill material shall be placed from a point below the pipe to a point below the final top of pavement. Reference details on the drawings. 2.05 COMPACTION: A. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer of backfill as required to obtain optimum moisture content to attain required compaction density. Cinders, ashes, organic matter, rubbish, or other deleterious materials will not be permitted. B. Place fill in layers not more than eight inches in loose depth. Roll areas with soils containing clay or silt (cohesive soils) under paving and buildings with a sheeps foot roller. Compact fill with cohesive materials to a density equal to 95 percent of standard proctor density as determined by ASTM D 698. Determine field density for cohesive soils by the sand cone method following ASTM D 1556. C. Roll areas with soils containing sand and gravel (cohesionless soils) under paving and buildings with either a three -wheel ten -ton vibratory roller or seven ton tractor. Compact fill with cohesionless soils to a density equal to 65 percent of relative density as determined by ASTM D 4254. Determine field density for cohesionless soils by the rubber balloon method following ASTM D 2167. 02200-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.06 SITE GRADING A. Excavate pavement areas to line and grade indicated on drawings. B. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfilling on -site. C. Remove material encountered in excavating operations that is unsuitable for backfilling and pavement subgrade purposes as determined by Owner. Dispose of materials off -site in an approved manner in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Over excavate areas of pavement subgrade found consisting of unsuitable materials as determined by soils engineer. Prepare, fill with suitable material, and compact as specified. E. Fill areas to contours and elevations as indicated on drawings. F. Place fill in continuous lifts as specified herein. G. Verify that imported off -site fill and stockpiled on -site fill is tested and approved. H. Verify that backfill areas are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and that ground surfaces are not frozen. I. Remove all debris from areas to be landscaped to a depth of two feet. Backfill with clean soil to a depth within six inches of the finished grade. Backfill to six inches below top of curbs. J. Uniformly compact backfill and grade areas to indicated slope with a tolerance of 1/4 inch above or below indicated elevations. K. Backfilling: 1. Verify imported fill and stockpiled fill to be reused is approved. 2. If, in the opinion of the Owner or his representative, unsatisfactory soil materials exist on the site, remove such materials upon written approval by the Owner or his representative. Replace all unsatisfactory soil materials with an engineered fill consisting of ordinary soil as excavated on the site, free from debris, roots, stones larger than two inches, silt, muck or peat capable of being compacted to the densities specified in section 02200. Where additional fill material is required, furnish soil equivalent to that obtained on the site. Install fill material in layers not exceeding 12 inches and moistened only as required to obtain the specified degree of compaction. Provide coarse sand or bank run gravel fill under paving and sidewalks. L. Verify areas to be backfilted are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and ground surfaces are not frozen. 2.07 SOIL STABILIZATION: A. Mix materials in accordance with referenced state department of transportation standard specifications or as indicated in the report of subsurface exploration for areas of application. B. Carefully add water to the mix to achieve a consistent mixture without lumping yet not creates a wet plastic consistency. C. The addition of lime may be specified or approved to facilitate mixing fly ash with soil materials. When specified, or directed by the testing laboratory in writing, lime shall be used to prevent fly ash "flash set" or retard soil -fly ash reactivity occurring during final mixing. I. Lime additive shall be uniformly blended with the fly ash on the surface for incorporation with soil materials during first mixing operations unless other methods of application are approved. 2. The proportion of lime additive with the fly ash will be based on laboratory testing and field trial procedures necessary to determine proper soil modification. 3 The addition of lime will permit a reduction of the fly ash requirement on a replacement basis as approved by the testing laboratory. D. Obtain testing laboratory approval of the mix before proceeding with placement. 2.08 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE: A. Verify finished subgrades for conformance to elevations as indicated on drawings and for specified conditions for subgrade. 02200-5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction, including concrete trucks and dump trucks. C. Remove areas of finished subgrade with compaction density below specified density to depth required. Fill removed areas and compact to specified compaction density D. Provide surface of subgrade after compaction hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and cross-section. 2.09 FINISH GRADING: A. Grade areas other than paved areas and building pad areas to finish grade elevations or contours as indicated on drawings including the following: 1. Excavated areas. 2. Filled and transition areas. 3. Landscaped areas. B. Provide engineering and field staking necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations. C. Provide finish graded areas uniform and smooth, free from rocks, debris, or irregular surface changes with maximum tolerance of 0.10 foot in 50 feet above or below established finish subgrade elevation. Provide graded surfaces sloping uniformly between indicated elevations. D. Provide drainage ditches graded with uniform slope to allow drainage without ponding, minimizing potential for erosion. E. Protection A. Protect building subgrade pad and building related earthwork from damage by construction operations and erosion. B. Prohibit vehicles from entering building subgrade pad area. Vehicles not permitted. C. Scarify surface, reshape, and compact areas damaged by construction operations or weather erosion. END OF SECTION TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02270 - TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this section. B. City of Fort Collins, Colorado Stormwater Utility Storm Drainage Design Criteria and Construction Standards. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Silt fence as shown on plan. B. Inlet straw bale filters. C. Other erosion control devices required for permits to control erosion and sedimentation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The latest issue of the publications listed below and referenced to thereafter by basic designation only, forms a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the reference thereto: B. City of Fort Collins, Colorado Stormwater Utility Storm Drainage Design Criteria and Construction Standards. C. Building Construction Standards Manual, Colorado State University. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain Erosion Control Permit from the State of Colorado. B. Contractor shall be responsible for preparing report. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Completed Erosion Control Permit Application. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE A. Provide silt fence with reinforced backing and staking materials. B. The silt fence material shall be as shown on the Drawings. 02000-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02270 - TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2.02 GENERAL A. All other erosion control devices shall be as specified in the City of Fort Collins, Colorado Stormwater Utility Storm Drainage Design Criteria and Construction Standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SILT FENCE A. Follow the detail shown on the drawings. 3.02 MAINTENANCE A. Contractor is responsible for maintaining temporary erosion control devices throughout project. B. Remove and replace silt fence that has become damaged, sediment laden, and/or ineffective. END OF SECTION 02270 Temporary Erosion Control 02270-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. Iola ►I `.�i�l 1.01 SCOPE: A. Design and furnish all work and materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to perform all operations in connection with the complete design and installation of Landscape Irrigation. Contractor shall submit irrigation system design for all phases during construction and prior to completion. Design must be approved by Architect prior to bid acceptance & installation. B. The Work in this section shall be coordinated with all underground utilities and trades responsible for their installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Landscape Work: Refer to Section 02900 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Permits: Obtain and pay for all permits and inspections required by outside agencies. B. Ordinances and regulations: local, municipal, and state laws, and rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this Work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the aforementioned rules and regulations and requirements of the same. However, when these specifications call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a higher quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the provisions of these specifications shall take precedence. C. Protection: Erect and maintain barricades, warning signs and lights, and provide guards as necessary or required to protect all persons on the site. Do not drive trucks or tractors over flagstone walks without taking precautions as specified herein. D. Underwriters Laboratories: Electrical wiring, control motors and devices shall be U.L. listed and so labeled. E. Pipe installer qualifications: Each person shall be trained by the manufacturer's representative in techniques for making correct joints prior to performing work on site. F. Work on this section which is allied with the work of other trades shall be coordinated as necessary. G. Superintendent: A superintendent satisfactory to the Owner's Representative shall be present on the site at all times during progress of the Work. 1. The superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Owner's Representative. 2. The superintendent shall be authorized to represent the Contractor. 3. The superintendent shall have a minimum of 5 years experience installing irrigation systems of comparable size and complexity. H. Design Coordination: Carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of this work and plan this work accordingly, fumishing such fittings, etc. as may be required to meet such conditions. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems plantings, and architectural features. I. Manufacturer's Directions: Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed. J. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. K. Existing landscaped areas to remain shall be kept fully irrigated and protected at all times during constructions. Temporary fencing may be required. 02441-1 TECDIVICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to installation of any work, prepare a detailed list of each material proposed for use in the project and submit to Owner's Rep. for approval: Prepare typewritten material list using the following format. Double space between each line. ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. 1. pressure supply line Pipe, Inc. sched 40 2. lawn head xyz Co. B44 3. Etc. Etc. Etc. B. Certificates: Submit Manufacturer's certification that plastic pipe and fittings comply with the specification requirements as directed by Owner's Representative. C. LEED Building Submittal Requirements: 1. The ARCHITECT and/or Subcontractor shall submit the following costs for all work associated with the Transit Center. The three costs for labor, equipment and material shall equal the total construction cost for this Work. a. Labor costs b. Equipment costs C. Material costs d. Total construction cost (labor plus equipment cost plus material costs). 2. The ARCHITECT shall submit information required to document Compliance with LEED goals. Information shall include: a. Product Data needed to complete LEED letter template from the product manufacturer on the manufacturer's letterhead verifying information submitted. The letter must indicate the following: 1. Project name 2. LEED Credit Under Consideration: a. Landscape and exterior design to reduce heat island, nonroof, LEED SS 7.1. b. Water efficient landscape, LEED WE 1.1. C. Recycled content, LEED MR 4.1 and MR 4.2. d. Local / regional materials, LEED MR 5.1. 1.05 RECORD DRAWINGS (AS -BUILT) A. Record dimensioned locations and depths for each of the following: 1. Point of connection. 2. Sprinkler pressure line. Provide dimensions for each 100 LF (maximum) along each routing, and for each change in direction. 3. Gate valves, drain valve, quick couplers 4. Sprinkler control valves. 5. Control wire routing. 6. Moisture sensing devices. 7. Sleeves 8. Flush valves. 9. Other related items as may be directed by the Owner's Representative B. Locate all dimensions from two permanent reference points (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, etc.). 1. Make dimensions accurately at the appropriate scale. If photo reduction is required to facilitate controller chart housing, notes and/or dimensions must be a minimum 1/4" in size. C. Record all changes which are made from the design drawings, including changes in pressure, and non -pressure lines. D. Record all required information on a set of blueline prints or the drawings. Do not use these prints for any other purpose. E. Maintain information daily. Keep drawings at the site at all times and available for the review of the Owner's Representative. 02441 - 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. F. When record drawings have been approved by the Owner's Representative, transfer all information to reproducible prints using permanent india ink. Changes using ballpoint pen are not acceptable. G. Reproducible mylars will be furnished by the Contractor. H. Use appropriate eradicating fluid for removing original lines and dimensions where changes are made. Completed reproducibles shall be equal to the original drawings. I. Irrigation legend must be changed to accurately reflect the irrigation equipment installed, if such equipment is not the same as originally specified on the design drawings. This includes flow rates, effective spray diameter/radius and operating pressure of all sprinkler heads. 1.06 ALTERNATE MATERIALS APPROVALS A. Substitutions of any product, material, or equipment without written prior approval of the Owner's Representative, will not be permitted. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Warranty the irrigation system to provide service as designed and installed for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance by the Owner. B. Correct all problems which develop in the system due to faulty materials or workmanship during the warranty period. C. Repair or replace such work as directed by the Owner's Representative. D. Make repairs and replacement promptly when notified. E. Provide a written warranty for each segment of the project stating date of completion and guarantee period F. The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs during the warranty period as necessary to keep systems in operating condition without voiding the Contractor's warranty, nor relieving the Contractor of his responsibility. G. The Contractor shall provide an instructional session for the Owner in regard to winterization and spring start-up procedures prior to final acceptance. 1.08 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials in Manufacturer's original unopened containers with each container identified with manufacturer's name, brand or type. B. Storage: 1. Store materials at a location directed by the Owner's Representative. 2. Store materials in an orderly manner. Avoid interference with other construction activities. C. Protection: 1. Protect all materials to prevent intrusion of dirt and moisture. 2. Protect the installed work and materials of other trades. 1.09 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide two individually bound manuals detailing operation and maintenance requirements for irrigation systems. B. Manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative no later than ten (10) days prior to completion of work. C. Provide descriptions of all installed materials and systems in sufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. D. Provide the following in each manual: 1. Index sheet, stating irrigation contractor's name, address, telephone number and name of person to contact. 2. Duration of warranty period. 3. Equipment list, providing for the following: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Make and Model number. C. Name and address of local Manufacturer's distributor. d. spare parts list. 02441 - 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 01000 - GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. I GENERAL Only General contractors shall be allowed to acquire specs and or drawings at a limit of 2 sets each. 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS Division 1 - General Requirements shall govern work under all Divisions of the Specifications. NO LOUD OR ABRASIVE CONSTRUCTION NOISE WILL BE ALLOWED DURING FINALS WEEKS (DECEMBER 2005 & AMY2006) without express notification and permission by Facilities Management PRIOR to said construction intrusion These conditions "may " have to be posted with notice in order to enable students to make adequate study arrangements away from this construction area should it be required. 1.02 1.03 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE EXPLANATION Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity therewith," "shall be," "as noted on the Drawings," "a," "the" are intentional. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference in same manner as they are when "NOTE" occurs on Drawings. Supply words "shall be" or "shall" by inference when colon is used within sentences or phrases. Supply words "on the Drawings" by inference when "as indicated" is used with sentences or phrases. Where reference is made to specifications, societies, institutes, or associations or manufacturer's directions, they are, except as may be inconsistent herewith, made part of specifications, to same extent as if written out in full herein. Use latest edition, at time of bidding, if a date is not given. ABBREVIATIONS References in Contract Documents to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities and other institutions include following organizations, which are sometimes referred to only by corresponding abbreviations: AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association ACI American Concrete Institute AIMA Acoutiical and Insulating Materials Association (successor to AMA & IBI) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timer Construction AMA Acoustical Materials Association ANSI American National Standards Institute (successor to USASI & ASA) APA American Plywood Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society CDA Copper Development Association, Inc. 01000-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. e. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions for major equipment. 1.10 CONTROLLER CHARTS A. Do not prepare charts until record drawings have been approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller installed. 1. Chart may be reproduction of the record drawing, if the scale permits fitting the controller door. If photo reduction prints are required, keep reduction to maximum size possible to retain full legibility. 2. Chart shall be blueline print of the actual "as -built" system, showing the area covered by that controller. C. Identify the area of coverage of each remote control valve, using distinctly different pastel color, drawn over the entire area of coverage. D. Following approval of charts by Owner, they shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of 10 mil thick plastic sheets, E. Charts must be completed and approved prior to final review of irrigation system. PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PIPING A. Pressure supply lines downstream of the point-of-connection:Schedule 40 PVC. B. Non pressure lines: CL-200PVC. 2.02 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Identification markings: 1. Identify all pipe with the following indelible markings: 1. Manufacturer's name. 2. Nominal pipe size. 3. Schedule or class. 4. Pressure ratings, psi. 5. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal of approval. 6. Date of extrusion. B. Pipe (solvent welded type): Manufactured from virgin poly vinyl chloride compound in accordance with ASTM D 2241 and ASTM D 1784, cell classification 12454-13, Type I, Grade I. 1. Fittings:Standard weight, Schedule 40, injection molded PVC comply with ASTM D 1784 and ASTM D 2466, cell classification 12454-B. a. Threads, where required, injection molded type. b. Tee and ells; side gated 2. Threaded nipples: ASTM D 2464, Schedule 80 with molded threads. 3. Joint Cement. a. Type as recommended by manufacturer of pipe and fittings 4. Joint primer. a. Type as recommended by manufacturer of pipe and fittings. 5. Lateral lines. CL-200PVC 6. Mainlines, 1-1/4", 200 psi minimum. 2.03 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND SERVICE A. High voltage: 1. The Contractor will provide the necessary 110 volt electrical supply and connections to irrigation equipment. Color code all wires as follows: a. red -active b. white -neutral C. black -extra 02441- 4 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 2. The electrical wiring shall be installed in accordance to the National Electric Code. B. Low voltage: 1. Connection between controller and remote control valves shall be made with direct burial Paige electric PE wire. 2. Splices, where permitted, shall be waterproof using electrical butt splices with Raychem, Dura Seal heat shrink, part no. D406-0002 or D-406-0003. 3. Wire sizing shall be according to Manufacturer's recommendations, in no case less than No. 14. 4. Ground wires shalt be white in color. 2.04 MANUAL DRAIN VALVES A. 3/4" or V angle brass valve. 1-1/4" service fitting (1-1/4"x 1-1/4"x3/4" FPT), 1-1/2" standpipe with lid, 3/4"or 1" street elbow(PVC) and with nipple 3/4" or V x close. 1. Vacuum breaker must be 1-1/4" in diameter, minimum. Tap must meet UPC codes for joining galvanized pipe with copper. 2. Tap must have a shutoff at drain. A stop waste valve will be acceptable. 3. Tubing used for service line shall be 1-1/4" hard copper -type "K" or better. 2.05 ISOLATION VALVES A. 1-1/4" brass valves, in -line valve design, static pressure 150 psi, minimum. Nibco Gate Valve, USA made or approved equal. Install in each valve cluster in grade level valve box with locking lid. 2.06 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Buckner 14LT or approved equal. 2.07 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER (TIMER) A. Imperial Deluxe True 22 with a fifteen day wheel DT-22 60/12-15 day wheel timer, or approved equal. 1. All wiring No. 14 single strand wire, UR 2. Wiring to run under driveways and sidewalks in conduit (PVC) made for this purpose. Minimum conduit size 1-1/4". 3. Connections to the timer either from the valves or from the power source will be by fork clips crimped on to power or valve wires. 4. Box will be grounded by at least two conductor wires with ground. 14/2 or 12/2 wire. 5. All connections with the timer or other pieces of conduit shall be in manner consistent with the National Electric Code. 2.08 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Valve type: Spring -loaded, packless diaphragm activated normally closed type with brass body. B. Valve solenoid: 24 volt AC, 4.5 watt maximum, 500 mitliamp maximum surge, corrosion proof, stainless steel construction, epoxy encapsulated to form a single integral unit. Buckner 20000, 20040 Series 2 way solenoid or approved equal. C. Provide bleeder valve to permit operation in the field without power at the controller. 2.09 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Heads will be Buckner 403 brass heads, or approved equal. 1. Nipples 1/2" brass. 2. Any nipple/riser extending above the ground shall be 1/2" copper tubing, type "L" with adapters for spray nozzles. - 3. Install heads at least 1/4" below finished grade level in sodded areas. 4. Nozzles on heads shall have a screw that can be turned to reduce or increase water flow. 2.10 VALVE BOXES A. Provide boxes of type and size for all valves indicated on drawings. 02441- 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C. Boxes shall be locking type, furnished with lids, Ametek Jumbo Box or approved equal. 2.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS A. Deliver the following items to the Owner when work is completed and prior to final acceptance. 1. 30" sprinkler keys for operation of manual drain valves. 2. Two keys for each automatic controller. 3. Two keys for opening valve boxes. 4. 72" steel tee wrench for operating main shutoff valve. 2.12 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. A reduced pressure backflow preventer shall be installed ahead of all connections to the sprinkler system. 1. The District has established the Febco Model 825YA as their standard. 2. A gate valve shall be installed upstream and downstream of this fitting. 3. A drain valve shall also be connected downstream of the unit and the line shall drain to a floor drain or sump as required to empty the system. 4. A 4" funnel drain with a 1 " drain line shall collect the water from pressure changes and direct it to the nearest waste area. 5. If the backflow preventer is installed outside, it shall be installed in a box. 6. If installed within the building, the unit shall be located as high as possible and always above the flood level area. EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITY SERVICES A. Contractor shall make connections to existing water sources at location indicated on Contractor—s drawings and make any minor changes in location as may be necessary due to actual site conditions as a part of this contract. 3.02 SITE REVIEWS A. Before any Work commences, a conference shall be held with the Owner's Representative and Contractor regarding general requirements of the work. B. Contractor's responsibility: 1. Notify owner's Representative for the following reviews within 36 hours minimum notice: a. Pressure supply line installation and testing. b. System layout. C. Coverage tests:prior to landscape planting. d. Final review. 2. Provide up-to-date as -built drawings at each review. C. Examine surfaces for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence and quality of work. 1. Verify that grading has been completed and the work of this section can properly proceed. 2. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor is responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by his operations or neglect. Check with Utility Companies for locations. 3. Use 1/2" CDX plywood to fully cover concrete paver walkways if any tractor or truck is to drive over these walks. D. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing, describing any unacceptable conditions. E. Do not proceed with work until unacceptable site conditions are corrected or existing utilities are located. 3.03 LAYOUT 02441- 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. A. Some piping and equipment may be shown diagrammatically on the plans and shall be installed inside planting areas whenever possible. B. Lay out sprinkler heads and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between actual site condition and the Contractor--s drawings. Minor adjustments shall be maintained within the original design intent. C. Lay but each system using staking method as approved by Owner's Representative. Maintain and protect approved staking layout. 3.04 TRENCHING A. Excavate trenches to required depths. Follow approved layout for each system. 1. Main line 16-18" depth 2. Lateral lines 12-14" depth 3. Electrical lines 16-18" depth, with main B. Maintain bottom of trenches flat to permit all piping to be supported on an even grade continuously for full run. All pipe shall be installed with gradual slop to drain valve. C. Where lines occur under paved areas, consider dimension to be below subgrade. All pipes below asphalt area to be installed in 2"-4" PVC sleeve as per layout plan. All electrical lines to be sleeved separate from water lines. 3.05 LINE CLEARANCES A. Provide not less than 4" clearance between each line and not less than 6" clearance between lines of other trades. B. Do not install parallel lines directly over any other line. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. Initial backfill: clean, fine granular soil as approved by Owner's Representative. B. Compact trench backfill to a dry density equal to adjacent grade, free of dips, depressions, humps, or other irregularities. 1. Compaction by truck or other vehicle is not permitted. 3.07 INSTALLATION A. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be installed in complete accordance with the manufacturer instructions for same. B. Install manual drain valves (see detail drawing) at all low points in the pressure line and one at the low point of each lateral line. Minimum grade of piping to drains shall be 3" per 100 feet. C. Brass pipe and threaded fittings: Assemble using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings: Assemble using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. E. Tape all open ends to pipe during installation to prevent entry of any foreign matter into the system. F. Sprinkler Heads: Locate approximately as indicated on Contractor=s drawings. Do not exceed the maximum or minimum spacing indicated by Manufacturer. 3.08 EXISTING PAVEMENTS A. Piping under existing pavements may be installed by jacking, boring, or by hydraulic driving except at flagstone or as otherwise specified. B. Secure Owner's permission prior to cutting or breaking existing pavements. C. At locations where cutting is approved, make all cuts clean using power saws. Make cuts at approved locations only. New pipe shall then be installed in sleeves. D. Replace and restore all surfaces to original condition, including grades and landscaping. 1. Restoration work shall match the original condition, including type, strength, texture, and finish. 3.09 VALVE BOXES A. Provide at all locations indicated per detail drawings. B. Identification: 02441 - 7 TECWSICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Brand identification number and name on each valve box in 2" high characters (letters and numbers). 3.10 LOW VOLTAGE WIRING A. Place wiring in the same trench and routing as the pressure supply lines unless otherwise approved. 1. Install wiring at North and East side of mainline whenever possible. 2. When more than one wire is placed in a trench, tape wires together at 15 ft. o.c., max. B. Provide a 24" expansion loop at each connection and directional change, splices at boxes only. C. Use a continuous wire between controller and remote control valves. 1. Except as otherwise approved, do not splice wire at any point. 2. At locations where splicing is allowed, make splices within an approved box with approved splicing materials. 3. Each controller will have its own separate ground wire. D. The splicing shall be accomplished by the kit of the following manufacturers or approved equal: 1. 3M DBY direct burial splice kit 2. Rainbird- snap tite 3. Imperial Snip- snap cap 3.11 SYSTEM FLUSHING A. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, thoroughly flush all lines with a full head of water. B. Do not install sprinkler heads until lines have been flushed to the satisfaction of the Owner's Rep. C. Install sprinkler heads without nozzles and flush once more before attaching nozzles to each head. 3.12 SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT A. Valves: Adjust controls and pressure reducing valves to attain the required pressure at the sprinkler head. B. Heads:adjust for alignment and coverage. C. If it is determined by Owner's Representative that coverage could be improved by a nozzle change, make such change or arrange with the manufacturer to have changes made as part of the work. 1. Make changes prior to any planting. 3.13 PRESSURE TESTS A. Provide all equipment necessary to test systems, including force pump. B. Perform all hydrostatic tests in presence of the Owner's Representative. C. All pressure supply lines shall be filled with water for at least 24 hours prior to testing and shall be tested under hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for a period of 2 hours unless otherwise approved. D. Do not backfill over any line more than it is necessary for testing until it has been inspected, tested and approved. 3.14 COVERAGE TESTS A. Perform coverage tests after sprinkler system is completed, but prior to any planting; and perform testing in the presence of the Owner's Representative. B. Test system to assure that all lawn and planting area are watered completely and uniformly. C. Make all necessary adjustments, including a realignment of heads to provide required coverage as directed by Owner's Representative. 3.15 EXISTING TREES A. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, use all possible care to avoid injury to trees and tree roots. 3.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Train the Owner's Maintenance personnel in proper operation of all major equipment, including winterization procedure. 02441 - 8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 2 SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02441- LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. B. Provide this training at the Owner's convenience. C. Submit written evidence that training has been successfully completed. 3.17 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work, restore ground surface to required elevation and remove excess materials, debris and equipment from the site to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. 3.18 WINTER DRAINAGE A. The Contractor shall drain the system and blow out any residual water with compressed air the first winter and then close all valves ready for the following spring operation. The Owner shall be witness to this work. 3.19 DETAIL DRAWINGS A. Follow the attached details when installing the lawn irrigation system. END OF SECTION 02441 02441 - 9 No Text TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02466 - DRILLED PIERS (CAISSONS) COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Extent of Caisson Work is shown on the Drawings, including locations, diameters of shafts, bedrock penetrations, top elevations, and details of construction. B. General quality control is in Section 01400, Quality Control. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: All concrete testing during caisson operations will be done by an approved independent testing laboratory selected and paid by the Owner. Contractor shall finnish testing agency access to work, facilities and incidental labor required for testing and inspection. Retention by the Owner of an independent testing agency shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing all work in accordance with the Contract requirements. B. Reference Standards 1. Excavation Work: Comply with Rules and Regulations Governing Excavation Work of the Colorado Division of Labor. 2. "Standard Specification for the Construction of End Bearing Drilled Piers" (ACI 336.1), and as herein specified. 3. Concrete Work: See Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Structural Concrete. C. Caisson Installer Qualifications: Not less than three successfully completed contracts with similar soil conditions, shaft sizes, depths and volumes of work contained in this project. Submit satisfactory proof of compliance to Architect. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Daily Reports (Drilling Log): The independent testing agency will provide an accurate record for each caisson installed. Daily reports shall be filed by the Soils Engineer during drilling. Reports shall be distributed as specified under Section 01400 Quality Control B. Daily reports (Drilling Log) shall contain as a minimum the following information: 1. Drilling Date and time excavation started and ended. 2. Concrete placement date and time started and ended. 3. Identification Mark. 4. Shaft diameter. (Design and Actual) 5. Design bottom elevation. 6. Actual bottom elevation. 7. Elevation where bedrock was encountered. 8. Top elevation. 9. Deviation from plan location and plumb. 10. Overrun or underrun. 11. Bearing strata description and condition of bearing strata. 12. Length and location of permanent casing used. 13. Nature and location of obstructions. 14. Water conditions during drilling and concreting. 15. Unusual occurrences during drilling, reinforcement or concrete placement, or casing removal. 16. Results of any tests performed. 17. Concrete volume (estimated and actual). 18. Quantity of concrete placed, with concrete supplier batch numbers and locations of each batch in caisson. 19. Reinforcement placed in caissons. Record size and length of main reinforcing steel, ties and dowels. 02466 -1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02466 - DRILLED PIERS (CAISSONS) COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Reinforcing Steel: Unload and store reinforcing bars in such a manner that they will be kept free of mud. Store on timber skids while awaiting use. B. Concrete: Meet the requirements of Section 03301, Cast -in -Place Structural Concrete. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions 1. Subsurface Conditions: A series of test holes has been made at the site by Terracon. 2. The drilling log and accompanying Geotechnical ReportNo. 20015282 prepared by Ten -aeon are believed to be accurate; however, neither the Owner, Architect, nor the Structural Engineer guarantees the information contained there -in, nor do they guarantee that the conditions indicated to exist at the location of the test holes will prevail at other locations on the site. 3. Existing Utilities: Protect from damage any sewer, water, gas, electric or other pipe lines or conduits uncovered during the work until they have been examined. If such lines are found to be abandoned and not in use, remove affected portions without extra cost. If such lines are found to be in use, carefully protect and carry on work around them. If Owner deems it advisable to move such lines, Owner will pay cost of moving. The Contractor is solely responsible for locating and protecting existing utility lines in the vicinity of his work and shall pay the cost for repair of any damage to such lines caused by work under this section. 4. Protection: Immediately pump or bail out water found in caissons. Caissons must be kept free from water to the maximum extent possible. 5. It shall be the responsibility of the Caisson Contractor to take all measures and furnish all equipment and labor necessary to control the flow, drainage and accumulation of water as required to permit completion of the work under this section. 1.07 UNIT COSTS A. Base bid proposals on the basis of elevations shown on the drawings. The Contractor's bid shall include costs for all items necessary for a complete job including, but not limited to, the following: drilling, casing, reinforcement, concrete and removal of caisson spoils. If actual site conditions differ from those indicated by the soils investigation, the unit cost overrun and undelnm indicated on the bid form will be applied to establish any extra due the Caisson Drilling Contractor or credit due the Owner as a result of changes in depths of caissons. Unit costs per foot of installed length for overrun and undemm shall be provided for each nominal caisson diameter required and shall include all work for a complete installation. Unit prices for caisson overruns shall not exceed unit price for underruns by more than 20%. Adjustment in the contract price will be made by change order upon completion of all caisson work. Concrete and reinforcing is included in the unit costs. 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING STEEL A. Meet requirements of Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Structural Concrete 2.02 CONCRETE A. Meet requirements of Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Structural Concrete. 2.03 STEEL CASING A. Provide casings where required of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses, concrete pressure and surrounding earth pressure. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Layout: Caisson locations shall be staked out and maintained by a Registered Surveyor retained by the 02466 - 2 TECIINICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER SECTION 02466 - DRILLED PIERS (CAISSONS) COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C. General Contractor. Location of caissons shall be cross -staked so that all centerlines are retained after drilling. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Drilling: By personnel experienced and properly equipped to drill caissons of indicated diameter and length. Drill with bucket type or helical auger to diameter and with penetration into bearing material as indicated or as directed by the on -site Soils Engineer. Form shear rings as indicated. B. Casing: Insert temporary steel casings where necessary to prevent entry of soil or water into the caisson excavation during drilling or concrete placement. Casings shall be available in sufficient length to case the entire depth of each caisson hole if necessary. The use of mud slurry to lubricate casings or seal off water will be allowable only with the prior approval of the Soils Engineer. Casings may be left in place only with prior approval of Soils and Structural Engineers. C. Cleaning and Dewatering: Holes shall be thoroughly dewatered and cleaned of debris by the caisson driller before placing concrete. The caisson driller shall provide pumps in operating condition, of proper type and capacity for this type of work and sufficient hose to carry water away from excavations. Holes shall be dewatered so that no more than 3 inches of water exists in the bottom of any hole when placing of concrete is started. Necessary equipment for cleaning of holes and a back-up pump in operating condition for dewatering shall be available on site at all times. D. Reinforcing: Exact location of dowels and reinforcing extending into adjacent construction shall be verified by the General Contractor. Deviations in location of such reinforcing in excess of specified placing tolerances shall be reported to the Architect and Structural Engineer within 24 hours after concrete is placed. In reinforced caissons, completed installation of reinforcement must be approved by the Soils Engineer before depositing concrete. Do not splice vertical reinforcing within the top 30 feet of caisson length. E. Placing Concrete: Place concrete only with approval of the Soils Engineer. Place concrete in vertical caissons with a tremie or otherwise direct concrete down the center of the caisson hole to avoid segregation caused by striking reinforcing or the sides of the hole. Free fall of concrete in vertical caissons is allowed as long as the concrete does not strike the reinforcing. Method to be used shall be approved by the Structural Engineer at the pre -construction conference. Do not deposit concrete in more than 3 inches of water. Place concrete continuously without construction joints for full height of caisson. During placement of concrete and until concrete has set, provide protection around top of excavation to prevent entry of soil or other foreign matter. Enlargement or "mushrooming' of top of caisson is not allowed. F. Casing Removal: Pull temporary casing with a slow and smooth vertical motion maintaining casing in a plumb position. Casing shall not be pulled until concrete has been placed to a minimum of 5 feet above external water level. During pulling maintain concrete level a minimum of 5 feet above bottom of casing. Vibrate top 5 feet of caisson after temporary casing is removed. G. Anchor Bolts and Dowels: Use templates to set anchor bolts, leveling plates and other accessories famished under work of other sections. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during concrete placement. Protect exposed ends of extended reinforcing, dowels, or anchor bolts from mechanical damage and exposure to weather. H. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with the following: 1. Location Tolerance: Maximum of 5% of caisson diameter but not to exceed 2-1/2". 2. Plumb Tolerance: Maximum of 2% of length, not to exceed 12.5% of shaft diameter or 15", whichever is less. 3. Shaft Diameter Tolerance: Within plus 1 ", minus 0" of specified diameter. 4. Top Elevation tolerance: Plus 0", minus 2". 5. Reinforcing Placing Tolerances: For caisson reinforcing, maintain minimum clear cover as specified on the drawings. For dowels and reinforcing extending into adjacent construction, comply with the requirements of ACI 301. 6. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide corrective construction to compensate for excessive eccentricity. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to Architect for review before proceeding. 02466 - 3